Search for Reports in the web?

Reports (50)

The ‘Contract Regulatory Affairs Management Market for Medical Devices, 2019-2030’ report features a detailed study on the current landscape of contract service providers focused on regulatory affairs management for medical devices.


Submitted 2 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

 

To order this detailed 550+ page report, please visit this link

 

Key Inclusions

 

  • A detailed review of the current market landscape of the medical devices regulatory affairs outsourcing market, featuring a list of over 400 CROs engaged in this domain, and detailed analysis based on a number of relevant parameters, such as year of establishment, size of employee base, geographical location, device class (class I, class II, and class III), type and size of clientele (medical device developers, medical device manufacturers, medical device research organizations, and others), types of services offered, ([A] regulatory management services (such as legal representation, notified body selection, project registration and clinical trial application, regulatory writing and publishing, regulatory document submission, product labelling related service, gap-analysis, technical dossier set-up, vigilance & medical device report, risk management-related services), [B] additional services (such as biostatistics, consulting, clinical operations, post-marketing activities, quality assurance, reimbursement, training)), region(s) of operation wherein the company is offering regulatory management services.
  • A detailed discussion on the need for regulatory review / oversight across different stages of the medical devices supply chain, with emphasis on the optimization of the supply chain using upcoming tools / technologies (such as artificial intelligence, big data analytical, blockchain, internet of things and others).
  • An elaborate discussion on the various guidelines established by major regulatory bodies for medical device approval across North America (the US, Canada and Mexico), Europe (France, Germany, Italy, Spain, the UK and rest of Europe), Asia-Pacific and rest of the world (Australia, Brazil, China, India, Israel, Japan, New Zealand, Singapore, South Africa, South Korea, Taiwan, and Thailand). The report also features an insightful multi-dimensional, heat map analysis, featuring a comparison of the contemporary regulatory and reimbursement scenarios in key geographies across the globe.
  • Elaborate profiles of popular players that specialize in offering end-to-end regulatory services for medical devices across key geographies (North America, Europe and Asia-Pacific). Each profile features a brief overview of the company, including information on company headquarters, year of establishment, number of employees, and therapeutic area expertise, financial information (if available), detailed description of service portfolio, and an informed future outlook.
  • A benchmark analysis, highlighting the key focus areas of very small-sized, small-sized, mid-sized and large companies, comparing their existing capabilities within and beyond their respective peer groups, providing a means for stakeholders to identify ways to gain a competitive edge in the industry.
  • An elaborate discussion on the various outsourcing business models adopted for regulatory affairs management, along with an insightful Harvey ball analysis of key considerations that need to be assessed by industry stakeholders while selecting a CRO partner.
  • An analysis highlighting the key performance indicators used by sponsor companies to evaluate service providers that are active in the domain, based on information gathered via secondary research (for top-ten medical device players) and primary research.
  • A survey analysis featuring inputs solicited from various experts who are directly / indirectly involved in providing regulatory affairs management services to medical device developers.

 

The report also features the likely distribution of the current and forecasted opportunity across important market segments, mentioned below:

  • Medical Device Class
  • Class I
  • Class II
  • Class III

 

  • Therapeutic Area
  • Cardiovascular Disorders
  • CNS Disorders
  • Metabolic Disorders
  • Oncological Disorders
  • Ophthalmological Disease
  • Orthopedic Disorders
  • Pain Disorders
  • Respiratory Disorders
  • Others

 

  • Type of Regulatory Affairs Service
  • Pharmacies GAP-Analysis
  • Pharmacies Legal Representation
  • Pharmacies Notified Body Selection
  • Product Labelling-related Services
  • Product Registration and Clinical Trial Applications
  • Regulatory Document Submissions
  • Regulatory Writing and Publishing
  • Risk Management-related Services
  • Technical Dossier Set-up
  • Vigilance & Medical Device Report

 

  • Key Geographical Regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia-Pacific and Rest of the World

 

To request sample pages, please visit this link

 

Key Questions Answered

  • Who are the leading CROs offering regulatory affairs-management services for medical devices?
  • What are differences in regulatory guidelines for medical device approval, across various geographies?
  • What are the key performance indicators used by sponsors to evaluate potential service providers?
  • What are the popular outsourcing models used by medical device companies for regulatory affairs-management purposes?
  • What are the key challenges faced by medical device developers / manufacturers in terms of regulations related to medical device approvals?
  • How is the current and future market opportunity likely to be distributed across key market segments?

 

You may also be interested in the following titles:

  1. Viral Vectors, Non-Viral Vectors and Gene Therapy Manufacturing Market (3rd Edition), 2019-2030
  2. Medical Device Labels Manufacturing Market, 2019-2030
  3. Medical Device Contract Manufacturing Market, 2019-2030

 

Contact Us

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

 

Over 400 companies claim to possess the required expertise to offer regulatory affairs management-related services to medical device-focused business entities, claims Roots Analysis


Submitted 2 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

 

More than 130 medical devices were approved by the FDA since January 2018, while several are currently being evaluated across more than 9,500 (active) clinical trials, worldwide. Even though technical innovation has enabled the development of a variety of versatile medical devices, product approval, given stringent regulatory standards, is still a concern.

 

To order this 550+ page report, which features 245+ figures and 250+ tables, please visit this link

 

The USD 820 million (by 2030) financial opportunity within the contract regulatory affairs-management services market for medical devices has been analyzed across the following segments:

  • Medical Device Class
  • Class I
  • Class II
  • Class III

 

  • Therapeutic Area
  • Cardiovascular Disorders
  • CNS Disorders
  • Metabolic Disorders
  • Oncological Disorders
  • Ophthalmological Disease
  • Orthopedic Disorders
  • Pain Disorders
  • Respiratory Disorders
  • Others

 

  • Type of Regulatory Affairs Service
  • Pharmacies GAP-Analysis
  • Pharmacies Legal Representation
  • Pharmacies Notified Body Selection
  • Product Labelling-related Services
  • Product Registration and Clinical Trial Applications
  • Regulatory Document Submissions
  • Regulatory Writing and Publishing
  • Risk Management-related Services
  • Technical Dossier Set-up
  • Vigilance & Medical Device Report

 

  • Key Geographical Regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia-Pacific and Rest of the World

 

The Contract Regulatory Affairs-Management Market for Medical Devices, 2019-2030 report features the following companies, which we identified to be key players in this domain:

  • CTI Clinical Trial and Consulting Services
  • CROMSOURCE
  • ICON
  • Intertek
  • Medpace
  • MIC Medical
  • North American Science Associates (NAMSA)
  • Parexel
  • PharmaLex
  • Premier Research 
  • Société Générale de Surveillance (SGS)
  • Underwriters Laboratory (UL)

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. Preface

    2. Executive Summary

  2. Introduction

  3. Role of Regulatory Affairs in Medical Device Supply Chain

  4. Regulatory and Reimbursement Landscape for Medical Devices

  5. Competitive Landscape

  6. Company Profiles

  7. Competitive Benchmarking

  8. Guide to Regulatory Outsourcing Models

  9. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs: Key Performance Indicators

  10. Market Forecast

  11. Conclusion

  12. Survey Insights

  13. Executive Insights

 

  1. Appendix 1: Tabulated Data

 

  1. Appendix 2: List of Companies and Organizations

 

To purchase a copy, please visit  https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/med-dev-regulatory/282.html  

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

 

The contract regulatory affairs-management services market for medical devices is estimated to be worth USD 820 million by 2030, growing at a CAGR of 6.9%,


Submitted 2 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

Roots Analysis has done a detailed study on Medical Device CROs for Regulatory Affairs Management Market, 2019-2030, covering key aspects of the industry’s evolution and identifying potential future growth opportunities.

 

To order this 550+ page report, which features 245+ figures and 250+ tables, please visit this link

 

Key Market Insights

  • Over 400 companies claim to possess the required expertise to offer regulatory affairs management-related services to medical device-focused business entities
  • The market landscape is highly fragmented, featuring the presence of both established players and new entrants; majority of such firms are located in the developed geographies
  • Service providers are catering to a diverse clientele, enabling sponsors to compliance to the standards of both regional and international regulators
  • Owing to the high competition, companies involved in this domain are steadily expanding their capabilities in order to augment their respective service portfolios and comply to evolving industry benchmarks
  • CROs are actively engaged in expanding their global footprint in order to enable their clients to navigate the technical and regulatory complexities across various geographies
  • The medical device regulatory affairs outsourcing market is anticipated to grow at an annualized rate of 6.8%; the opportunity is likely to be distributed across different therapeutic areas and geographies
  • Based on prevalent and anticipated trends, the revenue share will vary across important market segments, such as different types of services, size of service provider and device class

 

For more information, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/med-dev-regulatory/282.html

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. PREFACE
    1.1. Scope of the Report
    1.2. Research Methodology
    1.3. Chapter Outlines

    2. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

  2. INTRODUCTION
    3.1. Chapter Overview

3.2. Contract Research Organizations (CROs)

3.2.1. Evolution of CROs

3.3. Role of CROs in the Medical Device Industry

3.4. Types of Medical Device CROs

3.5. Types of Services Offered by CROs

3.5.1. Types of Regulatory Affairs-Related Services Offered by CROs

3.6. Need for Outsourcing Regulatory Affairs-Related Operations for Medical Devices

3.7. Key Considerations for Selecting a Suitable CRO Partner

3.8. Advantages of Working with CROs

3.9. Risks and Challenges Related to Working with CROs

3.10. Concluding Remarks

 

  1. ROLE OF REGULATORY AFFAIRS IN MEDICAL DEVICE SUPPLY CHAIN

4.1. Chapter Overview

4.2. Overview of Medical Device Supply Chain

4.2.1. Importance of Regulatory Affairs in Medical Device Supply Chain

4.2.1.1. Concept and Feasibility Assessment Stage

4.2.1.2. Preclinical Stage

4.2.1.3. Manufacturing / Production Stage

4.2.1.4. Marketing Stage

4.2.1.5. Post-Marketing Stage

4.3. Factors Affecting the Medical Device Supply Chain

4.4. Key Performance Indicators for Medical Device Supply Chain Management

4.5. Optimization of Regulatory Affairs in the Medical Device Supply Chain

4.5.1. Digitalization of the Medical Device Supply Chain

 

  1. REGULATORY AND REIMBURSEMENT LANDSCAPE FOR MEDICAL DEVICES

5.1. Chapter Overview

5.2. General Regulatory and Reimbursement Guidelines for Medical Devices

5.3. Regulatory and Reimbursement Landscape in North America

5.3.1. The US Scenario

5.3.1.1. Regulatory Authority

5.3.1.2. Review / Approval Process

5.3.1.3. Reimbursement Landscape

5.3.1.3.1. Payer Mix

5.3.1.3.2. Reimbursement Process

5.3.2.    The Canadian Scenario

5.3.2.1. Regulatory Authority

5.3.2.2. Review / Approval Process

5.3.2.3. Reimbursement Landscape

5.3.2.3.1. Payer Mix

5.3.2.3.2. Reimbursement Process

5.3.3.    The Mexican Scenario

5.3.3.1. Regulatory Authority

5.3.3.2. Review / Approval Process

5.3.3.3. Reimbursement Landscape

5.3.3.3.1. Payer Mix

 

5.4.      Regulatory and Reimbursement Landscape in Europe

5.4.1.    Overall Scenario

5.4.1.1. Overall Regulatory Authority

5.4.1.2. Overall Review / Approval Process

5.4.2.    The UK Scenario

5.4.2.1. Regulatory Authority

5.4.2.2. Review / Approval Process

5.4.2.3. Reimbursement Landscape

5.4.2.3.1. Payer Mix

5.4.2.3.2. Reimbursement Process

5.4.3.    The French Scenario

5.4.3.1. Regulatory Authority

5.4.3.2. Review / Approval Process

5.4.3.3. Reimbursement Landscape

5.4.3.3.1. Payer Mix

5.4.3.3.2. Reimbursement Process

5.4.4.    The German Scenario

5.4.4.1. Regulatory Authority

5.4.4.2. Review / Approval Process

5.4.4.3. Reimbursement Landscape

5.4.4.3.1. Payer Mix

5.4.4.3.2. Reimbursement Process

5.4.5.    The Italian Scenario

5.4.5.1. Regulatory Authority

5.4.5.2. Review / Approval Process

5.4.5.3. Reimbursement Landscape

5.4.5.3.1. Payer Mix

5.4.5.3.2. Reimbursement Process

5.4.6.    The Spanish Scenario

5.4.6.1. Regulatory Authority

5.4.6.2. Review / Approval Process

5.4.6.3. Reimbursement Landscape

5.4.6.3.1. Payer Mix

5.4.6.3.2. Reimbursement Process

 

5.5.      Regulatory and Reimbursement Landscape in Asia-Pacific and Rest of the World

5.5.1.    The Australian Scenario

5.5.1.1. Regulatory Authority

5.5.1.2. Review / Approval Process

5.5.1.3. Reimbursement Landscape

5.5.1.3.1. Payer Mix

5.5.1.3.2. Reimbursement Process

5.5.2.    The Brazilian Scenario

5.5.2.1. Regulatory Authority

5.5.2.2. Review / Approval Process

5.5.2.3. Reimbursement Landscape

5.5.2.3.1. Payer Mix

5.5.2.3.2. Reimbursement Process

5.5.3.    The Chinese Scenario

5.5.3.1. Regulatory Authority

5.5.3.2. Review / Approval Process

5.5.3.3. Reimbursement Landscape

5.5.3.3.1. Payer Mix

5.5.3.3.2. Reimbursement Process

5.5.4.    The Indian Scenario

5.5.4.1. Regulatory Authority

5.5.4.2. Review / Approval Process

5.5.4.3. Reimbursement Landscape

5.5.4.3.1. Payer Mix

5.5.5.    The Israeli Scenario

5.5.5.1. Regulatory Authority

5.5.5.2. Review / Approval Process

5.5.5.3. Reimbursement Landscape

5.5.5.3.1. Payer Mix

5.5.6.    The Japanese Scenario

5.5.6.1. Regulatory Authority

5.5.6.2. Review / Approval Process

5.5.6.3. Reimbursement Landscape

5.5.6.3.1. Payer Mix

5.5.6.3.2. Reimbursement Process

5.5.7.    The New Zealand Scenario

5.5.7.1. Regulatory Authority

5.5.7.2. Review / Approval Process

5.5.7.3. Reimbursement Landscape

5.5.7.3.1. Payer Mix

5.5.7.3.2. Reimbursement Process

5.5.8.    The Singaporean Scenario

5.5.8.1. Regulatory Authority

5.5.8.2. Review / Approval Process

5.5.8.3. Reimbursement Landscape

5.5.8.3.1. Payer Mix

5.5.8.3.2. Reimbursement Process

5.5.9.    The South Korea Scenario

5.5.9.1. Regulatory Authority

5.5.9.2. Review / Approval Process

5.5.9.3. Reimbursement Landscape

5.5.9.3.1. Payer Mix

5.5.9.3.2. Reimbursement Process

5.5.10. The South African Scenario

5.5.10.1. Regulatory Authority

5.5.10.2. Review / Approval Process

5.5.10.3. Reimbursement Landscape

5.5.11. The Taiwanese Scenario

5.5.11.1. Regulatory Authority

5.5.11.2. Review / Approval Process

5.5.11.3. Reimbursement Landscape

5.5.11.3.1. Payer Mix

5.5.11.3.2. Reimbursement Process

5.5.12. The Thailand Scenario

5.5.12.1. Regulatory Authority

5.5.12.2. Review / Approval Process

5.5.12.3. Reimbursement Landscape

5.6.      Comparison of Regional Regulatory Environment

5.7.      Concluding Remarks

 

  1. COMPETITIVE LANDSCAPE

6.1.      Chapter Overview

6.2.      CROs Offering Regulatory Affairs-Related Services for Medical Devices: List of Companies

6.2.1.    Analysis by Year of Establishment

6.2.2.    Analysis by Size of Employee Base

6.2.3.    Analysis by Location of Headquarters

6.2.4.    Analysis by Company Size and Geography

6.3.      CROs Offering Regulatory Affairs-Related Services for Medical Devices: Information on Area of Specialization

6.3.1.    Analysis by Area of Specialization

6.4.      CROs Offering Medical Device Regulatory Services: Information on Type of Regulatory Affairs-Related Services Offered

6.4.1.    Analysis by Type of Regulatory Affairs-Related Service Offered

6.4.2.    Analysis by Year of Establishment, Geography and Type of Regulatory Affairs-Related Services           Offered

6.5.      CROs Offering Regulatory Affairs-Related Services for Medical Devices: Information on Type of  Additional Services Offered

6.5.1.    Analysis by Type of Additional Services Offered

6.6.      CROs Offering Regulatory Affairs-Related Services for Medical Devices: Information on Device Class

6.6.1.    Analysis by Device Class

6.7.      CROs Offering Regulatory Affairs-Related Services for Medical Devices: Information on Type and Size of Clientele

6.7.1.    Analysis by Type and Size of Clientele

6.8.      CROs Offering Regulatory Affairs-Related Services for Medical Devices: Information on Medical Device Regulatory Compliance Authorities

6.8.1.    Analysis by Medical Device Regulatory Compliance Authorities

 

6.9.      CROs Offering Regulatory Affairs-Related Services for Medical Devices: Information on Geographical Reach (Region-wise)

6.9.1.    Analysis by Geographical Reach (Region-Wise)

 

6.10.     CROs Offering Regulatory Affairs-Related Services for Medical Devices: Information on Geographical Reach (Country-wise)

6.10.1.  Analysis by Geographical Reach (Country-Wise)

 

  1. COMPANY PROFILES

7.1. Chapter Overview

 

7.2. CROs Headquartered in North America

7.2.1. CTI Clinical Trial and Consulting (CTI)

7.2.1.1. Company Overview

7.2.1.2. Service Portfolio

7.2.1.3. Future Outlook

 

7.2.2. Medpace

7.2.2.1. Company Overview

7.2.2.2 Financial Information

7.2.2.3. Service Portfolio

7.2.2.4. Future Outlook

 

7.2.3. NAMSA

7.2.3.1. Company Overview

7.2.3.2. Service Portfolio

7.2.3.3. Future Outlook

 

7.2.4. PAREXEL

7.2.4.1. Company Overview

7.2.4.2 Financial Information

7.2.4.3. Service Portfolio

7.2.4.4. Future Outlook

 

7.2.5. Premier Research

7.2.5.1. Company Overview

7.2.5.2. Service Portfolio

7.2.5.3. Future Outlook

 

7.2.6. Underwriters Laboratory (UL)

7.2.6.1. Company Overview

7.2.6.2. Service Portfolio

7.2.6.3. Future Outlook

 

7.3. CROs Headquartered in Europe

7.3.1. CROMSOURCE

7.3.1.1. Company Overview

7.3.1.2. Service Portfolio

7.3.1.3 Future Outlook

 

7.3.2. ICON

7.3.2.1. Company Overview

7.3.2.2 Financial Information

7.3.2.3. Service Portfolio

7.3.2.4. Future Outlook

 

7.3.3. Intertek

7.3.3.1. Company Overview

7.3.3.2 Financial Information

7.3.3.3. Service Portfolio

7.3.3.4. Future Outlook

 

7.3.4. PharmaLex

7.3.4.1. Company Overview

7.3.4.2. Service Portfolio

7.3.4.3 Future Outlook

7.3.5. Société Générale de Surveillance (SGS)

7.3.5.1. Company Overview

7.3.5.2. Service Portfolio

7.3.5.3 Future Outlook

 

7.3.4. SteriPack

7.3.4.1. Company Overview

7.3.4.2. Service Portfolio

7.3.4.3 Future Outlook

 

7.4. CROs Headquartered in Asia-Pacific and Rest of the World

7.4.1. MIC Medical

7.4.1.1. Company Overview

7.4.1.2. Service Portfolio

7.4.1.3 Recent Developments

 

  1. COMPETITIVE BENCHMARKING

8.1. Chapter Overview

8.2. Benchmark Analysis: Methodology

8.3. Region-wise Benchmark Analysis

8.3.1. North America, Peer Group I

8.3.2. North America, Peer Group II

8.3.3. North America, Peer Group III

8.3.4. North America, Peer Group IV

8.3.5. Europe, Peer Group V

8.3.6. Europe, Peer Group VI

8.3.7. Europe, Peer Group VII

8.3.8. Europe, Peer Group VIII

8.3.9. Asia Pacific and Rest of the World, Peer Group IX

8.3.10. Asia Pacific and Rest of the World, Peer Group X

8.3.11. Asia Pacific and Rest of the World, Peer Group XI

8.3.12. Asia Pacific and Rest of the World, Peer Group XII

8.4. Concluding Remarks

 

  1. GUIDE TO REGULATORY OUTSOURCING MODELS

9.1. Chapter Overview

9.2. Guiding Models for Regulatory Outsourcing

 

9.2.1. Functional Service Providers (FSP) Model: Large Medical Device Developers

9.2.1.1. Vendor Evaluation

 

9.2.2. End-to-End Model: Small-Sized Medical Device Developers

9.2.2.1. Vendor Evaluation

 

9.2.3. Hybrid Model: Mid-Sized Medical Device Developers

9.2.3.1. Vendor Evaluation

 

9.3. Concluding Remarks

 

  1. MEDICAL DEVICE REGULATORY AFFAIRS: KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS

10.1. Chapter Overview

10.2. Definition and Importance of Key Performance Indicators

10.3. Key Considerations for Selection of Key Performance Indicators

10.4. Types of Key Performance Indicators

10.4.1. Financial Indicators

10.4.1.1. Most Important KPIs

10.4.1.1.1. Financial Stability

10.4.1.1.2. Cost of Services Offered

10.4.1.1.3. Comparative Analysis of Financial Indicators

 

10.4.1.2. Industry Perspective

10.4.1.2.1. Sponsor (Big Pharma) Perspective

10.4.1.2.2. Contract Service Providers’ Perspective

 

10.4.2. Process / Capability Indicators

10.4.2.1. Most Important KPIs

10.4.2.1.1. Proximity to Sponsor

10.4.2.1.2. Capability to Innovate / Mitigate Risk

10.4.2.1.3. Strength of Service Portfolio

10.4.2.1.4. Comparative Analysis of Process / Capability Indicators

10.4.2.2. Industry Perspective

10.4.2.2.1. Sponsor (Big Pharma) Perspective

10.4.2.2.2. Contract Service Providers’ Perspective

 

10.4.3. Market Reputation Indicators

10.4.3.1. Most Important KPIs

10.4.3.1.1. Flexibility / Adaptability

10.4.3.1.2. Time Management

10.4.3.1.3. Quality / Reliability

10.4.3.1.4. Regulatory Compliance / Track Record

10.4.3.1.5. Comparative Analysis of Market Reputation Indicators

 

10.4.3.2. Industry Perspective

10.4.3.2.1. Sponsor (Big Pharma) Perspective

10.4.3.2.2. Contract Service Providers’ Perspective

 

10.5. Comparison of Key Performance Indicators

10.6. Concluding Remarks

 

  1. MARKET FORECAST

11.1 Chapter Overview

11.2. Forecast Methodology and Key Assumptions

11.3. Overall Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market, 2019-2030

 

11.4. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market: Distribution by Geography, 2019 and 2030

11.4.1. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market in North America, 2019-2030

11.4.1.1. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market in the US, 2019-2030

11.4.1.2. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market in Rest of North America, 2019-2030

 

11.4.2. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market in Europe, 2019-2030

11.4.2.1. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market in Italy, 2019-2030

11.4.2.2. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market in Germany, 2019-2030

11.4.2.3. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market in France, 2019-2030

11.4.2.4. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market in Spain, 2019-2030

11.4.2.5. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market in the UK, 2019-2030

11.4.2.6. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market in Rest of Europe, 2019-2030

 

11.4.3. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market in Asia-Pacific, 2019-2030

11.4.3.1. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market in China, 2019-2030

11.4.3.2. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market in Japan, 2019-2030

11.4.3.3. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market in India, 2019-2030

11.4.3.4. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market in Rest of the Asia-Pacific, 2019-2030

 

11.4.4. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market in Rest of the World, 2019-2030

 

11.5. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market: Distribution by Type of Regulatory Affairs-Related Service, 2019 and 2030

11.5.1. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for GAP-Analysis, 2019-2030

11.5.2. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Legal Representation, 2019-2030

11.5.3. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Notified Body Selection, 2019-2030

11.5.4. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Product Labeling-Related Services, 2019-2030

11.5.5. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Product Registration and Clinical Trial Applications, 2019-2030

11.5.6. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Regulatory Writing and Publishing, 2019-2030

11.5.7. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Regulatory Document Submissions, 2019-2030

11.5.8. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Risk Management Service, 2019-2030

11.5.9. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Technical Dossier Set-Up, 2019-2030

11.5.10. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Vigilance & Medical Device Report, 2019-2030

11.6. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market: Distribution by Device Class, 2019 and 2030

11.6.1. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Class I Devices, 2019-2030

11.6.2. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Class II Devices, 2019-2030

11.6.3. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Class III Devices, 2019-2030

 

11.7. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market: Distribution by Therapeutic Area, 2019 and 2030

11.7.1. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Cardiovascular Disorders, 2019-2030

11.7.2. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Central Nervous System (CNS) Disorders, 2019-2030

11.7.3. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Metabolic Disorders, 2019-2030

11.7.4. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Oncological Disorders, 2019-2030

11.7.5. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Orthopedic Disorders, 2019-2030

11.7.6. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Ophthalmic Disorders, 2019-2030

11.7.7. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Pain Disorders, 2019-2030

11.7.8. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Respiratory Disorders, 2019-2030

11.7.9. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Other Therapeutic Areas, 2019-2030

 

11.8. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market: Distribution by Type of Regulatory Affairs-Related Service and Geography

11.8.1. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for GAP-Analysis in North America, 2019-2030

11.8.2. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for GAP-Analysis in Europe, 2019-2030

11.8.3. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for GAP-Analysis in Asia-Pacific, 2019-2030

11.8.4. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for GAP-Analysis in Rest of the World, 2019-2030

11.8.5. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Legal Representation in North America, 2019-2030

11.8.6. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Legal Representation in Europe, 2019-2030

11.8.7. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Legal Representation in Asia-Pacific, 2019-2030

11.8.8. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Legal Representation in Rest of the World, 2019-2030

11.8.9. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Notified Body Selection in North America, 2019-2030

11.8.10. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Notified Body Selection in Europe, 2019-2030

11.8.11. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Notified Body Selection in Asia-Pacific, 2019-2030

11.8.12. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Notified Body Selection in Rest of the World, 2019-2030

11.8.13. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Product Labeling-Related Services in North America, 2019-2030

11.8.14. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Product Labeling-Related Services in Europe, 2019-2030

11.8.15. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Product Labeling-Related Services in Asia-Pacific, 2019-2030

11.8.16. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Product Labeling-Related Services in Rest of the World, 2019-2030

11.8.17. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Product Registration and Clinical Trial Applications in North America, 2019-2030

11.8.18. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Product Registration and Clinical Trial Applications in Europe, 2019-2030

11.8.19. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Product Registration and Clinical Trial Applications in Asia-Pacific, 2019-2030

11.8.20. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Product Registration and Clinical Trial Applications in Rest of the World, 2019-2030

11.8.21. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Regulatory Writing and Publishing in North America, 2019-2030

11.8.22. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Regulatory Writing and Publishing in Europe, 2019-2030

11.8.23. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Regulatory Writing and Publishing in Asia-Pacific, 2019-2030

11.8.24. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Regulatory Writing and Publishing in Rest of the World, 2019-2030

11.8.25. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Regulatory Document Submissions in North America, 2019-2030

11.8.26. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Regulatory Document Submissions in Europe, 2019-2030

11.8.27. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Regulatory Document Submissions in Asia-Pacific, 2019-2030

11.8.28. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Regulatory Document Submissions in Rest of the World, 2019-2030

11.8.29. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Risk Management Service in North America, 2019-2030

11.8.30. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Risk Management Service in Europe, 2019-2030

11.8.311. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Risk Management Service in Asia-Pacific, 2019-2030

11.8.32. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Risk Management Service in Rest of the World, 2019-2030

11.8.33. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Technical Dossier Set-Up in North America, 2019-2030

11.8.34. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Technical Dossier Set-Up in Europe, 2019-2030

11.8.35. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Technical Dossier Set-Up in Asia-Pacific, 2019-2030

11.8.36. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Technical Dossier Set-Up in Rest of the World, 2019-2030

11.8.37. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Vigilance & Medical Device Report in North America, 2019-2030

11.8.38. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Vigilance & Medical Device Report in Europe, 2019-2030

11.8.39. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Vigilance & Medical Device Report in Asia-Pacific, 2019-2030

11.8.40. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Vigilance & Medical Device Report in Rest of the World, 2019-2030

 

11.9. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market: Distribution by Device Class and Geography

11.9.1. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Class I Devices in North America, 2019-2030

11.9.2. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Class I Devices in Europe, 2019-2030

11.9.3. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Class I Devices in Asia-Pacific, 2019-2030

11.9.4. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Class I Devices in Rest of the World, 2019-2030

11.9.5. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Class II Devices in North America, 2019-2030

11.9.6. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Class II Devices in Europe, 2019-2030

11.9.7. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Class II Devices in Asia-Pacific, 2019-2030

11.9.8. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Class II Devices in Rest of the World, 2019-2030

11.9.9. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Class III Devices in North America, 2019-2030

11.9.10. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Class III Devices in Europe, 2019-2030

11.9.11. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Class III Devices in Asia-Pacific, 2019-2030

11.9.12. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Class III Devices in Rest of the World, 2019-2030

11.10. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market: Distribution by Therapeutic Area and Geography

11.10.1. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Cardiovascular Disorders in North America, 2019-2030

11.10.2. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Cardiovascular Disorders in Europe, 2019-2030

11.10.3. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Cardiovascular Disorders in Asia-Pacific, 2019-2030

11.10.4. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Cardiovascular Disorders in Rest of the World, 2019-2030

11.10.5. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Central Nervous System Disorders in North America, 2019-2030

11.10.6. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Central Nervous System Disorders in Europe, 2019-2030

11.10.7. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Central Nervous System Disorders in Asia-Pacific, 2019-2030

11.10.8. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Central Nervous System Disorders in Rest of the World, 2019-2030

11.10.9. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Metabolic Disorders in North America, 2019-2030

11.10.10. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Metabolic Disorders in Europe, 2019-2030

11.10.11. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Metabolic Disorders in Asia-Pacific, 2019-2030

11.10.12. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Metabolic Disorders in Rest of the World, 2019-2030

11.10.13. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Oncological Disorders in North America, 2019-2030

11.10.14. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Oncological Disorders in Europe, 2019-2030

11.10.15. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Oncological Disorders in Asia-Pacific, 2019-2030

11.10.16. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Oncological Disorders in Rest of the World, 2019-2030

11.10.17. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Ophthalmological Disorders in North America, 2019-2030

11.10.18. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Ophthalmological Disorders in Europe, 2019-2030

11.10.19. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Ophthalmological Disorders in Asia-Pacific, 2019-2030

11.10.20. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Ophthalmological Disorders in Rest of the World, 2019-2030

11.10.21. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Orthopedic Disorders in North America, 2019-2030

11.10.22. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Orthopedic Disorders in Europe, 2019-2030

11.10.23. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Orthopedic Disorders in Asia-Pacific, 2019-2030

11.10.24. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Orthopedic Disorders in Rest of the World, 2019-2030

11.10.25. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Pain Disorders in North America, 2019-2030

11.10.26. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Pain Disorders in Europe, 2019-2030

11.10.27. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Pain Disorders in Asia-Pacific, 2019-2030

11.10.28. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Pain Disorders in Rest of the World, 2019-2030

11.10.29. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Respiratory Disorders in North America, 2019-2030

11.10.30. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Respiratory Disorders in Europe, 2019-2030

11.10.31. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Respiratory Disorders in Asia-Pacific, 2019-2030

11.10.32. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Respiratory Disorders in Rest of the World, 2019-2030

11.10.33. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Other Disorders in North America, 2019-2030

11.10.34. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Other Disorders in Europe, 2019-2030

11.10.35. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Other Disorders in Asia-Pacific, 2019-2030

11.10.36. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Other Disorders in Rest of the World, 2019-2030

 

11.11. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market: Distribution by Company Size, 2019-2030

11.11.1. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Small-Sized Companies, 2019-2030

11.11.2. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Mid-Sized Companies, 2019-2030

11.11.3. Medical Device Regulatory Affairs Outsourcing Market for Large Companies, 2019-2030

 

11.12. Concluding Remarks

 

  1. CONCLUSION

12.1. Chapter Overview

12.2. Key Takeaways

 

  1. SURVEY INSIGHTS

13.1. Chapter Overview

13.2. Company Specifics of Respondents

13.3. Designation of Respondents

13.4. Types of Regulatory Affairs-Related Services

13.5. Analysis by Geographical Reach

13.6. Type and Size of Clientele

13.7. Average Number of Projects

13.8. Proportion of Clients Outsourcing Regulatory Affairs-Related Services

13.9. Cost of Outsourcing Regulatory Affairs-Related Services

13.10. Current and Future Market Opportunity

 

  1. EXECUTIVE INSIGHTS

14.1. Chapter Overview

14.2. A+ Science

14.2.1. Company Snapshot

14.2.2. Interview Transcript: Tania Persson, Business Development Manager

 

14.3. AtoZ-CRO

14.3.1. Company Snapshot

14.3.2. Interview Transcript: Alexa Foltin-Mertgen, Business Development Manager

 

14.4. CROMSOURCE

14.4.1. Company Snapshot

14.4.2. Interview Transcript: Troy Mccall, Chief Operating Officer

 

14.5. CW Research & Management

14.5.1. Company Snapshot

14.5.2. Interview Transcript: Christian Wolflehner, Managing Director, Clinical Trial Specialist

 

14.6. HungaroTrial

14.6.1 Company Snapshot

14.6.2. Interview Transcript: Antal Solyom, Director of Medical Device Unit

14.7. Metrics Research

 

14.7.1 Company Snapshot

14.7.2. Interview Transcript: Dr. Nazish Urooj, Senior Manager, Medical & Clinical Operations

 

14.8. Vyomus Consulting

14.8.1 Company Snapshot

14.8.2. Interview Transcript: Dr. C Omprakash, Technical Director and Partner

 

  1. APPENDIX I: TABULATED DATA

 

  1. APPENDIX II: LIST OF COMPANIES AND ORGANIZATIONS


Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com



The contract regulatory affairs-management services market for medical devices is estimated to be worth USD 820 million by 2030, growing at a CAGR of 6.9%, claims Roots Analysis


Submitted 2 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

 

Over the years, outsourcing has become a popular trend with the medical device industry, allowing innovators to leverage the technical and regulatory expertise of contract service providers in order to expedite time to market

 

Roots Analysis is pleased to announce the publication of its recent study, titled, “Medical Device CROs for Regulatory Affairs Management Market, 2019-2030.”

 

The report features a detailed study on the current landscape of contract service providers focused on regulatory affairs management for medical devices. The study features an in-depth analysis, highlighting the capabilities of the various CROs engaged in this domain, across different regions of the globe. Amongst other elements, the report includes:

  • A detailed review of the current market landscape of the medical devices regulatory affairs outsourcing market, featuring a list of over 400 CROs engaged in this domain.
  • A detailed discussion on the need for regulatory review / oversight across different stages of the medical devices supply chain, with emphasis on the optimization of the supply chain using upcoming tools / technologies.
  • An elaborate discussion on the various guidelines established by major regulatory bodies for medical device approval across North America, Europe, Asia-Pacific and rest of the world.
  • Elaborate profiles of popular players that specialize in offering end-to-end regulatory services for medical devices across key geographies.
  • A benchmark analysis, highlighting the key focus areas of very small-sized, small-sized, mid-sized and large companies, comparing their existing capabilities within and beyond their respective peer groups.
  • An elaborate discussion on the various outsourcing business models adopted for regulatory affairs management, along with an insightful Harvey ball analysis of key considerations that need to be assessed by industry stakeholders while selecting a CRO partner.
  • An analysis highlighting the key performance indicators used by sponsor companies to evaluate service providers that are active in the domain, based on information gathered via secondary research (for top-ten medical device players) and primary research.
  • A survey analysis featuring inputs solicited from various experts who are directly / indirectly involved in providing regulatory affairs management services to medical device developers.
  • A detailed market forecast, featuring analysis of the current and projected future opportunity across key market segments (listed below)

 

  • Medical Device Class
  • Class I
  • Class II
  • Class III

 

  • Therapeutic Area
  • Cardiovascular Disorders
  • CNS Disorders
  • Metabolic Disorders
  • Oncological Disorders
  • Ophthalmological Disease
  • Orthopedic Disorders
  • Pain Disorders
  • Respiratory Disorders
  • Others

 

  • Type of Regulatory Affairs Service
  • Pharmacies GAP-Analysis
  • Pharmacies Legal Representation
  • Pharmacies Notified Body Selection
  • Product Labelling-related Services
  • Product Registration and Clinical Trial Applications
  • Regulatory Document Submissions
  • Regulatory Writing and Publishing
  • Risk Management-related Services
  • Technical Dossier Set-up
  • Vigilance & Medical Device Report

 

  • Key Geographical Regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia-Pacific and Rest of the World

 

Key companies covered in the report

  • CTI Clinical Trial and Consulting Services
  • CROMSOURCE
  • ICON
  • Intertek
  • Medpace
  • MIC Medical
  • North American Science Associates (NAMSA)
  • Parexel
  • PharmaLex
  • Premier Research 
  • Société Générale de Surveillance (SGS)
  • Underwriters Laboratory (UL)

 

For more information please click on the following link

https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/med-dev-regulatory/282.html  

 

Other Recent Offerings

  1. Viral Vectors, Non-Viral Vectors and Gene Therapy Manufacturing Market (3rd Edition), 2019-2030
  2. Medical Device Labels Manufacturing Market, 2019-2030
  3. Medical Device Contract Manufacturing Market, 2019-2030

 

About Roots Analysis

Roots Analysis is one of the fastest growing market research companies, sharing fresh and independent perspectives in the bio-pharmaceutical industry. The in-depth research, analysis and insights are driven by an experienced leadership team which has gained many years of significant experience in this sector. If you’d like help with your growing business needs, get in touch at info@rootsanalysis.com

 

Contact Information

Roots Analysis Private Limited

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

The “Continuous Manufacturing Market (Small Molecules and Biologics), 2020 – 2030” report features an extensive study of the current market landscape and future opportunities for companies with capabilities in continuous manufacturing (both innovator comp


Submitted 2 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

To order this 310+ page report, which features 110+ figures and 200+ tables, please visit this link

 

Key Inclusions

  • A detailed assessment of the overall landscape of companies with capabilities for continuous manufacturing, along with information on a number of relevant parameters, such as year of establishment, company size, purpose of manufacturing (in-house and contract services), scale of operation (preclinical, clinical and commercial), location of headquarters, location of manufacturing facilities, type of drug molecule (biologic and small molecule), type of continuous manufacturing related service(s) offered (process development, API manufacturing, intermediate manufacturing, drug product manufacturing, and packaging and fill / finish), type of dosage form (solid and liquid), and installed capacity and batch size (if available).
  • Elaborate profiles of some of the key contract manufacturers active in the pharmaceutical and biopharmaceutical continuous manufacturing market in North America, Europe and Asia-Pacific. Each profile features an overview of the company, along with information related to its service portfolio, continuous manufacturing capabilities and facilities, recent developments and an informed future outlook.
  • An analysis of the various partnerships related to continuous manufacturing, which have been established since 2013, based on several parameters, such as year of an agreement, the type of partnership (research agreements, facility development / establishment agreements, technology enhancement agreements, service alliances, process development agreements, manufacturing agreements and other relevant agreements), scale of operation (preclinical, clinical and commercial), type of drug molecule (biologic and small molecule), type of continuous manufacturing related service (API manufacturing, intermediate manufacturing and end product manufacturing) and type of dosage form (solid and liquid). It also provides the regional distribution of the collaborations.
  • An analysis of the expansions related to continuous manufacturing, which have been established since 2013, based on several parameters, such as year of an expansion and the type of expansion (facility / plant expansion, technology installation, technology enhancement and service expansion), geographical location of the facility, scale of operation (preclinical, clinical and commercial), type of drug molecule (biologic and small molecule), type of continuous manufacturing related service (API manufacturing, intermediate manufacturing and end product manufacturing) and type of dosage form (solid and liquid).
  • An estimate of the global, continuous manufacturing capacity, based on the capacities of various industry stakeholders (as available on their respective company websites). The study examines the distribution of capacity, based on the type of drug molecule (biologic and small molecule), company size (small-sized, mid-sized and large), scale of operation (preclinical, clinical and commercial), location of headquarters (North America, Europe and Asia-Pacific) and location of manufacturing facilities (North America, Europe and Asia-Pacific).
  • A study of the various grants that have been awarded to research institutes engaged in projects related to continuous manufacturing, between 2014 and 2019, highlighting multiple parameters, such as year of award, type of grant, grant amount, focus area, support period, popular recipient organizations, type of recipient organization, funding institute center, funding mechanism and prominent program officers.
  • An in-depth analysis of the various patents that have been filed / granted related to continuous manufacturing till 2019. It includes information on key parameters, such as patent type, publication year, geographical location, CPC symbol, emerging focus areas, type of applicant and leading industry / non-industry players (in terms of the size of intellectual property portfolio). It also features a three-dimensional bubble analysis (based on patent citation count, publication year, extended geographical reach), as well as a patent benchmarking and a detailed valuation analysis.
  • Initiatives taken by the leading pharmaceutical companies (in terms of revenues), covering both partnered as well as in-house projects.
  • A review of the companies offering modular facilities / modular cleanrooms, with information on their geographical location (North America, Europe, Asia-Pacific and rest of the world), year of establishment, company size (small-sized, mid-sized or large) and type of industries served (pharmaceutical, biotechnology or others). It also includes information on the recent projects undertaken / executed by the companies providing modular facilities.
  • A case study of the companies offering technologies / equipment (continuous blenders and mixers, continuous granulators, continuous dryers, continuous compressors, continuous coaters, flow reactors, continuous filtration, distillation and centrifugation equipment, continuous chromatography, PAT technology and other technologies) that can potentially be used in a continuous manufacturing process, providing information on the geographical location of potential stakeholders and the type of technology / equipment provided.
  • A case study on the roadmap for the adoption of continuous manufacturing technique, discussing different strategies that can be followed by the company in order to adopt this technology or transition from batch manufacturing to continuous manufacturing.

 

The report also features the likely distribution of the current and forecasted opportunity across important market segments, mentioned below:

  • Purpose of Manufacturing
  • In-House
  • Contract service
  • Scale of Operation
  • Commercial
  • Preclinical / Clinical
  • Type of Continuous Manufacturing related Service
  • API Manufacturing
  • End Product manufacturing
  • Type of Drug Molecule
  • Biologic
  • Small Molecule
  • Type of dosage form
  • Solid
  • Liquid
  • Key Geographical Regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Transcripts of interviews held with the following senior level representatives of stakeholder companies
  • Andrea Adamo, Founder and Chief Executive Officer, Zaiput Flow technologies
  • Bayan Takizawa, Co-Founder and Chief Business Officer, CONTINUUS Pharmaceuticals
  • Nick Thomson, Senior Director Chemical Research and Development, Pfizer
  • Himanshu Gadgil, Director and Chief Scientific Officer, Enzene Biosciences
  • Eric Fang, Chief Scientific Officer, Snapdragon Chemistry)
  • Ian Houson, Technical Project Manager, Continuous Manufacturing and Crystallization, University of Strathclyde

 

 

To request sample pages, please visit this link

 

Key Questions Answered

  • Who are the key players engaged in continuous manufacturing of small molecules and biologics?
  • What is the installed, global capacity for continuous manufacturing?
  • What are the key growth drivers within this domain?
  • What are the various paths to evolution within this industry?
  • Who are the other key stakeholders (modular facility providers and technology / equipment developers) in this domain?
  • How is the current and future market opportunity likely to be distributed across key market segments?

 

You may also be interested in the following titles:

  1. Pharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market (2nd Edition), 2018-2028
  2. Biopharma Contract Manufacturing Market (3rd Edition), 2019 - 2030
  3. China Pharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Services Market, 2020-2030
  4. China Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market, 2020 - 2030

 

Contact Us

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

Over 60 companies across the globe claim to manufacture drug products / drug substances using the continuous manufacturing technique, either for in-house requirements or for contract service engagements, claims Roots Analysis


Submitted 2 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

The COVID-19 pandemic has severely impaired the overall pharmaceutical supply chain, mostly owing to the absence of workers at manufacturing sites and restrictions imposed on distribution networks. In this context, continuous manufacturing offers a viable solution given the fact that continuous processes are largely automated. In fact, the FDA (and other regulatory bodies) have also expressed interest in advocating a shift to the use of advanced manufacturing technologies, such as continuous manufacturing.

 

To order this 310+ page report, which features 110+ figures and 200+ tables, please visit this link

 

The USD 1.9 billion (by 2030) financial opportunity within the continuous manufacturing market has been analyzed across the following segments:

  • Purpose of Manufacturing
  • In-House
  • Contract service

 

  • Scale of Operation
  • Commercial
  • Preclinical / Clinical

 

  • Type of Continuous Manufacturing related Service
  • API Manufacturing
  • End Product manufacturing

 

  • Type of Drug Molecule
  • Biologic
  • Small Molecule

 

  • Type of dosage form
  • Solid
  • Liquid

 

  • Key Geographical Regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific

 

The Continuous Manufacturing Market (Small Molecules and Biologics), 2020 – 2030 report features the following companies, which we identified to be key players in this domain:

  • AbbVie Contract Manufacturing
  • Ajinomoto Bio-Pharma Services
  • Almac
  • Boehringer Ingelheim BioXcellence
  • Cambrex
  • CordonPharma
  • Hovione
  • Kaneka
  • Lonza
  • Patheon
  • SK biotek

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. Preface

    2. Executive Summary

  2. Introduction

  3. Market Landscape

  4. Companies with Expertise in Continuous Manufacturing in North America: Profiles

  5. Companies with Expertise in Continuous Manufacturing in Europe: Profiles

  6. Companies with Expertise in Continuous Manufacturing in Asia-Pacific: Profiles

  7. Recent Partnerships and Collaborations

  8. Recent Expansions

  9. Capacity Analysis

  10. Academic Grant Analysis

  11. Patent Analysis

  12. Initiatives of Companies with In-House Continuous Manufacturing Capabilities

  13. Case Study: Modular Facilities in pharmaceutical / Biotechnological Industry

 

  1. Case Study: Technology and Equipment Providers

 

  1. Case Study: Roadmap for the Adoption of Continuous Manufacturing Processes

 

  1. Market Forecast and Opportunity Analysis

 

  1. Conclusion

 

  1. Executive Insights

 

  1. Appendix 1: Tabulated Data

 

  1. Appendix 2: List of Companies and Organizations

 

To purchase a copy, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/continuous-manufacturing/308.html

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com 

 

The continuous manufacturing market is projected to grow at an annualized rate of over 15%, till 2030


Submitted 2 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

Roots Analysis has done a detailed study on Continuous Manufacturing Market (Small Molecules and Biologics), 2020 – 2030, covering key aspects of the industry and identifying future growth opportunities.

 

To order this 310+ page report, which features 110+ figures and 200+ tables, please visit this link

 

Key Market Insights

  • Eminent representatives from prominent contract service provider companies / organizations are both optimistic and cautious regarding the rising interest in continuous flow technologies, and its adoption
  • Over 60 companies across the globe claim to manufacture drug products / drug substances using the continuous manufacturing technique, either for in-house requirements or for contract service engagements
  • The market landscape features the presence of several well-established players, most of which claim to manufacture small molecules via the continuous technique, and are based in the developed geographies
  • Companies have established continuous drug manufacturing facilities for diverse types of dosage forms in various geographies; Europe and North America have emerged as the key hubs for these facilities
  • Several patents have been filed / granted specifically related to continuous manufacturing of pharmaceutical substances, both industry and non-industry players are actively involved in such efforts
  • Organizations have also extended financial support to aid the research efforts being put by various stakeholders in this domain; the current focus is on investigation of continuous manufacturing technologies
  • Over time, there has been a lot of activity in this arena, including the establishment of several partnerships and investments in capability and capacity expansions and new facilities worldwide
  • Most of the continuous manufacturing capacity belongs to established companies (in-house manufacturers and CMOs), accounting for over 70% of the available capacity across various geographies
  • Involvement of various other stakeholders including continuous equipment providers and modular facility providers is likely to revolutionize the overall manufacturing domain
  • As the adoption of continuous manufacturing technologies increases, the market is likely to witness significant growth; in the short term, majority of service-based revenues is likely to come from drug product related projects

 

For more information, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/continuous-manufacturing/308.html

 

Table of Contents

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

  1. PREFACE

1.1.      Scope of the Report

1.2.      Research Methodology

1.3.      Chapter Outlines

 

  1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

 

  1. INTRODUCTION

3.1.      Chapter Overview

3.2.      Historical Evolution of Continuous Manufacturing

3.3.      Continuous Manufacturing in the Pharmaceutical Industry

3.3.1.    Regulatory Landscape

3.3.2.    Early Adopters of Continuous Manufacturing

3.3.3.    Anticipated Shift to Continuous Manufacturing

3.3.4.    Advantages of Continuous Manufacturing

3.3.5.    Key Challenges Associated with Continuous Manufacturing

3.3.6.    Future Perspectives

 

  1. MARKET LANDSCAPE

4.1.      Chapter Overview

4.2.      Companies with Expertise in Continuous Manufacturing: Overall Market Landscape

4.2.1.    Analysis by Year of Establishment

4.2.2.    Analysis by Company Size

4.2.3.    Analysis by Purpose of Manufacturing

4.2.4.    Analysis by Scale of Operation

4.2.5.    Analysis by Location of Headquarters

4.2.6.    Analysis by Location of Continuous Manufacturing Facilities

4.2.7.    Analysis by Type of Drug Molecule

4.2.8.    Analysis by Type of Continuous Manufacturing Related Service

4.2.9.    Analysis by Type of Dosage Form

4.2.10.  Heat Map: Analysis by Company Size and Location of Headquarters

4.2.11.  Information on Production Capacity

4.2.12.  Logo Landscape: Analysis by Year of Establishment and Company Size 

4.2.13.  Grid Representation: Analysis by Scale of Operation, Type of Continuous Manufacturing Related Service and Type of Dosage Form

4.2.14.  Geographical Map: Analysis by Location of Continuous Manufacturing Facilities and Type of Drug Molecule

 

  1. COMPANIES WITH EXPERTISE IN CONTINUOUS MANUFACTURING IN NORTH AMERICA: PROFILES

5.1.      Chapter Overview

5.2.      AbbVie Contract Manufacturing

5.2.1.    Company Overview

5.2.2.    Service Portfolio

5.2.3.    Continuous Manufacturing Capabilities and Facilities

5.2.4.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.3.      Cambrex

5.3.1.    Company Overview

5.3.2.    Service Portfolio

5.3.3.    Continuous Manufacturing Capabilities and Facilities

5.3.4.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.4.      Patheon

5.4.1.    Company Overview

5.4.2.    Service Portfolio

5.4.3.    Continuous Manufacturing Capabilities and Facilities

5.4.4.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.5.      SK biotek

5.5.1.    Company Overview

5.5.2.    Service Portfolio

5.5.3.    Continuous Manufacturing Capabilities and Facilities

5.5.4.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

  1. COMPANIES WITH EXPERTISE IN CONTINUOUS MANUFACTURING IN EUROPE: PROFILES

6.1.      Chapter Overview

6.2.      Ajinomoto Bio-Pharma Services

6.2.1.    Company Overview

6.2.2.    Service Portfolio

6.2.3.    Continuous Manufacturing Capabilities and Facilities

6.2.4.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.3.      Almac

6.3.1.    Company Overview

6.3.2.    Service Portfolio

6.3.3.    Continuous Manufacturing Capabilities and Facilities

6.3.4.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.4.      Boehringer Ingelheim BioXcellence™

6.4.1.    Company Overview

6.4.2.    Service Portfolio

6.4.3.    Continuous Manufacturing Capabilities and Facilities

6.4.4.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.5.      CordonPharma

6.5.1.    Company Overview

6.5.2.    Service Portfolio

6.5.3.    Continuous Manufacturing Capabilities and Facilities

6.5.4.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.6.      Hovione

6.6.1.    Company Overview

6.6.2.    Service Portfolio

6.6.3.    Continuous Manufacturing Capabilities and Facilities

6.6.4.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.7.      Lonza

6.7.1.    Company Overview

6.7.2.    Service Portfolio

6.7.3.    Continuous Manufacturing Capabilities and Facilities

6.7.4.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

  1. COMPANIES WITH EXPERTISE IN CONTINUOUS MANUFACTURING IN ASIA-PACIFIC: PROFILES

7.1.      Chapter Overview

7.2.      Kaneka

7.2.1.    Company Overview

7.2.2.    Service Portfolio

7.2.3.    Continuous Manufacturing Capabilities and Facilities

7.2.4.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook     

 

7.3.      WuXi AppTec

7.3.1.    Company Overview

7.3.2.    Service Portfolio

7.3.3.    Continuous Manufacturing Capabilities and Facilities

7.3.4.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook                 

 

  1. RECENT PARTNERSHIPS AND COLLABORATIONS

8.1.      Chapter Overview

8.2.      Partnership Models

8.3.      List of Partnerships and Collaborations

8.3.1.    Analysis by Year of Partnership

8.3.2.    Analysis by Type of Partnership

8.3.3.    Analysis by Scale of Operation

8.3.4.    Analysis by Type of Drug Molecule

8.3.5.    Analysis by Type of Continuous Manufacturing Related Service

8.3.6.    Analysis by Type of Dosage Form

8.3.7.    Most Active Players: Analysis by Number of Partnerships

 

8.3.8.    Regional Analysis

8.3.8.1. Intercontinental and Intracontinental Agreements

 

  1. RECENT EXPANSIONS

9.1.      Chapter Overview

9.2.      Recent Expansions

9.2.1.    Analysis by Year of Expansion

9.2.2.    Analysis by Type of Expansion

9.2.3.    Analysis by Expanded Scale of Expansion

9.2.4.    Analysis by Type of Drug Molecule

9.2.5.    Analysis by Type of Continuous Manufacturing Related Service

9.2.6.    Analysis by Type of Dosage Form

9.2.7.    Most Active Players: Analysis by Number of Expansions

 

9.2.8.    Regional Analysis

9.2.8.1. Analysis by Location of Expansion Project

 

  1. CAPACITY ANALYSIS

10.1.     Chapter Overview

10.2.     Assumptions and Methodology

10.3.     Global, Continuous Manufacturing Capacity for Small Molecule APIs

10.3.1.  Analysis by Company Size

10.3.2. Analysis by Purpose of Manufacturing

10.3.3.  Analysis by Scale of Operation

10.3.4.  Analysis by Location of Headquarters

10.3.4.  Analysis by Location of Continuous Manufacturing Facilities

 

10.4.     Global, Continuous Manufacturing Capacity for Small Molecule End Products

10.4.1.  Analysis by Company Size

10.4.2. Analysis by Purpose of Manufacturing

10.4.3.  Analysis by Scale of Operation

10.4.4.  Analysis by Location of Headquarters

10.4.5.  Analysis by Location of Continuous Manufacturing Facilities

 

10.5.     Global, Continuous Manufacturing Capacity for Biologic

10.5.1.  Analysis by Company Size

10.5.2. Analysis by Purpose of Manufacturing

10.5.3.  Analysis by Scale of Operation

10.5.4.  Analysis by Location of Headquarters

10.5.5.  Analysis by Location of Continuous Manufacturing Facilities

 

  1. ACADEMIC GRANT ANALYSIS

11.1.     Chapter Overview

11.2.     Scope and Methodology

11.3.     Continuous Manufacturing: List of Academic Grants

11.3.1.  Analysis by Number of Grants

11.3.2.  Analysis by Activity Code

11.3.3.  Analysis by Grant Amount

11.3.4.  Analysis by Focus Area

11.3.5.  Analysis by Support Period

11.3.6   Popular Recipient Organizations: Analysis by Number of Grants

11.3.7   Analysis by Type of Recipient Organization

11.3.8.  Analysis by Funding Institute Centre

11.3.9.  Analysis by Funding Mechanism

11.3.10. Prominent Program Officers: Analysis by Number of Grants

 

  1. PATENT ANALYSIS

12.1.     Chapter Overview

12.2.     Scope and Methodology

12.3.     Continuous Manufacturing: Patent Analysis

12.3.1.  Analysis by Publication Year

12.3.2.  Analysis by Geography

12.3.3.  Analysis by CPC Symbols

12.3.4.  Emerging Focus Areas

12.3.5.  Analysis by Type of Applicant

12.3.6.  Leading Players: Analysis by Number of Patents

12.3.7.  Continuous Manufacturing: Three-Dimensional Bubble Analysis

12.3.8.  Continuous Manufacturing: Patent Valuation Analysis

12.3.8.1. Leading Patents: Information by Number of Citations

 

  1. INITIATIVES OF COMPANIES WITH IN-HOUSE CONTINUOUS MANUFACTURING CAPABILITIES

13.1.     Chapter Overview

13.2.     Continuous Manufacturing Initiatives of Leading Companies

13.2.1.  AbbVie

13.2.1.1. Partnered Initiatives

13.2.1.2 In-House Initiatives

 

13.2.2.  Amgen

13.2.2.1. Partnered Initiatives

13.2.2.2. In-House Initiatives

 

13.2.3.  Bristol-Myers Squibb

13.2.3.1. Partnered Initiatives

13.2.3.2. In-House Initiatives

 

13.2.4.  GlaxoSmithKline

13.2.4.1. Partnered Initiatives

13.2.4.2. In-House Initiatives

 

13.2.5.  Merck

13.2.5.1. Partnered Initiatives

13.2.5.2. In-House Initiatives

 

13.2.6.  Novartis

13.2.6.1. Partnered Initiatives

13.2.6.2. In-House Initiatives

 

13.2.7.  Pfizer

13.2.7.1. Partnered Initiatives

13.2.7.2. In-House Initiatives

 

13.2.8.  Roche

13.2.8.1. Partnered Initiatives

13.2.8.2. In-House Initiatives

13.2.9.  Sanofi

13.2.9.1. Partnered Initiatives

13.2.9.2. In-House Initiatives

 

  1. CASE STUDY: MODULAR FACILITIES IN PHARMACEUTICAL / BIOTECHNOLOGY INDUSTRY

14.1.     Chapter Overview

14.2.     Historical Background

14.3.     Concept of Modularization

14.3.1.  Types of Modules

14.3.2.  Modular Construction Process

 

14.4.     Modular Construction in the Pharmaceutical Industry

14.4.1.  Advantages of Modular Construction in the Pharmaceutical Industry

 

14.5.     Modular Facility Manufacturers

14.5.1.  Distribution by Industry Served

14.5.2.  Distribution by Geography

14.5.3.  Modular Projects Executed / Undertaken

 

14.6.     Modular Pharmaceutical Cleanrooms

14.6.1.  Cleanroom Classification and Current Standards

14.6.2.  Advantages of Modular Cleanrooms

14.6.3.  Regulations and Standards Concerning Modular Cleanroom Construction

 

14.7.     Modular Cleanroom Providers

14.7.1.  Distribution by Industry Served

14.7.2.  Distribution by Geography

14.7.3.  Type of Modular Cleanrooms Offered

 

  1. CASE STUDY: TECHNOLOGY AND EQUIPMENT PROVIDERS

15.1.     Chapter Overview

15.2.     Types of Continuous Manufacturing Technologies

15.3.     Equipment and Technologies for Continuous Manufacturing Small Molecules and Biologics

15.3.1.  Continuous Blending and Mixing Equipment

15.3.2.  Continuous Granulating Equipment

15.3.3.  Continuous Drying Equipment

15.3.4.  Continuous Compression Equipment

15.3.5.  Continuous Coating Equipment

15.3.6.  Continuous Filtration, Continuous Distillation and Continuous Centrifugation Equipment

15.3.7.  Continuous Chromatography Equipment

15.3.8.  Continuous Reactors / Bioreactors

15.3.9.  Full Line Continuous Platforms

15.3.10. Process Analytical Technologies

15.3.11. Other Technologies

15.4.     Logo Landscape: Analysis of Technology Providers by Number and Type of Equipment

 

  1. CASE STUDY: ROADMAP FOR THE ADOPTION OF CONTINUOUS MANUFACTURING PROCESSES

16.1.     Chapter Overview

16.2.     Key Strategies for the Adoption of Continuous Manufacturing Processes

16.2. 1. Phase I: Process Development and Implementation

16.2. 2. Phase II: Equipment / Technology Development and Installation

16.2. 3. Phase III: Facility / Plant Development and Establishment

16.2. 4. Phase IV: Product Development and Manufacturing

 

  1. MARKET FORECAST AND OPPORTUNITY ANALYSIS

17.1.     Chapter Overview

17.2.     Forecast Methodology and Key Assumptions

17.3.     Overall, Continuous Manufacturing Market, 2020-2030

17.3.1.  Continuous Manufacturing Market: Distribution by Purpose of Manufacturing, 2020-2030

17.3.2.  Continuous Manufacturing Market: Distribution by Scale of Operation, 2020-2030

17.3.3.  Continuous Manufacturing Market: Distribution by Type of Drug Molecule, 2020-2030

17.3.4.  Continuous Manufacturing Market: Distribution by Type of Continuous Manufacturing Related Service, 2020-2030

17.3.5.  Continuous Manufacturing Market: Distribution by Type of Dosage Form, 2020-2030

17.3.6.  Continuous Manufacturing Market: Distribution by Key Geographical Regions, 2020-2030

 

17.4.     Continuous Manufacturing Market for Small Molecule, 2020-2030

17.4.1.  Distribution by Purpose of Manufacturing, 2020-2030

17.4.2.  Distribution by Scale of Operation, 2020-2030

17.4.3.  Distribution by Type of Continuous Manufacturing Related Service, 2020-2030

17.4.4.  Distribution by Key Geographical Regions, 2020-2030

 

17.5.     Continuous Manufacturing Market for Biologic, 2020-2030

17.5.1.  Distribution by Purpose of Manufacturing, 2020-2030

17.5.2.  Distribution by Scale of Operation, 2020-2030

17.5.3.  Distribution by Type of Continuous Manufacturing Related Service, 2020-2030

17.5.4.  Distribution by Key Geographical Regions, 2020-2030

 

  1. CONCLUSION

18.1.     Chapter Overview

18.2.     Key Takeaways

 

  1. EXECUTIVE INSIGHTS

19.1.     Chapter Overview

19.2.     Zaiput Flow Technologies

19.2.1.  Company Snapshot

19.2.2.  Interview Transcript: Andrea Adamo, Founder and Chief Executive Officer

 

19.3.     CONTINUUS Pharmaceuticals

19.3.1.  Company Snapshot

19.3.2.  Interview Transcript: Bayan Takizawa, Co-Founder and Chief Business Officer

 

19.4.     Snapdragon Chemistry

19.4.1.  Company Snapshot

19.4.2.  Interview Transcript: Eric Fang, Chief Scientific Officer

 

19.5.     Enzene Biosciences

19.5.1.  Company Snapshot

19.5.2.  Interview Transcript: Himanshu Gadgil, Director and Chief Scientific Officer

 

19.6.     Pfizer

19.6.1.  Company Snapshot

19.6.2.  Interview Transcript: Nick Thomson, Senior Director Chemical Research and Development

19.7.     University of Strathclyde

19.7.1.  Company Snapshot

19.7.2.  Interview Transcript: Ian Houson, Technical Project Manager

 

 

  1. APPENDIX 1: TABULATED DATA

 

  1. APPENDIX 2: LIST OF COMPANIES AND ORGANIZATIONS

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

The continuous manufacturing market is estimated to be worth around USD 2 billion in 2030, predicts Roots Analysis


Submitted 2 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

Recent advances in the manufacturing technologies have prompted pharmaceutical companies to consider shifting from the traditional multi-step, batch manufacturing processes to faster, and relatively more efficient continuous manufacturing

 

Roots Analysis is pleased to announce the publication of its recent study, titled, “Continuous Manufacturing Market (Small Molecules and Biologics), 2020 – 2030.”

 

The report features an extensive study of the current market landscape and future opportunities for companies with capabilities in continuous manufacturing (both innovator companies with in-house expertise and contract manufacturers). It features an in-depth analysis, highlighting the capabilities of various stakeholders engaged in this domain. In addition to other elements, the study includes:

  • A detailed assessment of the overall landscape of companies with capabilities for continuous manufacturing
  • Elaborate profiles of some of the key contract manufacturers active in the pharmaceutical and biopharmaceutical continuous manufacturing market
  • An analysis of the various partnerships related to continuous manufacturing, which have been established since 2013
  • An analysis of the expansions related to continuous manufacturing, which have been established since 2013
  • An estimate of the global, continuous manufacturing capacity, based on the capacities of various industry stakeholders (as available on their respective company websites).
  • A study of the various grants that have been awarded to research institutes engaged in projects related to continuous manufacturing, between 2014 and 2019
  • An in-depth analysis of the various patents that have been filed / granted related to continuous manufacturing till 2019
  • Initiatives taken by the leading pharmaceutical companies (in terms of revenues), covering both partnered as well as in-house projects.
  • A review of the companies offering modular facilities / modular cleanrooms
  • A case study of the companies offering technologies / equipment
  • A case study on the roadmap for the adoption of continuous manufacturing technique
  • A detailed market forecast, featuring analysis of the current and projected future opportunity across key market segments (listed below)
  • Purpose of Manufacturing
  • In-House
  • Contract service
  • Scale of Operation
  • Commercial
  • Preclinical / Clinical
  • Type of Continuous Manufacturing related Service
  • API Manufacturing
  • End Product manufacturing
  • Type of Drug Molecule
  • Biologic
  • Small Molecule
  • Type of dosage form
  • Solid
  • Liquid
  • Key Geographical Regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific

 

  • Transcripts of interviews held with the following senior level representatives of stakeholder companies
  • Andrea Adamo, Founder and Chief Executive Officer, Zaiput Flow technologies
  • Bayan Takizawa, Co-Founder and Chief Business Officer, CONTINUUS Pharmaceuticals
  • Nick Thomson, Senior Director Chemical Research and Development, Pfizer
  • Himanshu Gadgil, Director and Chief Scientific Officer, Enzene Biosciences
  • Eric Fang, Chief Scientific Officer, Snapdragon Chemistry)
  • Ian Houson, Technical Project Manager, Continuous Manufacturing and Crystallization, University of Strathclyde

 

Key companies covered in the report

  • AbbVie Contract Manufacturing
  • Ajinomoto Bio-Pharma Services
  • Almac
  • Boehringer Ingelheim BioXcellence
  • Cambrex
  • CordonPharma
  • Hovione
  • Kaneka
  • Lonza
  • Patheon
  • SK biotek
  • WuXi AppTec

 

For more information please click on the following link:

https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/continuous-manufacturing/308.html

 

Other Offerings

  1. Pharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market (2nd Edition), 2018-2028
  2. Biopharma Contract Manufacturing Market (3rd Edition), 2019 - 2030
  3. China Pharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Services Market, 2020-2030
  4. China Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market, 2020 - 2030

 

About Roots Analysis

Roots Analysis is one of the fastest growing market research companies, sharing fresh and independent perspectives in the bio-pharmaceutical industry. The in-depth research, analysis and insights are driven by an experienced leadership team which has gained many years of significant experience in this sector. If you’d like help with your growing business needs, get in touch at info@rootsanalysis.com

 

Contact Information

Roots Analysis Private Limited

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

 

The “China Pharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Services Market, 2020-2030” report features an extensive study of the current market landscape and future opportunities associated with the pharmaceutical contract manufacturing market in China


Submitted 2 day(s) ago by Harry sins

Key Inclusions

  • A review of the current market landscape of companies offering pharmaceutical contract manufacturing services in China, along with information on year of establishment, company size, location of headquarters, type of product (active pharmaceutical ingredients (APIs), intermediates and finished dosage formulations (FDFs)), type of FDFs, type of packaging and number of manufacturing facilities.
  • A detailed landscape of the pharmaceutical manufacturing facilities in China, including an analysis based on location of these facilities, highlighting key manufacturing hubs.
  • A brief discussion of various guidelines laid down by regulatory authorities in China for the manufacturing of pharmaceuticals. It also provides information on various challenges, related to regulatory scrutiny, faced by pharmaceutical manufacturers in China.
  • Elaborate profiles of key players that offer a diverse range of capabilities for the manufacturing of pharmaceutical products in China. Each profile includes an overview of the company, information related to its pharmaceutical manufacturing service portfolio, details related to its manufacturing facilities, recent developments, and an informed future outlook.
  • A review of the pharmaceutical manufacturing related initiatives of the top 10 big pharma players (shortlisted from the top companies of 2019 by revenues), featuring a [A] analysis by investments made, with detailed information on investments related to R&D centers and manufacturing facilities in established and emerging regions of China, [B] Harvey ball framework, presenting a summary of all initiatives
  • A case study of the key recent developments (including partnerships and acquisitions) pertaining to the manufacturing of pharmaceutical drugs, during 2014-2020 (till February), based on several parameters, such as year of partnership, type of partnership and geography.
  • A detailed capacity analysis based on the individual reactor capacities of various industry stakeholders, taking into consideration parameters, such as company size (small-sized, mid-sized, large and very large), and location of the manufacturing facility (Eastern China, Southern China and Northern China).
  • A discussion on industry affiliated trends, key drivers and challenges, under a SWOT framework, which are likely to impact the evolution of this field. It also includes a Harvey ball analysis, highlighting the relative impact of each SWOT parameter on industry dynamics.
  • A case study comparing the key characteristics of large molecule and small molecule drugs, along with details on the various steps involved in their respective manufacturing processes.

 

The report also features the likely distribution of the current and forecasted opportunity across important market segments, mentioned below:

 

  • Key Geographical Regions
  • Eastern China
  • Southern China
  • Northern China 

 

  • Type of Product
  • Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients (APIs)
  • Drug Products

 

  • Type of Drug Product
  • Solid
  • Liquid / Semi-Solid
  • Injectable
  • Others

 

  • Scale of Operation
  • Clinical
  • Commercial

 

  • Company Size
  • Small
  • Mid-Sized
  • Large / Very Large

 

 

To request sample pages, please visit this link

 

Key Questions Answered

  • Who are the leading China-based pharmaceutical CMOs engaged in the production of APIs, intermediates and FDFs?
  • What are the key manufacturing hubs within China (in terms of number of manufacturing facilities)?
  • What is the current installed capacity for manufacturing of pharmaceuticals, in China?
  • What are the major market trends and driving factors that are likely to impact the growth of the pharmaceutical manufacturing market in China?
  • What is the likely short-term and long-term impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the pharmaceutical contract manufacturing industry in China?
  • What kind of initiatives are being undertaken by big pharmaceutical players for pharmaceutical manufacturing in China?
  • How is the current and future market opportunity likely to be distributed across key market segments?

 

You may also be interested in the following titles:

  1. China Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market, 2020 – 2030
  2. HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Manufacturing Market (3rd Edition), 2020-2030
  3. Novel coronavirus (COVID-19): Preventive Vaccines, Therapeutics and Diagnostics in Development

 

Contact Us

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

Presently, over 100 CMOs across the globe claim to have manufacturing facilities in China, offering services for pharmaceutical API, intermediates and FDF manufacturing, claims Roots Analysis


Submitted 2 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

 

A growing economy, large population base, and innovation-friendly environment are other key parameters that are anticipated to drive the growth of the pharmaceutical contract manufacturing market in China. Further, in order to meet the growing demand for their services, CMOs having manufacturing facilities in China are actively expanding their existing capacities and capabilities in the region.

 

To order this 200+ page report, which features 85+ figures and 100+ tables, please visit this link

 

The USD 13 billion (by 2030) financial opportunity within the pharmaceuticals contract manufacturing market in China has been analyzed across the following segments:

  • Key Geographical Regions
  • Eastern China
  • Southern China
  • Northern China 

 

  • Type of Product
  • Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients (APIs)
  • Drug Products

 

  • Type of Drug Product
  • Solid
  • Liquid / Semi-Solid
  • Injectable
  • Others

 

  • Scale of Operation
  • Clinical
  • Commercial

 

  • Company Size
  • Small
  • Mid-Sized
  • Large / Very Large

 

 

The China Pharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Services Market, 2020-2030 report features the following companies, which we identified to be key players in this domain:

  • 2Y-Chem
  • Aurisco Pharmaceutical
  • ChemPartner
  • Dorrapharma
  • Hubei Biocause Pharmaceutical
  • Infoark
  • Ningbo Menovo Pharmaceutical
  • Shandong Xinhua Pharmaceutical
  • Shanghai Acebright Pharmaceuticals
  • STA Pharmaceutical
  • Zhejiang Huahai Pharmaceutical

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. Preface

    2. Executive Summary

  2. Introduction

  3. Case Study: Comparison of Small Molecules and Large Molecules

  4. Market Overview

  5. Manufacturing Facilities of Pharmaceutical CMOs in China

  6. Pharmaceutical Manufacturing Regulations in China

  7. Company Profiles

  8. Big Pharma Initiatives in China

  9. Recent Trends

  10. Capacity Analysis

  11. SWOT Analysis

  12. Market Forecast

 

  1. Case Study: Impact of Coronavirus Outbreak

  2. Conclusion

 

  1. Executive Insights

 

  1. Appendix 1: Tabulated Data

 

  1. Appendix 2: List of Companies and Organizations

 

To purchase a copy, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/china-pharmaceutical-contract-manufacturing/312.html

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com 

 

 

The contract manufacturing market for Pharmaceuticals in China is projected to grow at an annualized rate of ~8.9%, till 2030


Submitted 2 day(s) ago by Harry sins

Roots Analysis has done a detailed study on China Pharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Services Market, 2020-2030, covering key aspects of the industry and identifying key future growth opportunities.

 

To order this 200+ page report, which features 85+ figures and 100+ tables, please visit this link

 

Key Market Insights

  • Presently, over 100 CMOs across the globe claim to have manufacturing facilities in China, offering services for pharmaceutical API, intermediates and FDF manufacturing
  • CMOs have established manufacturing facilities across different regions of China; Eastern China has emerged as a popular hub, serving as a base of operations for many contract service providers
  • The current, installed manufacturing capacity of pharmaceutical CMOs in China is estimated to be over 46 million liters; interestingly, capacity utilization has been observed to be ~75% over the last few years
  • Big pharma players have also invested significantly in this region for initiatives related to the establishment or expansion of R&D centers and manufacturing facilities focused on pharmaceutical products
  • Innovator companies are expected to continue outsourcing clinical and commercial manufacturing operations to China-based CMOs; the contract services industry in the region is likely to grow at a CAGR of ~8.9%
  • In the long-term, the projected future opportunity is anticipated to be well distributed across various market segments, such as different types of products (APIs and FDFs), region (eastern china, southern china, western china) and others

 

For more information, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/china-pharmaceutical-contract-manufacturing/312.html

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. PREFACE
    1.1. Scope of the Report
    1.2.                  Research Methodology
    1.3.                  Chapter Outlines

    2.                     EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

  2. INTRODUCTION
    3.1. Chapter Overview
    3.2.                  Need for Outsourcing in the Pharmaceutical Industry
    3.3.                  Overview of the Pharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing
    3.4.                  Evolution of the Pharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Industry
    3.4.1.               Traditional Contract Manufacturing Organizations (CMOs)

3.4.2.               Modern CMOs
3.5.                  Services Offered by CMOs
3.6.                  Pharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Scenario in China

3.7.                  Advantages and Challenges associated with Outsourcing Pharmaceutical Manufacturing to China-based CMOs

 

  1. CASE STUDY: COMPARISON OF SMALL MOLECULES AND LARGE MOLECULES
    4.1.                  Chapter Overview
    4.2.                  Small Molecule and Large Molecule Drugs / Therapies

4.2.1.                Comparison of General Characteristics
4.2.2.                Comparison of Manufacturing Processes
4.2.3.                Comparison of Key Manufacturing-related Challenges

 

  1. MARKET OVERVIEW
    5.1.                  Chapter Overview
    5.2.                  Chinese Pharmaceutical CMOs with Manufacturing Facilities in China: List of Companies

5.2.1.                Analysis by Year of Establishment
5.2.2.                Analysis by Company Size
5.2.3.                Analysis by Location of Headquarters

5.2.4.                Analysis by Type of Product (API and FDF)
5.2.5.                Analysis by Type of FDF
5.2.6.                Analysis by Type of Packaging

5.2.7.                Analysis by Manufacturing Facilities

 

5.3.                  Non-Chinese Pharmaceutical CMOs with Manufacturing Facilities in China: List of Companies

5.3.1.                Analysis by Year of Establishment

5.3.2.                Analysis by Company Size

5.3.3.                Analysis by Location of Headquarters

5.3.4.                Analysis by Type of Product (API and FDF)

5.3.5.                Analysis by Type of FDF

5.3.6.                Analysis by Type of Packaging

5.3.7                 Analysis by Manufacturing Facilities

 

  1. MANUFACTURING FACILITIES OF PHARMACEUTICAL CMOs IN CHINA
    6.1.                  Chapter Overview
    6.2.                  Chinese Pharmaceutical CMOs: List of Manufacturing Facilities

    6.2.1.                Analysis by CMO Manufacturing Facilities in Eastern China
    6.2.2.                Analysis by CMO Manufacturing Facilities in Southern China
    6.2.3.                Analysis by CMO Manufacturing Facilities in Northern China

  2. PHARMACEUTICAL MANUFACTURING REGULATIONS IN CHINA

7.1.                   Chapter Overview

7.1.1.                Health Authorities in China

7.1.2.                Overview of Regulatory Guidelines in China

 

  1. COMPANY PROFILES

8.1.                   Chapter Overview

8.2.                  2Y-Chem

8.2.1.                Company Overview

8.2.2.                Service Portfolio

8.2.3.                China-based Manufacturing Facilities and Capabilities

8.2.4.                Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

8.3.                  Aurisco Pharmaceutical

8.3.1.                Company Overview

8.3.2.                Service Portfolio

8.3.3.                China-based Manufacturing Facilities and Capabilities

8.3.4.                Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

8.4.                  ChemPartner

8.4.1.                Company Overview

8.4.2.                Service Portfolio

8.4.3.                China-based Manufacturing Facilities and Capabilities

8.4.4.                Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

8.5.                  Dorrapharma

8.5.1.                Company Overview

8.5.2.                Service Portfolio

8.5.3.                China-based Manufacturing Facilities and Capabilities

8.5.4.                Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

8.6.                  Hubei Biocause Pharmaceutical

8.6.1.                Company Overview

8.6.2.                Service Portfolio

8.6.3.                China-based Manufacturing Facilities and Capabilities

8.6.4.                Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

8.7.                  Infoark

8.7.1.                Company Overview

8.7.2.                Service Portfolio

8.7.3.                China-based Manufacturing Facilities and Capabilities

8.7.4.                Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

8.8.                  Ningbo Menovo Pharmaceutical

8.8.1.                Company Overview

8.8.2.                Service Portfolio

8.8.3.                China-based Manufacturing Facilities and Capabilities

8.8.4.                Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

8.9.                  Shandong Xinhua Pharmaceutical

8.9.1.                Company Overview

8.9.2.                Service Portfolio

8.9.3.                China-based Manufacturing Facilities and Capabilities

8.9.4.                Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

8.10.                 Shanghai Acebright Pharmaceuticals 

8.10.1.             Company Overview

8.10.2.             Service Portfolio

8.10.3.             China-based Manufacturing Facilities and Capabilities

8.10.4.             Recent Developments and Future Outlook

           

8.11.                 STA Pharmaceutical

8.11.1.             Company Overview

8.11.2.             Service Portfolio

8.11.3.             China-based Manufacturing Facilities and Capabilities

8.11.4.             Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

8.12.                 Zhejiang Huahai Pharmaceutical

8.12.1.             Company Overview

8.12.2.             Service Portfolio

8.12.3.             China-based Manufacturing Facilities and Capabilities

8.12.4.             Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

  1. BIG PHARMA INITIATIVES IN CHINA

9.1.                   Chapter Overview

9.2.                   Big Pharma Players: List of Initiatives

9.2.1.                Analysis by Number of Initiatives

9.2.2.                Analysis by Year of Initiative

9.2.3.                Analysis by Company and Year of Initiative

9.2.4.                Analysis by Type of Initiative

 

9.3.                   Benchmark Analysis of Big Pharma Players

9.3.1.                Harvey Ball Analysis: Summary of Investments Made

9.3.2.                Geographical Analysis by Investments Made (Facility Specific)

 

  1. RECENT TRENDS

10.1.                 Chapter Overview

10.2.                 CMOs with Manufacturing Facilities in China: List of Partnerships

10.3.                 Analysis by Year and Type of Partnership

10.4.                 Logo Landscape of Key Partners

10.5.                 Geographical Analysis

           

  1. CAPACITY ANALYSIS

11.1.                 Chapter Overview

11.2.                 Key Assumptions and Methodology

11.3.                 CMOs with Manufacturing Facilities in China: Installed Capacity

11.3.1.              Analysis by Company Size

11.3.2.             Analysis by Location of Chinese Manufacturing Facilities

11.3.2.1.           Capacity Analysis: Eastern China

11.3.2.2.           Capacity Analysis: Southcentral China

11.3.2.3.           Capacity Analysis: Northern China

 

  1. SWOT ANALYSIS

12.1.                 Chapter Overview

12.2.                 Comparison of SWOT Factors

12.3.                 Concluding Remarks

 

  1. MARKET FORECAST

13.1.                 Chapter Overview

13.2.                 Forecast Methodology and Key Assumptions

13.3.                 Pharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Services Market in China, 2020-2030

13.4.                 Pharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Services Market in China, 2020-2030: Distribution by Geography

13.4.1.              Pharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Services Market in Eastern China, 2020-2030

13.4.2.              Pharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Services Market in Southern China, 2020-2030

13.4.3.              Pharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Services Market in Northern China, 2020-2030

13.5.                 Pharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Services Market in China, 2020-2030: Distribution by Type of Product

13.5.1.              API Contract Manufacturing Services Market in China, 2020-2030

13.5.1.1.           API Contract Manufacturing Services Market in China, 2020-2030: Distribution by Geography

13.5.1.1.1.        API Contract Manufacturing Services Market in Eastern China, 2020-2030

13.5.1.1.2.        API Contract Manufacturing Services Market in Southern China, 2020-2030

13.5.1.1.3.        API Contract Manufacturing Services Market in Northern China, 2020-2030

13.5.2.              Drug Product Contract Manufacturing Services Market in China, 2020-2030

13.5.2.1.           Drug Product Contract Manufacturing Services Market in China, 2020-2030: Distribution by Geography

13.5.2.1.1.        Drug Product Contract Manufacturing Services Market in Eastern China, 2020-2030

13.5.2.1.2.        Drug Product Contract Manufacturing Services Market in Southern China, 2020-2030

13.5.2.1.3.        Drug Product Contract Manufacturing Services Market in Northern China, 2020-2030

           

13.5.2.2.           Drug Product Contract Manufacturing Services Market in China, 2020-2030: Distribution by Type of Drug Product

13.5.2.2.1.        Drug Product Contract Manufacturing Services Market in China, 2020-2030: Share of Solid Drug Product

13.5.2.2.2.        Drug Product Contract Manufacturing Services Market in China, 2020-2030: Share of Liquid and Semi Solid Drug Product

13.5.2.2.3.        Drug Product Contract Manufacturing Services Market in China, 2020-2030: Share of Injectable Drug Product

13.5.2.2.4.        Drug product Contract Manufacturing Services Market in China, 2020-2030: Share of Other Drug Products

13.6.                 Pharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Services Market in China, 2020-2030: Distribution by Scale of Operation

13.6.1.              Clinical Scale Contract Manufacturing Services Market in China, 2020-2030

13.6.2.              Commercial Scale Contract Manufacturing Services Market in China, 2020-2030    

13.7.                 Pharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Services Market in China, 2020-2030: Distribution by Size of Manufacturers

13.7.1.              Pharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Services Market in China, 2020-2030: Share of Small Companies

13.7.2.              Pharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Services Market in China, 2020-2030: Share of Mid-sized Companies

13.7.3.              Pharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Services Market in China, 2020-2030: Share of Large / Very Large Companies

 

 

 

  1. CASE STUDY: IMPACT OF CORONAVIRUS OUTBREAK

14.1.                 Chapter Overview

 

14.2.                 Current Opinions and Recuperative Initiatives of Key Players

14.2.1.              Wuxi AppTec

14.2.2.              Porton Pharma Solutions

14.2.3.              Lonza

14.3.                 Impact on Future Market Opportunity for Pharmaceutical CMOs in China

 

 

  1. CONCLUSION

 

  1. APPENDIX 1: TABULATED DATA

 

  1. APPENDIX 2: LIST OF COMPANIES AND ORGANIZATIONS

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

The contract manufacturing market for Pharmaceuticals in China is estimated to be worth USD 13 billion in 2030, predicts Roots Analysis


Submitted 2 day(s) ago by Harry sins

Owing to reasons, such as a booming economy and availability of skilled labor, outsourcing to Asian CMOs, primar

Owing to reasons, such as a booming economy and availability of skilled labor, outsourcing to Asian CMOs, primarily in China, is considered an attractive business model to pharmaceutical developers / sponsors, across the world

 

Roots Analysis is pleased to announce the publication of its recent study, titled, “China Pharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Services Market, 2020-2030.”

 

The report features an extensive study of the current market landscape and future opportunities associated with the pharmaceutical contract manufacturing market in China. The study also features a detailed analysis, highlighting the capabilities of pharmaceutical CMOs in this region. Amongst other elements, the report features:

  • A detailed assessment of the current market landscape of pharmaceutical contract manufacturers in China engaged in the development of active pharmaceutical ingredients (APIs), intermediates and finished dosage formulations (FDFs). 
  • A detailed landscape of the pharmaceutical manufacturing facilities in China, including an analysis based on location of these facilities, highlighting key manufacturing hubs.
  • A brief discussion of various regulatory guidelines in China and various challenges, related to regulatory scrutiny, faced by pharmaceutical manufacturers in China.
  • Detailed profiles of key players that offer a diverse range of capabilities for the manufacturing of pharmaceutical products in China.
  • A review of the pharmaceutical manufacturing related initiatives of the top 10 big pharma players (shortlisted from the top companies of 2019 by revenues).
  • An analysis of the partnerships and acquisitions that have been established in this domain, in the recent past.
  • A detailed capacity analysis based on the installed reactor capacities of the manufacturing facilities in China.
  • A case study comparing the key characteristics of large molecule and small molecule drugs, along with details on the various steps involved in their respective manufacturing processes.
  • A detailed market forecast, featuring analysis of the current and projected future opportunity across key market segments (listed below)
  • Key Geographical Regions
  • Eastern China
  • Southern China
  • Northern China 

 

  • Type of Product
  • Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients (APIs)
  • Drug Products

 

  • Type of Drug Product
  • Solid
  • Liquid / Semi-Solid
  • Injectable
  • Others

 

  • Scale of Operation
  • Clinical
  • Commercial

 

  • Company Size
  • Small
  • Mid-Sized
  • Large / Very Large

 

 

Key players covered in the report

  • 2Y-Chem
  • Aurisco Pharmaceutical
  • ChemPartner
  • Dorrapharma
  • Hubei Biocause Pharmaceutical
  • Infoark
  • Ningbo Menovo Pharmaceutical
  • Shandong Xinhua Pharmaceutical
  • Shanghai Acebright Pharmaceuticals
  • STA Pharmaceutical
  • Zhejiang Huahai Pharmaceutical

 

For more information please click on the following link:

https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/china-pharmaceutical-contract-manufacturing/312.html

 

Other Recent Offerings

  1. China Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market, 2020 – 2030
  2. HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Manufacturing Market (3rd Edition), 2020-2030
  3. Novel coronavirus (COVID-19): Preventive Vaccines, Therapeutics and Diagnostics in Development

 

About Roots Analysis

Roots Analysis is one of the fastest growing market research companies, sharing fresh and independent perspectives in the bio-pharmaceutical industry. The in-depth research, analysis and insights are driven by an experienced leadership team which has gained many years of significant experience in this sector. If you’d like help with your growing business needs, get in touch at info@rootsanalysis.com

 

Contact Information

Roots Analysis Private Limited

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

 

ily in China, is considered an attractive business model to pharmaceutical developers / sponsors, across the world

 

Roots Analysis is pleased to announce the publication of its recent study, titled, “China Pharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Services Market, 2020-2030.”

 

The report features an extensive study of the current market landscape and future opportunities associated with the pharmaceutical contract manufacturing market in China. The study also features a detailed analysis, highlighting the capabilities of pharmaceutical CMOs in this region. Amongst other elements, the report features:

  • A detailed assessment of the current market landscape of pharmaceutical contract manufacturers in China engaged in the development of active pharmaceutical ingredients (APIs), intermediates and finished dosage formulations (FDFs). 
  • A detailed landscape of the pharmaceutical manufacturing facilities in China, including an analysis based on location of these facilities, highlighting key manufacturing hubs.
  • A brief discussion of various regulatory guidelines in China and various challenges, related to regulatory scrutiny, faced by pharmaceutical manufacturers in China.
  • Detailed profiles of key players that offer a diverse range of capabilities for the manufacturing of pharmaceutical products in China.
  • A review of the pharmaceutical manufacturing related initiatives of the top 10 big pharma players (shortlisted from the top companies of 2019 by revenues).
  • An analysis of the partnerships and acquisitions that have been established in this domain, in the recent past.
  • A detailed capacity analysis based on the installed reactor capacities of the manufacturing facilities in China.
  • A case study comparing the key characteristics of large molecule and small molecule drugs, along with details on the various steps involved in their respective manufacturing processes.
  • A detailed market forecast, featuring analysis of the current and projected future opportunity across key market segments (listed below)
  • Key Geographical Regions
  • Eastern China
  • Southern China
  • Northern China 

 

  • Type of Product
  • Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients (APIs)
  • Drug Products

 

  • Type of Drug Product
  • Solid
  • Liquid / Semi-Solid
  • Injectable
  • Others

 

  • Scale of Operation
  • Clinical
  • Commercial

 

  • Company Size
  • Small
  • Mid-Sized
  • Large / Very Large

 

 

Key players covered in the report

  • 2Y-Chem
  • Aurisco Pharmaceutical
  • ChemPartner
  • Dorrapharma
  • Hubei Biocause Pharmaceutical
  • Infoark
  • Ningbo Menovo Pharmaceutical
  • Shandong Xinhua Pharmaceutical
  • Shanghai Acebright Pharmaceuticals
  • STA Pharmaceutical
  • Zhejiang Huahai Pharmaceutical

 

For more information please click on the following link:

https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/china-pharmaceutical-contract-manufacturing/312.html

 

Other Recent Offerings

  1. China Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market, 2020 – 2030
  2. HPAPI and Cytotoxic Drugs Manufacturing Market (3rd Edition), 2020-2030
  3. Novel coronavirus (COVID-19): Preventive Vaccines, Therapeutics and Diagnostics in Development

 

About Roots Analysis

Roots Analysis is one of the fastest growing market research companies, sharing fresh and independent perspectives in the bio-pharmaceutical industry. The in-depth research, analysis and insights are driven by an experienced leadership team which has gained many years of significant experience in this sector. If you’d like help with your growing business needs, get in touch at info@rootsanalysis.com

 

Contact Information

Roots Analysis Private Limited

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

 

The “China Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market, 2020-2030” report features an extensive study of the current market landscape and future opportunities associated with the contract manufacturing of biopharmaceuticals in China.


Submitted 2 day(s) ago by Harry sins

To order this detailed 250+ page report, please visit this link

 

Key Inclusions

  • A detailed review of the overall landscape of companies offering contract manufacturing services for biopharmaceuticals in China, along with information on year of establishment, company size, scale of operation (preclinical, clinical and commercial), location of headquarters, number of manufacturing facilities, as well as location of these facilities, type of business segment, type of manufacturing service(s) offered (process development and characterization, method validation and testing, analytical development, stability studies, quality assurance and control, scale-up, downstream processing, regulatory support, data analytics and reporting, and others), type of biologic(s) manufactured (peptides / proteins, antibodies, vaccines, cell therapies, gene therapies, antibody drug conjugates, vectors, biosimilars, nucleic acids and others), type of expression system(s) used (mammalian, microbial and others), type of bioreactor(s) used (single-use bioreactors and stainless steel bioreactors) and its mode of operation (batch, fed-batch and perfusion), type of packaging, and affiliations to regulatory accreditations and certifications (if any).
  • An analysis of the various partnerships pertaining to biopharmaceutical manufacturing in China, which have been established since 2016, based on several parameters, such as the year of partnership, type of partnership model adopted, scale of operation, type of biologic, focus area of the deal, target indication, most active players (in terms of number of partnerships signed), and geography.
  • An analysis of the various expansion initiatives undertaken by contract manufacturers in China, in order to augment their capabilities, over the period 2016-2020 (till February), taking into consideration several relevant parameters, such as year of expansion, type of expansion (capability expansion, capacity expansion, facility expansion and new facility), scale of operation of manufacturing facility, type of biologic and location of manufacturing facility.
  • A clinical trial analysis of completed and active studies related to biopharmaceuticals that have been / are being / are likely to be conducted in China, based on trial registration year, trial phase, trial recruitment status, type of sponsor / collaborator, geography and number of patients enrolled.
  • An estimate of the overall, installed capacity for manufacturing biopharmaceuticals, based on data reported by industry stakeholders in the public domain; it highlights the distribution of available biopharmaceutical production capacity on the basis of company size (small, mid-sized, large and very large firms), scale of operation (preclinical, clinical and commercial), key geographical regions (China, Hong-Kong, Taiwan) and expression system used.
  • A review of recent initiatives undertaken by big pharma players in China for the manufacturing of biopharmaceuticals, highlighting trends across various parameters, such as number of initiatives, year of initiative, and benchmark analysis of big pharma players.
  • A qualitative analysis, highlighting the various factors that need to be taken into consideration by drug / therapy developers while deciding whether to manufacture their respective products in-house or engage the services of a CMO.
  • Elaborate profiles of key players that have a diverse range of capabilities for the development, manufacturing and packaging of biopharmaceutical products. Each profile features an overview of the company, its financial performance (if available), information on its service portfolio, details related to manufacturing capabilities and facilities, recent developments (partnerships and expansions), and an informed future outlook.
  • A case study comparing the key characteristics of large molecule and small molecule drugs, along with details on the various steps involved in their respective manufacturing processes.
  • A discussion on industry affiliated trends, key drivers and challenges, under a SWOT framework, which are likely to impact the evolution of this field. It also includes a Harvey ball analysis, highlighting the relative impact of each SWOT parameter on industry dynamics.

 

The report also features the likely distribution of the current and forecasted opportunity across important market segments, mentioned below:

  • Type of Product
  • API
  • FDF

 

  • Type of Expression System Used
  • Mammalian
  • Microbial
  • Others

 

  • Scale of Operation
  • Preclinical / Clinical
  • Commercial

 

  • Size of Manufacturers
  • Small
  • Mid-sized
  • Large / Very Large

 

  • Type of Biologic
  • Antibody 
  • Vaccine
  • Others

 

To request sample pages, please visit this link

 

Key Questions Answered

  • Who are the leading biopharmaceutical contract manufacturers in China?
  • What is the annual clinical demand for biopharmaceuticals in China?
  • What is the current installed capacity for manufacturing biopharmaceuticals in China?
  • What kind of partnership models are commonly adopted by stakeholders engaged in this domain?
  • What were the various expansion initiatives carried out by Chinese biopharmaceutical CMOs?
  • What were the different biopharmaceutical focused initiatives undertaken by big pharma players in the recent past, in China?
  • How is the current and future market opportunity likely to be distributed across key market segments?

 

You may also be interested in the following titles:

  1. China Pharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Services Market, 2020-2030
  2. Live Biotherapeutics Products and Microbiome Contract Manufacturing Market: Focus on Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients and Finished Dosage Forms, 2020-2030
  3. Oligonucleotide Synthesis, Modification and Purification Services Market: Focus on Research, Diagnostic and Therapeutic Applications, 2020-2030

 

Contact Us

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

Over 35 CMOs / CDMOs in China claim to offer a variety of services related to development and manufacturing of a wide range of biotherapeutic products, claims Roots Analysis


Submitted 2 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

Owing to benefits, such as reduced manufacturing costs, availability of cheap and skilled labor, and a supportive regulatory landscape, biopharmaceutical developers from across the globe, are increasingly outsourcing their manufacturing operations to China based CMOs. Further, in order to meet the growing demand for their services, Chinese CMOs are actively consolidating / expanding their capabilities through partnerships and / or dedicated expansion initiatives.  

 

To order this 250+ page report, which features 100+ figures and 120+ tables, please visit this link

 

The USD 2.6 billion (by 2030) financial opportunity within the China biopharmaceutical contract manufacturing market has been analyzed across the following segments:

  • Type of Product 
  • API
  • FDF

 

  • Type of Expression System Used
  • Mammalian
  • Microbial
  • Others

 

  • Scale of Operation
  • Preclinical / Clinical
  • Commercial

 

  • Size of Manufacturer
  • Small
  • Mid-sized
  • Large / Very Large

 

  • Type of Biologic 
  • Antibody 
  • Vaccine
  • Others

 

The China Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market, 2020-2030 report features the following companies, which we identified to be key players in this domain:

  • ChemPartner Biologics
  • JHL Biotech
  • JOINN Biologics
  • MabPlex
  • Mycenax Biotech
  • WuXi AppTec

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. Preface

    2. Executive Summary

  2. Introduction

  3. Case Study: Comparison of Small Molecules and Large Molecules

  4. Competitive Landscape

  5. Company Profiles

  6. Partnerships

  7. Recent Expansions

  8. Clinical Trial Analysis

  9. Regional Capability Analysis

  10. Capacity Analysis

  11. Big Pharma Biopharmaceutical Manufacturing Initiatives in China

  12. Make Versus Buy Decision Making Framework

  13. Market Sizing and Opportunity Analysis

 

  1. COVID-19 Impact on China Biopharmaceutical CMO Market

 

  1. SWOT Analysis

 

  1. Future of the China Biopharmaceutical CMO Market

 

  1. Interview Transcripts

 

  1. APPENDIX 1: TABULATED DATA

 

  1. APPENDIX 2: LIST OF COMPANIES AND ORGANIZATIONS

 

To purchase a copy, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/china-biopharmaceutical-contract-manufacturing/313.html

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com  

The Chines biopharmaceutical contract manufacturing market is projected to grow at an annualized rate of ~13%, till 2030


Submitted 2 day(s) ago by Harry sins

Roots Analysis has done a detailed study on China Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market, 2020-2030, covering key aspects of the industry’s evolution and identifying potential future growth opportunities.

 

To order this 250+ page report, which features 100+ figures and 120+ tables, please visit this link

 

Key Market Insights

  • Over 35 CMOs / CDMOs in China claim to offer a variety of services related to development and manufacturing of a wide range of biotherapeutic products
  • Several players provide one-stop solutions and are capable of operating at various scales; the landscape includes a mix of both established players and new entrants
  • In order to cater to the evolving needs of clients / sponsors, CMOs have established facilities across different regions of China; Eastern China, with the maximum number of sites, has emerged as a manufacturing hub
  • With over 80 deals inked in past five years, there has been a surge in the partnership activity within this domain; majority of these collaborations were signed for the development and manufacturing of antibody-based products
  • Big pharma players have also made significant investments in this region, including establishing new facilities, expanding existing R&D centers and growing manufacturing facilities, focused on biotherapeutics
  • We expect global biopharmaceutical developers to continue to outsource their manufacturing operations to China in the long term; we anticipate the CMO industry in the region to grow at an annualized rate of ~13%, till 2030

For more information, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/china-biopharmaceutical-contract-manufacturing/313.html

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. PREFACE
    1.1. Scope of the Report
    1.2.      Research Methodology
    1.3.      Chapter Outlines

    2.         EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

  2. INTRODUCTION
    3.1. Chapter Overview

 

  • Overview of Biopharmaceuticals

 

3.3.      Manufacturing of Biopharmaceuticals

3.3.1.    Types of Expression Systems Used

3.3.1.1. Bacterial Expression Systems

3.3.1.2. Yeast Expression Systems

3.3.1.3. Insect Expression Systems

3.3.1.4. Plant Expression Systems

3.3.1.5. Mammalian Expression Systems

3.3.1.6. Fungal Expression Systems

 

3.3.2.    Processing Steps

3.3.2.1. Upstream Processing

3.3.2.2. Downstream Processing

 

3.4.      Overview of Contract Manufacturing

3.4.1.    Contract Manufacturing Scenario in China

3.5.      Need for Outsourcing in the Biopharmaceutical Industry

3.5.1.    Biopharmaceutical Outsourcing in China: Regulatory Scenario

 

3.6.      Commonly Outsourced Operations in the Biopharmaceutical Industry

 

3.7.      Basic Guidelines for Selecting a CMO Partner

3.8.      Advantages of Outsourcing Manufacturing Services

3.8.1.    Benefits of Engaging Chinese Contract Service Providers

 

3.9.      Risks and Challenges Associated with Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing

3.9.1.    Challenges Associated with Engaging Chinese Contract Service Providers

3.10.     Future Perspective

 

  1. CASE STUDY: COMPARISON OF SMALL MOLECULES AND LARGE MOLECULES

4.1.      Chapter Overview

 

4.2.      Small Molecule and Large Molecule Drugs / Therapies

4.2.1.    Comparison of Key Characteristics

4.2.2.    Comparison of Manufacturing Processes

4.2.3.    Comparison of Key Manufacturing-Related Challenges

           

  1. COMPETITIVE LANDSCAPE

5.1.      Chapter Overview

 

5.2.      Chinese Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturers: Overall Market Landscape

5.2.1.    Analysis by Year of Establishment

5.2.2.    Analysis by Company Size

5.2.3.    Analysis by Scale of Operation

5.2.4.    Analysis by Location of Headquarters

5.2.5.    Analysis by Location of Manufacturing Facilities

5.2.6.    Analysis by Type of Product

5.2.7.    Analysis by Types of Services Offered

5.2.8.    Analysis by Type of Biologic

5.2.9.    Analysis by Expression System Used

5.2.10.  Analysis by Type of Bioreactor Used

5.2.11.  Analysis by Mode of Operation of Bioreactor

5.2.12.  Analysis by Packaging Form Used

5.2.13.  Analysis by Regulatory Accreditations / Certifications

           

  1. COMPANY PROFILES

6.1       Chapter Overview

 

6.2       ChemPartner Biologics

6.2.1.    Company Overview

6.2.2.    Service Portfolio

6.2.3.    Manufacturing Facilities and Capabilities

6.2.4.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.3.      JHL Biotech

6.3.1.    Company Overview

6.3.2.    Service Portfolio

6.3.3.    Manufacturing Facilities and Capabilities

6.3.4.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.4.      JOINN Biologics

6.4.1.    Company Overview

6.4.2.    Service Portfolio

6.4.3.    Manufacturing Facilities and Capabilities

6.4.4.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.5       MabPlex

6.5.1.    Company Overview

6.5.2.    Service Portfolio

6.5.3.    Manufacturing Facilities and Capabilities

6.5.4.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.6.      Mycenax Biotech

6.6.1.    Company Overview

6.6.2.    Service Portfolio

6.6.3.    Manufacturing Facilities and Capabilities

6.6.4.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.7.      WuXi AppTec

6.7.1.    Company Overview

6.7.2.    Financial Information

6.7.3.    Service Portfolio

6.7.4.    Manufacturing Facilities and Capabilities

6.7.5.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

  1. PARTNERSHIPS

7.1       Chapter Overview

 

7.2.      Partnership Models

 

7.3.      Chinese Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturers: Recent Partnerships

7.3.1.    Analysis by Year of Partnership

7.3.2.    Analysis by Type of Partnership

7.3.3.    Analysis by Scale of Operation

7.3.4.    Analysis by Type of Biologic

7.3.5.    Analysis by Focus Area

7.3.6.    Analysis by Therapeutic Area

7.3.7.    Most Active Players: Analysis by Number of Partnerships

7.3.8.    Geographical Analysis

7.3.9.    Geographical Distribution by Number of Partnerships

7.3.10.  Intercontinental and Intracontinental Agreements

 

  1. RECENT EXPANSIONS

8.1.      Chapter Overview

 

8.2.      Chinese Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturers: Recent Expansions

8.2.1.    Analysis by Year of Expansion

8.2.2.    Analysis by Type of Expansion

8.2.3.    Analysis by Scale of Operation

8.2.4.    Analysis by Type of Biologic

8.2.5.    Analysis by Location of Expansion Project

8.2.6.    Analysis by Capacity of Expanded Facility

8.2.7.    Most Active Players: Analysis by Number of Expansions

8.2.8.    Analysis by Region

 

  1. CLINICAL TRIAL ANALYSIS

9.1.      Chapter Overview

 

9.2.      Scope and Methodology

 

9.3       Clinical Trial Analysis: Biologic Drugs

9.3.1.    Analysis by Trial Registration Year

9.3.2.    Analysis by Trial Phase

9.3.3.    Analysis by Trial Status

9.3.4.    Geographical Analysis by Number of Clinical Trials

9.3.5.    Geographical Analysis by Enrolled Patient Population

9.3.6.    Analysis of Enrolled Patient Population by Trial Registration Year

9.3.7.    Analysis of Enrolled Patient Population by Trial Phase

9.3.8.    Analysis by Type of Sponsor / Collaborator

9.3.9.    Most Active Players: Analysis by Number of Registered Trials

9.3.10.  Analysis by Clinical Trial Center

  1. REGIONAL CAPABILITY ANALYSIS

10.1.     Chapter Overview

10.2.     Assumptions and Key Parameters

10.3.     Overall Landscape of Chinese Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturers

10.4.     Regional Capability Analysis: Biopharmaceuticals Contract Manufacturers in Northern China

10.5.     Regional Capability Analysis: Biopharmaceuticals Contract Manufacturers in Eastern China

10.6.     Regional Capability Analysis: Biopharmaceuticals Contract Manufacturers in Central China

10.7.     Regional Capability Analysis: Biopharmaceuticals Contract Manufacturers in Southern China

 

  1. CAPACITY ANALYSIS

11.1.     Chapter Overview

 

11.2.     Assumptions and Methodology

 

11.3.     Chinese Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufactures: Installed Capacity

11.3.1.  Analysis by Company Size

11.3.2.  Analysis by Scale of Operation

11.3.3.  Analysis by Expression System Used

11.3.4.  Analysis by Location of Manufacturing Facility

11.3.5.  Analysis by Company Size and Location of Manufacturing Facility

11.3.6.  Analysis by Company Size and Location of Manufacturing Facility

 

11.4.     Concluding Remarks

 

  1. BIG PHARMA BIOPHARMACEUTICAL MANUFACTURING INITIATIVES IN CHINA

12.1.     Chapter Overview

 

12.2.     List of Biopharmaceutical R&D and Manufacturing Initiatives of Big Pharma Players in China

12.2.1.  Analysis by Number of Initiatives

12.2.2.  Analysis by Year of Initiative

12.2.3.  Analysis by Company and Year of Initiative

 

12.2.4.  Analysis by Type of Initiative

12.2.5.  Analysis by Type of Biologic

 

12.3.     Competitive Benchmarking of Big Pharmaceutical Players

12.3.1.  Harvey Ball Analysis: Big Pharma Investment Summary

12.3.2.  Geographical Analysis by Investment Made

 

  1. MAKE VERSUS BUY DECISION MAKING FRAMEWORK

13.1.     Chapter Overview

13.2.     Assumptions and Key Parameters

13.3.     Chines Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturers: Make versus Buy Decision Making

13.4.     Conclusion                              

 

  1. MARKET SIZING AND OPPORTUNITY ANALYSIS

14.1.     Chapter Overview

 

14.2.     Key Assumptions and Forecast Methodology

14.3.     Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in China, 2020-2030

14.3.1.  Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in China for APIs, 2020-2030

14.3.2.  Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in China for FDFs, 2020-2030

 

14.4.     Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in China, 2020-2030: Distribution by Expression System Used

14.4.1.  Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in China, 2020-2030: Share of Mammalian Systems

14.4.2.  Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in China, 2020-2030: Share of Microbial Systems                    

14.4.3.  Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in China, 2020-2030: Share of Other Expression Systems

 

14.5.     Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in China, 2020-2030: Distribution by Scale of Operation

14.5.1.  Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in China, 2020-2030: Share of Preclinical / Clinical Scale Operations

14.5.2.  Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in China, 2020-2030: Share of Commercial Operations

           

14.6.     Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in China, 2020-2030: Distribution by Size of Manufacturers

14.6.1.  Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in China, 2020-2030: Share of Small Companies

14.6.2.  Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in China, 2020-2030: Share of Mid-sized Companies

14.6.3.  Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in China, 2020-2030: Share of Large and Very Large Companies

 

14.7.     Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in China, 2020-2030: Distribution by Type of Biologic

14.7.1.  Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in China, 2020-2030: Share of Antibodies

14.7.2.  Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in China, 2020-2030: Share of Vaccines

14.7.3.  Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in China, 2020-2030: Share of Other Biologics

 

  1. COVID-19 Impact on China Biopharmaceutical CMO Market

15.1.     Chapter Overview

15.2.     Evaluation of Impact of COVID-19 Outbreak

 

15.2.1.   Initiatives and Opinions of Key Players

15.2.1.1. WuXi AppTec

 

15.2.1.2. Boehringer Ingelheim

15.2.1.3. GE Healthcare

15.2.1.4. Lonza

15.2.1.5. AmbioPharm

 

15.2.2. Impact of China Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market

15.3.     Key Strategies to Adopt: A Bird’s Eye View

15.3.1.  Immediate Steps

15.3.2.  Short / Long-Term Steps

 

  1. SWOT ANALYSIS

16.1.     Chapter Overview

16.2.     Strengths

16.3.     Weaknesses

16.4.     Opportunities

16.5.     Threats

16.6.     Comparison of SWOT Factors

16.7.     Concluding Remarks

 

  1. FUTURE OF THE CHINA BIOPHARMACEUTICAL CMO MARKET

17.1.     Chapter Overview

17.2.     Outsourcing Activities Anticipated to Increase in Future

17.3.     Shift from One-time Contracts to Strategic Partnerships

17.4.     Adoption of Innovative Technologies

17.4.1.  Single Use Bioreactors

17.4.2.  Novel Bioprocessing Techniques

17.4.3.  Bioprocess Automation

 

17.5.     Growing Popularity of the Quality by Design Principle in Bioprocessing

17.6.     Increasing Focus on Niche Therapeutic Areas

17.7.     Biosimilars Market to Contribute to Contract Service Revenues

17.8.     Capability and Facility Expansions to Establish One Stop Shop Expertise

17.9.     Increase in Financial In-flow and Outsourcing Budgets

17.10.   Challenges Faced by Sponsors and Service Providers

17.10.1. Concerns Associated with Single Use Systems

17.10.2. Issues Related to Capacity Fluctuations

 

17.11.   Concluding Remarks

  1. INTERVIEW / SURVEY TRANSCRIPT(S)
  2. APPENDIX 1: TABULATED DATA
  3. APPENDIX 2: LIST OF COMPANIES AND ORGANISTIONS

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

The Chinese biopharmaceutical contract manufacturing market is estimated to be worth USD 2.6 billion in 2030, predicts Roots Analysis


Submitted 2 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

The growing biopharma industry in China has resulted in the creation of lucrative business opportunities for contract service providers; region-specific advantages have also attracted several foreign sponsors entities over the last few years

 

Roots Analysis is pleased to announce the publication of its recent study, titled, “China Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market, 2020-2030.”

 

The report features an extensive study of the current market landscape and future opportunities associated with the contract manufacturing of biopharmaceuticals in China. The study also features a detailed analysis of key drivers and trends related to this evolving domain. In addition to other elements, the study includes:

  • A detailed assessment of the current market landscape of companies offering contract manufacturing services for biopharmaceuticals in China.
  • An analysis of the partnerships that have been established in this domain, in the recent past.
  • An analysis of the expansion initiatives undertaken by contract manufacturers in China, in order to augment their capabilities, in the recent past.
  • A detailed analysis of more than 1500 clinical trials related to biopharmaceuticals that have been / are being / are likely to be conducted in China.
  • An estimate of the overall, installed capacity for manufacturing biopharmaceuticals, based on data reported by industry stakeholders in the public domain.
  • An analysis of the initiatives of big biopharma players engaged in this domain.
  • A qualitative analysis, highlighting the various factors that need to be taken into consideration by drug / therapy developers while deciding whether to manufacture their respective products in-house or engage the services of a CMO.
  • Detailed profiles of key players that have a diverse range of capabilities for the development, manufacturing, and packaging of biopharmaceutical products.
  • A case study comparing the key characteristics of large molecule and small molecule drugs.
  • A discussion on industry affiliated trends, key drivers, and challenges, under a SWOT framework, which are likely to impact the evolution of this field.
  • A detailed market forecast, featuring analysis of the current and projected future opportunity across key market segments (listed below)
  • Type of Product
  • API
  • FDF
  • Type of Expression System Used
  • Mammalian
  • Microbial
  • Others
  • Scale of Operation
  • Preclinical / Clinical
  • Commercial
  • Size of Manufacturer
  • Small
  • Mid-sized
  • Large / Very Large
  • Type of Biologic
  • Antibody
  • Vaccine
  • Others

 

Key companies covered in the report

  • ChemPartner Biologics
  • JHL Biotech
  • JOINN Biologics
  • MabPlex
  • Mycenax Biotech
  • WuXi AppTec

 

For more information please click on the following link:

https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/china-biopharmaceutical-contract-manufacturing/313.html

 

Other Recent Offerings

  1. China Pharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Services Market, 2020-2030
  2. Live Biotherapeutics Products and Microbiome Contract Manufacturing Market: Focus on Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients and Finished Dosage Forms, 2020-2030
  3. Oligonucleotide Synthesis, Modification and Purification Services Market: Focus on Research, Diagnostic and Therapeutic Applications, 2020-2030

 

About Roots Analysis

Roots Analysis is one of the fastest growing market research companies, sharing fresh and independent perspectives in the bio-pharmaceutical industry. The in-depth research, analysis and insights are driven by an experienced leadership team which has gained many years of significant experience in this sector. If you’d like help with your growing business needs, get in touch at info@rootsanalysis.com

 

Contact Information

Roots Analysis Private Limited

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

 

The cell therapy manufacturing market is projected to grow at an annualized rate of >16.5%, till 2030


Submitted 5 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

Roots Analysis has done a detailed study on Cell Therapy Manufacturing Market (3rd Edition), 2019 - 2030, covering various important aspects of the industry and identifying key future growth opportunities.

 

To order this 550+ page report, which features 160+ figures and 250+ tables, please visit this link

 

Key Market Insights

  • More than 100 industry players and over 60 non-industry players currently claim to manufacture different types of cell therapies, either for in-house requirements or on contract basis
  • The market is fragmented, featuring both established players and new entrants, which claim to operate at various scales and manufacture a diverse range of cell therapies
  • In order to cater to the growing needs of clients / sponsors, companies have established presence across different regions; presently, the US, the UK and China are the key hubs for cell therapy manufacturing
  • In recent years, a significant increase in partnership activity has been observed in this domain; in fact, therapy developers have already inked manufacturing deals with both indigenous and international experts
  • In order to enhance core competencies related to the domain, both drug developers and CMOs are actively investing in expanding their existing infrastructure and capabilities
  • Cell therapy manufacturers are also gradually opting to automate various operations in the supply chain; the primary objective is to achieve favorable bench-to-clinic timelines and cut down on production related losses
  • Currently, the installed global capacity for cell therapy manufacturing is estimated to be spread across 2+ million square feet of dedicated cleanroom area distributed across various scales of operation
  • More than 70,000 patients were estimated to have been enrolled in cell therapy related clinical trials; the demand for cell therapies is anticipated to grow significantly over the next decade
  • Revenues from manufacturing operations of T-cell therapies are anticipated to capture higher market share; the benefit will be realized by both autologous and allogeneic therapies across different regions the world
  • Clinical scale manufacturing operations are likely to drive the future market size, taking into consideration both in-house and contract service requirements

 

For more information, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/cell-therapy-manufacturing/285.html

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. PREFACE

1.1.      Scope of the Report

1.2.      Research Methodology

1.3.      Chapter Outlines

 

  1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

 

  1. INTRODUCTION

3.1.      Context and Background

3.2.      Introduction to Cell Therapies

3.2.1.    Comparison of Cell Therapies and Other Biotechnology Products

3.2.2.    Classification of Advanced Therapy Medicinal Products (ATMPs)

3.2.3.    Current Market Landscape of ATMPs

 

3.3.      Overview of Cell Therapy Manufacturing

3.4.      Cell Therapy Manufacturing Models

3.4.1.    Centralized Manufacturing

3.4.2.    Decentralized Manufacturing

3.5.      Scalability of Cell Therapy Manufacturing

3.5.1.    Scale-up

3.5.2.    Scale-out

 

3.6.      Types of Cell Therapy Manufacturers

3.7.      Key Manufacturing-related Challenges

3.8.      Factors Influencing Cell Therapy Manufacturing

3.9.      Automating Cell Therapy Manufacturing

3.10.     Cell Therapy Manufacturing Supply Chain

3.11.     Future Perspectives

 

  1. MARKET OVERVIEW

4.1.      Chapter Overview

4.2.      Cell Therapy Manufacturers (Industry Players): Overall Market Landscape

4.2.1.    Analysis by Location of Headquarters

4.2.2.    Analysis by Location of Manufacturing Facility

4.2.3.    Analysis by Type of Cells Manufactured

4.2.4.    Analysis by Source of Cells

4.2.5.    Analysis by Scale of Operation

4.2.6.    Analysis by Type of Cell Culture

4.2.7.    Analysis by Purpose of Production

4.2.8.    Analysis by Manufacturing Capabilities / Services

 

4.3.      Cell Therapy Manufacturers (Non-Industry Players): Overall Market Landscape

4.3.1.    Analysis by Location of Headquarters

4.3.2.    Analysis by Location of Manufacturing Facility

4.3.3.    Analysis by Type of Cells Manufactured

4.3.4.    Analysis by Source of Cells

4.3.5.    Analysis by Scale of Operation

4.3.6.    Analysis by Type of Cell Culture

4.3.7.    Analysis by Purpose of Production

4.3.8.    Analysis by Manufacturing Capabilities / Services

 

4.4.      Cell Therapy Manufacturing: Role of Logistics Service Providers

 

  1. REGULATORY LANDSCAPE

5.1.      Chapter Overview

5.2.      Current Scenario

5.2.1.    Regulatory Guidelines in the US

5.2.2.    Regulatory Guidelines in Europe

5.2.3.    Regulatory Guidelines in Japan

5.2.4.    Conditional Approvals

 

5.3.      Regulatory Accreditations for Cell Therapy Manufacturing

5.3.1.    Facilities Approved by Regulators to Manufacture Cell Therapies

5.4.      Summary of Guidelines for Clinical-Stage Manufacturing of Cell Therapies

5.5.      Existing Challenges to Clinical-Stage Manufacturing

5.5.1.    Variability in Regulatory Guidelines across Different Geographies

5.6.      Conclusion

  1. ROADMAPS FOR OVERCOMING EXISTING CHALLENGES

6.1.      Chapter Overview

6.2.      Roadmap for the US

6.2.1.    Cell Processing

6.2.2.    Cell Preservation, Distribution and Handling

6.2.3.    Process Automation and Data Analytics

6.2.4.    Process Monitoring and Quality Control

6.2.5.    Standardization and Regulatory Support

6.2.6.    Workforce Development

6.2.7.    Supply Chain and Logistics

 

6.3.      Roadmaps for Other Geographies

6.3.1.    Europe

6.3.2.    Asia Pacific

 

  1. AUTOMATION TECHNOLOGIES FOR CELL THERAPY MANUFACTURING

7.1.      Chapter Overview

7.2.      Automation of Cell Therapy Manufacturing Processes

7.2.1.    Closed Systems

7.2.2.    Single-use Systems

7.2.3.    Modular Systems

7.3.      Case Studies

7.3.1.    Roadmap to Developing an Automated Cell Manufacturing / Processing Device

7.3.2.    Automating Cell Therapy Manufacturing

7.4.      GMP-in-a-Box

7.5.      List of Automation Service Providers

7.6.      Comparative Analysis of Manual and Automated Processes

7.7.      Concluding Remarks

 

  1. PROFILES: INDUSTRY PLAYERS

8.1.      Chapter Overview

8.2.      Service Providers in the US

8.2.1     Cognate BioServices

8.2.1.1. Company Overview

8.2.1.2. Service Portfolio

8.2.1.3. Manufacturing Capabilities

8.2.1.4. Partnerships

8.2.1.5. Future Outlook

 

8.2.2.    FUJIFILM Cellular Dynamics

8.2.2.1. Company Overview

8.2.2.2. Service Portfolio

8.2.2.3. Manufacturing Capabilities

8.2.2.4. Partnerships

8.2.2.5. Future Outlook

 

 

8.2.3.    KBI Biopharma

8.2.3.1. Company Overview

8.2.3.2. Service Portfolio

8.2.3.3. Manufacturing Capabilities

8.2.3.4. Partnerships

8.2.3.5. Future Outlook

 

8.2.4.    Hitachi Chemical Advanced Therapeutics Solutions

8.2.4.1. Company Overview

8.2.4.2. Service Portfolio

8.2.4.3. Manufacturing Capabilities

8.2.4.4. Partnerships

8.2.4.5. Future Outlook

 

8.2.5.    Waisman Biomanufacturing

8.2.5.1. Company Overview

8.2.5.2. Service Portfolio

8.2.5.3. Manufacturing Capabilities

8.2.5.4. Partnerships

8.2.5.5. Future Outlook

 

8.3.      Service Providers in Europe

8.3.1.    BioNTech Innovative Manufacturing Services

8.3.1.1. Company Overview

8.3.1.2. Service Portfolio

8.3.1.3. Manufacturing Capabilities

8.3.1.4. Partnerships

8.3.1.5. Future Outlook

 

8.3.2.    Cell and Gene Therapy Catapult

8.3.2.1. Company Overview

8.3.2.2. Service Portfolio

8.3.2.3. Manufacturing Capabilities

8.3.2.4. Partnerships

8.3.2.5. Future Outlook

 

 

8.3.3.    Lonza

8.3.3.1. Company Overview

8.3.3.2. Service Portfolio

8.3.3.3. Manufacturing Capabilities

8.3.3.4. Partnerships

8.3.3.5. Future Outlook

 

8.3.4.    MaSTherCell

8.3.4.1. Company Overview

8.3.4.2. Service Portfolio

8.3.4.3. Manufacturing Capabilities

8.3.4.4. Partnerships

8.3.4.5. Future Outlook

 

8.3.5.    Roslin Cell Therapies

8.3.5.1. Company Overview

8.3.5.2. Service Portfolio

8.3.5.3. Manufacturing Capabilities

8.3.5.4. Partnerships

8.3.5.5. Future Outlook

 

8.4.      Service Providers in Asia Pacific

8.4.1.    Cell Therapies

8.4.1.1. Company Overview

8.4.1.2. Service Portfolio

8.4.1.3. Manufacturing Capabilities

8.4.1.4. Partnerships

8.4.1.5. Future Outlook

 

8.4.2.    Japan Tissue Engineering (J-TEC)

8.4.2.1. Company Overview

8.4.2.2. Service Portfolio

8.4.2.3. Manufacturing Capabilities

8.4.2.4. Partnerships

8.4.2.5. Future Outlook

 

8.4.3.    MEDINET

8.4.3.1. Company Overview

8.4.3.2. Service Portfolio

8.4.3.3. Manufacturing Capabilities

8.4.3.4. Partnerships

8.4.3.5. Future Outlook

 

8.4.4.    Nikon CeLL innovation

8.4.4.1. Company Overview

8.4.4.2. Service Portfolio

8.4.4.3. Manufacturing Capabilities

8.4.4.4. Partnerships

8.4.4.5. Future Outlook

 

8.4.5.    WuXi Advanced Therapies

8.4.5.1. Company Overview

8.4.5.2. Service Portfolio

8.4.5.3. Manufacturing Capabilities

8.4.5.4. Partnerships

8.4.5.5. Future Outlook

 

  1. PROFILES: NON-INDUSTRY PLAYERS

9.1.      Chapter Overview

9.2.      Center for Cell and Gene Therapy, Baylor College of Medicine

9.2.1.    Overview

9.2.2.    Operating Segments

9.2.3.    Service Portfolio

9.2.4.    Manufacturing Facilities and Capabilities

 

9.3.      Centre for Cell Manufacturing Ireland, National University of Ireland

9.3.1.    Overview

9.3.2.    Service Portfolio

9.3.3.    Manufacturing Facilities and Capabilities

 

9.4.      Clinical Cell and Vaccine Production Facility, University of Pennsylvania

9.4.1.    Overview

9.4.2.    Service Portfolio

9.4.3.    Manufacturing Facilities and Capabilities

 

9.5.      Guy’s and St. Thomas’ GMP Facility, Guy’s Hospital

9.5.1.    Overview

9.5.2.    Service Portfolio

9.5.3.    Manufacturing Facilities and Capabilities

 

9.6.      Laboratory for Cell and Gene Medicine, Stanford University

9.6.1.    Overview

9.6.2.    Service Portfolio

9.6.3.    Manufacturing Facilities and Capabilities

 

9.7.      Molecular and Cellular Therapeutics, University of Minnesota

9.7.1.    Overview

9.7.2.    Service Portfolio

9.7.3.    Manufacturing Facilities and Capabilities

 

9.8.      Newcastle Cellular Therapies Facility, Newcastle University

9.8.1.    Overview

9.8.2.    Service Portfolio

9.8.3.    Manufacturing Facilities and Capabilities

 

9.9.      Rayne Cell Therapy Suite, King’s College London

9.9.1.    Overview

9.9.2.    Manufacturing Facilities and Capabilities

 

9.10.     Scottish National Blood Transfusion Services Cellular Therapy Facility, Scottish Centre for Regenerative Medicine

9.10.1.  Overview

9.10.2.  Manufacturing Facilities and Capabilities

 

9.11.     Sydney Cell and Gene Therapy

9.11.1.  Overview

9.11.2.  Manufacturing Facilities and Capabilities

 

  1. ROLE OF NON-PROFIT ORGANIZATIONS

10.1.     Chapter Overview

10.2.     Cell Therapy Manufacturing Service Providers: Non-Profit Organizations

10.2.1.  CellCAN

10.2.2.  Cell Therapy Manufacturing Cooperative Research Center (CTM CRC)

10.2.3.  National Cell Manufacturing Consortium (NCMC)

10.2.4.  California Institute of Regenerative Medicine (CIRM)

10.3.     Cell Therapy Manufacturing: Affiliated International Societies

 

  1. PARTNERSHIPS

11.1.     Chapter Overview

11.2.     Partnership Models

 

11.3.     Cell Therapy Manufacturing: List of Partnerships

11.3.1.  Analysis by Year of Partnership

11.3.2.  Analysis by Type of Partnership Model

11.3.3.  Analysis by Year and Type of Partnership Model

 

11.4.     Analysis by Type of Cells

11.5.     Analysis by Scale of Operation

11.6.     Geographical Analysis

11.6.1.  Continent-wise Distribution

11.6.2.  Country-wise Distribution

11.7.     Most Active Players: Analysis by Number of Partnerships

 

11.8.     Cell Therapy Manufacturing: List of Acquisitions

11.8.1.  Analysis by Year and Type of Cells

11.8.2.  Geographical Analysis

11.8.3.  Ownership Change Matrix

 

  1. FACILITY EXPANSIONS

12.1.     Chapter Overview

12.2.     Cell Therapy Manufacturing: List of Expansions

12.2.1.  Cumulative Year-wise Distribution

12.2.2.  Analysis by Type of Cells

12.2.3.  Analysis by Scale of Operation

12.2.3.  Analysis by Purpose of Expansion 

12.2.4.  Analysis by Location of Manufacturing Facility

12.2.5.  Analysis by Region and Purpose of Expansion

 

  1. CAPACITY ANALYSIS

13.1.     Chapter Overview

13.2.     Key Assumptions and Methodology (Industry Players)

13.2.1   Cell Therapy Manufacturing: Installed Global Capacity (Number of Cleanrooms)

13.2.1.1. Analysis by Size of Manufacturer

13.2.1.2. Analysis by Scale of Operation

13.2.1.3. Analysis by Location of Manufacturing Facility

13.2.2.  Cell Therapy Manufacturing: Installed Global Capacity (Cleanroom Area)

13.2.2.1. Analysis by Size of Manufacturer

13.2.2.2. Analysis by Scale of Operation

13.2.2.3. Analysis by Location of Manufacturing Facility

 

13.3.     Key Assumptions and Methodology (Non-Industry Players)

13.3.1.  Cell Therapy Manufacturing: Installed Global Capacity (Number of Cleanrooms)

13.3.1.1. Analysis by Scale of Operation

13.3.1.2. Analysis by Location of Manufacturing Facility

 

13.3.2.  Cell Therapy Manufacturing: Installed Global Capacity (Cleanroom Area)

13.3.2.1. Analysis by Scale of Operation

13.3.2.2. Analysis by Location of Manufacturing Facility

13.4      Concluding Remarks

 

  1. DEMAND ANALYSIS

14.1      Chapter Overview

14.2      Key Assumptions and Methodology

14.3      Cell Therapy Manufacturing: Overall Annual Demand

14.3.1.  Analysis by Type of Cells

14.3.2.  Analysis by Scale of Operations

14.3.3.  Analysis by Geography

 

  1. COST PRICE ANALYSIS

15.1.     Chapter Overview

15.2.     Factors Contributing to the High Price of Cell Therapies

15.3.     Pricing Models for Cell Therapies

15.3.1.  Based on Associated Costs for T-cell Therapies

15.3.2.  Based on Associated Costs for Stem Cell Therapies

15.3.3.  Based on Availability of Competing Products

15.3.4.  Based on Target Patient Segment

15.3.5.  Based on Opinions of Industry Experts

15.4.     Cell Therapy Cost Optimization

15.4.1.  Role of Cost of Goods Sold

15.4.2.  Role of Automation

15.4.3.  Role of Cell Therapy Contract Manufacturing Organizations

15.5.     Reimbursement-related Considerations for Cell Therapies

15.5.1.  Case Study: The National Institute for Health and Care Excellence’s (NICE) Appraisal of CAR-T Therapies

 

  1. MAKE VERSUS BUY DECISION MAKING FRAMEWORK

16.1.     Chapter Overview

16.2.     Make versus Buy Decision Making: Analytical Output

 

  1. MARKET SIZING AND OPPORTUNITY ANALYSIS

17.1.     Chapter Overview

17.2.     Scope of the Forecast

17.3.     Forecast Methodology

17.4.     Input Tables and Key Assumptions

17.5.     Overall Cell Therapy Manufacturing Market, 2019-2030

17.5.1.  Cell Therapy Manufacturing Market, 2019-2030: Distribution by Type of Cell Therapy

17.5.2.  Cell Therapy Manufacturing Market, 2019-2030: Distribution by Source of Cells

17.5.3.  Cell Therapy Manufacturing Market, 2019-2030: Distribution by Scale of Operation

17.5.4.  Cell Therapy Manufacturing Market, 2019-2030: Distribution by Purpose of

            Production     

17.5.5.  Cell Therapy Manufacturing Market, 2019-2030: Geographical Distribution

 

17.6.     Market Opportunity in Commercial Scale Manufacturing of Cell-based Therapies

17.6.1.  Overall Commercial Scale Manufacturing Market for T-cell Therapies, 2019-2030

17.6.1.1. Distribution by Type of Therapy (CAR-T Therapy, TCR Therapy, and TIL Therapy)

17.6.1.2. Distribution by Source of Cells

17.6.1.3. Geographical Distribution

 

17.6.2.  Overall Commercial Scale Manufacturing Market for Dendritic Cell and Tumor Cell Therapies, 2019-2030

17.6.2.1. Distribution by Type of Therapy (Dendritic Cell Therapy, and Tumor Cell Therapy)

17.6.2.2. Distribution by Source of Cells

17.6.2.3. Geographical Distribution

 

17.6.3.  Overall Commercial Scale Manufacturing Market for NK Cell Therapies, 2019-2030

17.6.3.1. Distribution by Source of Cells

17.6.3.2. Geographical Distribution

 

 

17.6.4.  Overall Commercial Scale Manufacturing Market for Stem Cell Therapies, 2019-2030

17.6.4.1. Distribution by Source of Cells

17.6.4.2. Geographical Distribution

17.7.     Market Opportunity in Clinical Scale Manufacturing of Cell-based Therapies

17.7.1.  Overall Clinical Scale Manufacturing Market for T-cell Therapies, 2019-2030

17.7.1.1. Distribution by Type of Therapy (CAR-T Therapy, TCR Therapy and TIL Therapy)

17.7.1.2. Distribution by Source of Cells

17.7.1.3. Geographical Distribution

 

17.7.2.  Overall Clinical Scale Manufacturing Market for Dendritic Cell and Tumor Cell Therapies, 2019-2030

17.7.2.1. Distribution by Type of Therapy (Dendritic Cell Therapy, Tumor Cell Therapy)

17.7.2.2. Distribution by Source of Cells

17.7.2.3. Geographical Distribution

 

17.7.3.  Overall Clinical Scale Manufacturing Market for NK Cell Therapies, 2019-2030

17.7.3.1. Distribution by Source of Cells

17.7.3.2. Geographical Distribution

 

17.7.4.  Overall Clinical Scale Manufacturing Market for Stem Cell Therapies, 2019-2030

17.7.4.1. Distribution by Source of Cells

17.7.4.2. Geographical Distribution

 

  1. KEY INSIGHTS

18.1.     Chapter Overview

18.2.     Cell Therapy Manufacturers: Grid Analysis

18.3.     Cell Therapy Manufacturers: Logo Landscape by Type of Cell Therapy

18.3.1.  Logo Landscape: Immune Cell Manufacturers

18.3.2.  Logo Landscape: Stem Cell Manufacturers

18.4.     Cell Therapy Manufacturers: World Map Representation of Location of Manufacturing Facility

18.4.1.  Industry Players

18.4.2.  Non-Industry Players

 

  1. SWOT ANALYSIS

19.1.     Chapter Overview

19.2.     Strengths

19.3.     Weaknesses

19.4.     Opportunities

19.5.     Threats

19.6.     Comparison of SWOT Factors

19.6.1.  Concluding Remarks

 

  1. CONCLUSION

20.1.     Chapter Overview

20.2.     Key Takeaways

 

  1. SURVEY ANALYSIS

21.1.     Chapter Overview

21.2.     Seniority Level of Respondents

21.3.     Type of Cell Therapy

21.4.     Scale of Operation

21.5.     Source of Cells

21.6.     Type of Cell Culture System

22.7.     Availability of Fill / Finish Services

 

 

  1. INTERVIEW TRANSCRIPTS

22.1.     Chapter Overview

22.2.     Lion TCR

22.2.1.  Company Overview

22.2.2.  Interview Transcript: Victor Lietao Li, Co-Founder and Chief Executive Officer

 

22.3.     Cell Therapies

22.3.1.  Company Overview

22.3.2.  Interview Transcript: Tim Oldham, Chief Executive Officer 

 

22.4.     CiMaas

22.4.1.  Company Overview

22.4.2.  Interview Transcript: Gerard MJ Bos, Chief Executive Officer

 

22.5.     Gracell Biotechnologies

22.5.1.  Company Overview

22.5.2.  Interview Transcript:  Wei (William) Cao, Chief Executive Officer

 

22.6.     Glycostem Therapeutics

22.6.1.  Company Overview

22.6.2.  Interview Transcript: Troels Jordansen, Chief Executive Officer

 

22.7.     Kadimastem

22.7.1.  Company Overview

22.7.2.  Interview Transcript: Arik Hasson, Executive VP Research and Development

 

22.8.     Bio Elpida

22.8.1.  Company Overview

22.8.2.  Interview Transcript: Gilles Devillers, General Manager

 

22.9.     Center for Commercialization of Cancer Immunotherapy / C3i

22.9.1.  Company Overview

22.9.2.  Interview Transcript: Arnaud Deladeriere, Manager, Business Development & Operations-cGMP Manufacturing Unit

 

22.10.   Waisman Biomanufacturing

22.10.1. Company Overview

22.10.2. Interview Transcript: Brian Dattilo, Manager of Business Development

 

22.11.   RoslinCT

22.11.1. Company Overview

22.11.2. Interview Transcript: Fiona Bellot, Business Development Manager

 

22.12.   Yposkesi

22.12.1. Company Overview

22.12.2. Interview Transcript: Mathilde Girard, Leader, Cell Therapy Innovation and Development

 

22.13.   University of Minnesota

22.13.1. Organization Overview

22.13.2. Interview Transcript: David Mckenna, Professor and American Red in Transfusion Medicine

 

  1. APPENDIX 1: TABULATED DATA

 

  1. APPENDIX 2: LIST OF COMPANIES AND ORGANIZATIONS

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

Growing at an annualized rate of over 16.5%, the cell therapy manufacturing market is estimated to reach close to USD 11 Billion by 2030, claims Roots Analysis


Submitted 5 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

Manufacturing cell therapies is technically and financially demanding; as a result, despite therapy developers gradually strengthening their in-house expertise, they are also becoming increasingly reliant on contract service providers

 

Roots Analysis is pleased to announce the publication of its recent study, titled, “Cell Therapy Manufacturing Market (3rd Edition), 2019 - 2030.”

 

The report features an extensive study of the current market landscape and future opportunities associated with cell therapy manufacturing. It focuses on both contract manufacturers, as well as developers with in-house manufacturing facilities, offering in-depth analyses of the various business entities that are engaged in this domain, across different global regions. Amongst other elements, the report includes:

  • An analysis of the various expansion initiatives undertaken by service providers, in order to augment their respective cell therapy manufacturing capabilities, over the period 2015-2019.
  • An analysis of the recent partnerships focused on the manufacturing of cell-based therapies, which have been established in the period 2014-2019.
  • Informed estimates of the annual commercial and clinical demand for cell therapies, in terms of number of cells produced and area dedicated to manufacturing.
  • An estimate of the overall, installed capacity for manufacturing cell-based therapies based on information reported by industry stakeholders in the public domain A competitiveness analysis of biological targets, featuring insightful pictorial summaries and representations.
  • A detailed analysis of the various factors that are likely to influence the pricing of cell-based therapies, featuring different models / approaches that may be adopted by manufacturers while deciding the prices of their proprietary offerings.
  • A qualitative analysis, highlighting the various factors that need to be taken into consideration by cell therapy developers while deciding whether to manufacture their respective products in-house or engage the services of a CMO.
  • An elaborate discussion on the role of automation technologies in improving current manufacturing methods.
  • A discussion on cell therapy manufacturing regulations across various geographies, including North America, Europe, and Asia Pacific.
  • Elaborate profiles of key players (industry and non-industry) that offer contract manufacturing services.
  • A discussion on affiliated trends, key drivers and challenges, which are likely to impact the industry’s evolution, under a comprehensive SWOT framework.
  • A detailed market forecast, featuring analysis of the current and projected future opportunity across key market segments (listed below)
  • Type of therapy
  • T-cell therapies (CAR-T therapies, TCR therapies, TIL therapies)
  • Dendritic cell therapies
  • Tumor cell therapies
  • NK cell therapies
  • Stem cell therapies

 

  • Source of cells
  • Autologous
  • Allogeneic

 

  • Scale of operation
  • Clinical
  • Commercial

 

  • Purpose of manufacturing
  • Contract manufacturing
  • In-house manufacturing

 

  • Key geographical regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Rest of the world

 

Key companies covered in the report

  • BioNTech Innovative Manufacturing Services
  • Cell Therapies
  • Cell and Gene Therapy Catapult
  • Center for Cell and Gene Therapy, Baylor College of Medicine
  • Centre for Cell Manufacturing Ireland, National University of Ireland
  • Clinical Cell and Vaccine Production Facility, University of Pennsylvania
  • Cognate BioServices
  • FUJIFILM
  • Guy’s and St. Thomas’ GMP Facility, Guy’s Hospital
  • Hitachi Chemical
  • KBI Biopharma
  • Laboratory for Cell and Gene Medicine, Stanford University
  • Lonza
  • MaSTherCell
  • MEDINET
  • Molecular and Cellular Therapeutics, University of Minnesota
  • Newcastle Cellular Therapies Facility, Newcastle University
  • Nikon CeLL innovation
  • Rayne Cell Therapy Suite, King’s College London
  • Roslin Cell Therapies
  • Scottish National Blood Transfusion Services Cellular Therapy Facility, Scottish Centre for Regenerative Medicine
  • Sydney Cell and Gene Therapy
  • WuXi Advanced Therapies

 

For additional details, please visit 

https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/cell-therapy-manufacturing/285.html or email sales@rootsanalysis.com

 

You may also be interested in the following titles:

  1. Cell and Advanced Therapies Supply Chain Management Market, 2019-2030
  2. RNAi Therapeutics Market (2nd Edition), 2019 – 2030
  3. Gene Therapy Market (3rd Edition), 2019 – 2030
  4. Stem Cell Therapy Contract Manufacturing Market, 2019-2030

 

Contact:

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

Gaurav.Chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

 

 

The “Encapsulated Cell Therapies and Encapsulation Technologies Market” report features an extensive study of the current market landscape and future potential, offering an informed opinion on the likely adoption of these therapies / technologies over the


Submitted 5 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

 

To order this 500+ page report, please visit this link

 

Key Inclusions

  • A detailed assessment of the current market landscape of encapsulated cell therapies and affiliated technologies, highlighting various target disease indications, phase of development, encapsulation method, type of cells / API, and route of administration, along with information on various stakeholder companies that are developing novel encapsulation methods / techniques for use in storage and transportation of cells, as well as other applications.
  • Comprehensive profiles of industry players that are currently engaged in the preclinical / clinical development of their proprietary encapsulated cell therapies, featuring an overview of the company, its financial information (if available), and a detailed description of its product(s), highlighting mechanism of action, current development status, and key preclinical / clinical trial results. Each profile also includes a list of recent developments, highlighting the key milestones achieved, partnership activity, and the likely strategies that may be adopted by these players to fuel growth in the in the foreseen future.
  • An in-depth analysis of the patents that have been published related to cell encapsulation technologies, since 2013. The analysis also highlights the key trends associated with these patents, across patent type, regional applicability, CPC classification, emerging focus areas, leading industry players (in terms of number of patents filed / granted), and current intellectual property-related benchmarks and valuation.
  • A comprehensive clinical trial analysis of completed, ongoing and planned studies of various encapsulated cell therapies. The analysis highlights the key trends associated with these clinical studies across various parameters, such as trial start year, trial status, phase of development, leading industry and non-industry players (in terms of number of trials conducted), study design, target therapeutic area, key indications, study focus, clinical endpoints, and enrolled patient population and regional distribution of trials.
  • An analysis of the partnerships that have been established in the domain in the period 2013-2018, covering R&D collaborations, licensing agreements, mergers and acquisitions, product development and / or commercialization agreements, manufacturing agreements, clinical trial agreements, process development agreements, and other relevant deals.
  • An analysis of the investments made at various stages of development, such as seed financing, venture capital financing, debt financing, grants, capital raised from IPOs and subsequent offerings received by companies that are focused in this area.
  • A detailed study on the various grants that have been awarded to research institutes in this field.
  • An analysis highlighting potential strategic partners (for instance, manufacturers) for encapsulated therapy developers based on multiple parameters, such as therapeutic focus overlap, cell type overlap, research programs, existing collaborations, and developer strength.

 

The report also features the likely distribution of the current and forecasted opportunity across important market segments, mentioned below:

  • Type of licensing deal payment
  • Upfront payment
  • Milestone payment

 

  • Therapeutic area
  • Metabolic disorder
  • Neurological disorder
  • Ophthalmic disorder
  • Oncological disorder

 

  • Target disease indication
  • Ataxia telangiectasia
  • Breast cancer
  • Diabetes
  • Glaucoma
  • Head and neck cancer
  • Macular telangectasia
  • Pancreatic cancer
  • Parkinson's disease
  • Retinitis pigmentosa

 

  • Type of encapsulation material used
  • Alginate-based microcapsule
  • Cellulose hydrogel
  • Medical-grade plastic
  • Red blood cell

 

  • Key geographical region
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia-Pacific and rest of the world

 

To request sample pages, please visit this link

 

Key Questions Answered

  • What are the prevalent R&D trends related to cell encapsulation technologies?
  • Which clinical conditions can be treated using encapsulated cell therapy products?
  • What are the key challenges faced by stakeholders engaged in this domain?
  • What are the key technology platforms that leverage the concept of cell encapsulation?
  • Who are the leading industry and non-industry players in this market?
  • What are the key geographies where research on encapsulated cell therapies is being conducted?
  • Who are the key investors in this domain?
  • Who are the key thought leaders with expertise in cell encapsulation technologies?
  • What kind of partnership models are commonly adopted by industry stakeholders?
  • Who are the potential strategic partners (for instance, manufacturers) for encapsulated therapy developers?
  • How is the current and future market opportunity likely to be distributed across key market segments?
  • What are the factors that are likely to influence the evolution of this upcoming market?

 

You may also be interested in the following titles:

  1. Large Volume Wearable Injectors Market (5th Edition), 2020-2030: Focus on Bolus, Basal and Continuous Delivery Devices
  2. Endocannabinoid System Targeted Therapeutics Market, 2020-2030
  3. Subcutaneous Biologics, Technologies and Drug Delivery Systems (3rd Edition), 2020-2030

 

Contact:

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

+44 (122) 391 1091
Gaurav.Chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

More than 45 encapsulated cell therapies and encapsulation technologies are being evaluated across different phases of development by stakeholders across the globe, claims Roots Analysis


Submitted 5 day(s) ago by Harry sins

Extensive research on cell encapsulation strategies has enabled the development of a variety of technologies capable of immobilizing / enclosing therapeutic entities within biocompatible matrices / carriers. Such products offer a myriad of advantages, and have demonstrated the capability to address existing challenges related to cell therapies and certain other types of interventions as well.

 

To order this 500+ page report, which features 170+ figures and 395+ tables, please visit this link

 

The USD 3.7 billion (by 2030) financial opportunity within the encapsulated cell therapies and encapsulation technologies market has been analyzed across the following segments:

  • Type of licensing deal payment
  • Upfront payment
  • Milestone payment

 

  • Therapeutic area
  • Metabolic disorder
  • Neurological disorder
  • Ophthalmic disorder
  • Oncological disorder

 

  • Target disease indication
  • Ataxia telangiectasia
  • Breast cancer
  • Diabetes
  • Glaucoma
  • Head and neck cancer
  • Macular telangectasia
  • Pancreatic cancer
  • Parkinson's disease
  • Retinitis pigmentosa

 

  • Type of encapsulation material used
  • Alginate-based microcapsule
  • Cellulose hydrogel
  • Medical-grade plastic
  • Red blood cell

 

  • Key geographical region
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia-Pacific and rest of the world

 

The Cell Encapsulation: Focus on Therapeutics and Technologies, 2019-2030 report features the following companies, which we identified to be key players in this domain: 

  • ALTuCELL
  • Azellon Cell Therapeutics
  • Beta-Cell
  • Betalin Therapeutics
  • CellProtect Biotechnology
  • Diatranz Otsuka
  • Encellin
  • EryDel
  • Gloriana Therapeutics
  • Living Cell Technologies
  • MaxiVAX
  • Neurotech Pharmaceuticals
  • PharmaCyte Biotech
  • Semma Therapeutics
  • Sernova

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. Preface

  2. Executive Summary

 

  1. Introduction

 

  1. Current Market Landscape

 

  1. Encapsulated Cell Therapies and Encapsulation Technologies for Metabolic Disorders: Company Profiles

 

  1. Encapsulated Cell Therapies and Encapsulation Technologies for Non-Metabolic Disorders: Company Profiles

 

  1. Patent Analysis

 

  1. Clinical Trial Analysis

 

  1. Recent Partnerships

 

  1. Funding and Investment Analysis

 

  1. Grant Analysis

 

  1. Potential Strategic Partners

 

  1. Market Forecast

 

  1. Conclusion

 

  1. Executive Insights

 

  1. Appendix 1: Tabulated Data

 

  1. Appendix 2: List of Companies and Organizations

 

To purchase a copy, please visit https://rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/cell-encapsulation-focus-on-therapeutics-and-technologies-2019-2030/249.html

 

Contact:

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

+44 (122) 391 1091
Gaurav.Chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

 

Given the increasing number of licensing deals and the expected approval of multiple mid-late stage candidates, the encapsulated cell therapies and encapsulation technologies market is anticipated to evolve at a rapid pace over the next decade, predicts R


Submitted 5 day(s) ago by Harry sins

Roots Analysis has done a detailed study on Cell Encapsulation: Focus on Therapeutics and Technologies, 2019-2030, covering key aspects of the industry’s evolution and identifying potential future growth opportunities.

 

To order this 500+ page report, which features 170+ figures and 395+ tables, please visit this link

 

Key Market Insights

  • Presently, over 45 encapsulated cell therapies and encapsulation technologies are being evaluated across different phases of development by stakeholders across the world
  • Ongoing therapy development programs are evaluating different types of cells, encapsulated in a wide range of biocompatible materials, aiming to offer viable and effective treatment options for various diseases
  • In fact, majority of the product candidates are being developed for the treatment of metabolic disorders, primarily diabetes; big pharma are driving a significant proportion of research and development activity
  • Clinical research in this field is growing at a fast pace; encapsulated therapy products are evaluating a number of pre-marketing end points to validate safety / efficacy
  • Over the years, more than 3,000 patents have been granted / filed related to cell encapsulation technologies, demonstrating the heightened pace of research in this domain
  • Foreseeing a lucrative future, several private and public investors have made capital investments worth approximately USD 1 billion, across over 100 funding instances, since 2013
  • Growth in partnership activity reflects the rising interest of stakeholders in this domain; over 70% of deals have been inked related to therapies for metabolic disorders, involving both international and indigenous parties
  • An evaluation of more than 300+ stakeholders engaged in cell therapies domain reveals the presence of several likely strategic partners spread across different geographical regions
  • The short term opportunity in this market is likely to be driven by licensing activity and will depend on the untapped potential of novel cell encapsulation technologies in different application areas
  • As multiple mid-late stage encapsulated cell therapies get commercialized in near future across different regions, the long term opportunity is likely to be distributed across diverse indications and encapsulation materials
  • The enormous potential of encapsulated cell-based therapies / devices in the treatment of chronic disorders has captured the interest of several stakeholders in the industry

 

For more information, please visit https://rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/cell-encapsulation-focus-on-therapeutics-and-technologies-2019-2030/249.html

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. PREFACE

1.1.                  Scope of the Report

1.2.                  Research Methodology

1.3.                  Chapter Outlines


  1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

 

  1. INTRODUCTION

3.1.                  Context and Background

3.2.                  An Overview of Cell Therapies

3.2.1.                Cell Therapy Manufacturing

3.2.2.                Supply Chain

3.2.3.                Key Challenges

 

3.3.                  An Introduction to Cell Encapsulation

3.3.1.                Historical Overview

3.3.2.                Cell Encapsulation Approaches

3.3.3.                Encapsulation Materials

3.3.4.                Advantages and Challenges

 

3.4.                  Potential Applications of Cell Encapsulation

3.4.1.                Targeted Drug / Therapy Delivery

3.4.2.                Immunoprotection

3.4.3.                Storage and Transportation

 

3.5.                  Key Growth Drivers and Road-blocks

 

  1. CURRENT MARKET LANDSCAPE

4.1.                  Chapter Overview

4.2.                  Encapsulated Cell Therapies and Encapsulation Technologies: Developer Landscape

4.2.1.                Distribution by Year of Establishment

4.2.2.                Distribution by Geographical Location

4.2.3.                Distribution by Size of Developers

4.2.4.                Distribution by Type of Offering

 

4.3.                  Encapsulated Cell Therapies and Encapsulation Technologies: Development Pipeline

4.3.1.                Distribution by Target Therapeutic Area

4.3.2.                Distribution by Phase of Development

4.3.3.                Distribution by Type of Cells and Other Encapsulated Components

4.3.4.                Distribution by Type of Encapsulation Material Used

4.3.5.                Distribution by Route of Administration

4.3.6.                Distribution by Application Areas

 

4.4.                  Encapsulated Cell Therapies and Encapsulation Technologies: Initiatives of Big Pharmaceutical Players

 

  1. ENCAPSULATED CELL THERAPIES AND ENCAPSULATION TECHNOLOGIES FOR METABOLIC DISORDERS: COMPANY PROFILES

5.1.                  Chapter Overview

5.2.                  Developers with Clinical Candidates

5.2.1.               Beta-O2 Technologies

5.2.1.1.            Company Overview

5.2.1.2.            Financial Information

5.2.1.3.            Product Description: ꞵAir Bio-artificial Pancreas

5.2.1.4.            Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.2.2.               Diatranz Otsuka

5.2.2.1.            Company Overview

5.2.2.2.            Financial Information

5.2.2.3.            Product Description: DIABECELL®

5.2.2.4.            Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.2.3.               Sernova

5.2.3.1.            Company Overview

5.2.3.2.            Financial Information

5.2.3.3.            Product Description: Cell Pouch System™

5.2.3.4.            Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.2.4.               ViaCyte

5.2.4.1.            Company Overview

5.2.4.2.            Financial Information

5.2.4.3.            Product Description: PEC-Direct™ and PEC-Encap™

5.2.4.4.            Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.3.                  Developers with Preclinical Candidates

5.3.1.               ALTuCELL

5.3.2.               Beta-Cell

5.3.3.               Betalin Therapeutics

5.3.4.               CellProtect Biotechnology

5.3.5.               Defymed

5.3.6.               Encellin

5.3.7.               Kadimastem

5.3.8.               PharmaCyte Biotech

5.3.9.               Semma Therapeutics

5.3.10.             Sigilon Therapeutics

5.3.11.             Seraxis

5.3.12.             SymbioCellTech

 

  1. ENCAPSULATED CELL THERAPIES AND ENCAPSULATION TECHNOLOGIES FOR NON-METABOLIC DISORDERS: COMPANY PROFILES

6.1.                  Chapter Overview

6.2.                  Developers with Clinical Candidates

6.2.1.               Azellon Cell Therapeutics

6.2.1.1.            Company Overview

6.2.1.2.            Financial Information

6.2.1.3.            Product Description: Cell Bandage

6.2.1.4.            Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.2.2.               EryDel

6.2.2.1.            Company Overview

6.2.2.2.            Financial Information

6.2.2.3.            Product Description: EryDex System

6.2.2.4.            Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.2.3.               Erytech Pharma

6.2.3.1.            Company Overview

6.2.3.2.            Financial Information

6.2.3.3.            Product Description: GRASPA®

6.2.3.4.            Recent Developments and Future Outloo

 

6.2.4.               Gloriana Therapeutics

6.2.4.1.            Company Overview

6.2.4.2.            Financial Information

6.2.4.3.            Product Description: EC-NGF

6.2.4.4.            Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.2.5.               Living Cell Technologies

6.2.5.1.            Company Overview

6.2.5.2.            Financial Information

6.2.5.3.            Product Description: NTCELL®

6.2.5.4.            Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.2.6.               MaxiVAX

6.2.6.1.            Company Overview

6.2.6.2.            Financial Information

6.2.6.3.            Product Description: MVX-ONCO-1

6.2.6.4.            Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.2.7.               Neurotech Pharmaceuticals

6.2.7.1.            Company Overview

6.2.7.2.            Financial Information

6.2.7.3.            Product Description: NT-501

6.2.7.4.            Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.2.8.               PharmaCyte Biotech

6.2.8.1.            Company Overview

6.2.8.2.            Financial Information

6.2.8.3.            Product Description: Cell-in-a-Box®

6.2.8.4.            Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.3.                  Developers with Preclinical Candidates

6.3.1.               Beta-O2 Technologies

6.3.2.               Sernova

6.3.3.               Sigilon Therapeutics

 

  1. PATENT ANALYSIS

7.1.                  Chapter Overview

7.2.                  Scope and Methodology

7.3.                  Encapsulated Cell Therapies and Encapsulation Technologies: Patent Analysis

7.3.1.               Analysis by Publication Year

7.3.2.               Analysis by Geographical Location

7.3.3.               Analysis by CPC Classifications

7.3.4.               Emerging Focus Areas

7.3.5.               Leading Players: Analysis by Number of Patents

 

7.4.                  Encapsulated Cell Therapies and Encapsulation Technologies: Patent Benchmarking Analysis (Industry Players)

7.4.1.               Analysis by Patent Characteristics

7.4.2.               Analysis by Geographical Locatio

 

7.5.                  Encapsulated Cell Therapies and Encapsulation Technologies: Patent Valuation Analysis

7.6.                  Leading Patents: Analysis by Number of Citations

 

  1. CLINICAL TRIAL ANALYSIS

8.1.                  Chapter Overview

8.2.                  Scope and Methodology

8.3.                  Encapsulated Cell Therapies and Encapsulation Technologies: List of Clinical Trials

8.3.1.               Analysis by Trial Registration Year

8.3.2.               Geographical Analysis by Number of Clinical Trials

8.3.3.               Geographical Analysis by Enrolled Patient Population

8.3.4.               Analysis by Phase of Development

8.3.5.               Analysis by Study Design

8.3.6.               Analysis by Type of Sponsor / Collaborator

8.3.7.               Most Active Players: Analysis by Number of Registered Trials

8.3.8.               Analysis by Trial Focus

8.3.9.               Analysis by Therapeutic Area

8.3.10.             Analysis by Clinical Endpoints

 

  1. RECENT PARTNERSHIPS

9.1.                  Chapter Overview

9.2.                  Partnership Models

9.3.                  Encapsulated Cell Therapies and Encapsulation Technologies: Recent Collaborations and Partnerships

9.3.1.               Analysis by Year of Partnership

9.3.2.               Analysis by Type of Partnership

9.3.3.               Analysis by Therapeutic Area

9.3.4.               Analysis by Type of Cells and Other Encapsulated Components

9.3.5.               Most Active Players: Analysis by Number of Partnerships

 

9.3.6.               Analysis by Regions

9.3.6.1.            Most Active Players

9.3.6.2.            Intercontinental and Intracontinental Agreements

 

  1. FUNDING AND INVESTMENT ANALYSIS

10.1.                Chapter Overview

10.2.                Types of Funding

10.3.                Encapsulated Cell Therapies and Encapsulation Technologies: Recent Funding Instances

10.3.1.             Analysis by Number of Funding Instances

10.3.2.             Analysis by Amount Invested

10.3.3.             Analysis by Type of Funding

10.3.4.             Analysis by Number of Funding Instances and Amount Invested across Different Indications

10.3.5.             Analysis by Amount Invested across Different Type of Cells and Other Encapsulated Components

10.3.6.             Most Active Players: Analysis by Amount Invested

10.3.7.             Most Active Investors: Analysis by Number of Instances

10.3.8.             Geographical Analysis of Amount Invested

10.4.                Concluding Remarks

 

  1. GRANT ANALYSIS

11.1.                Chapter Overview

11.2.                Scope and Methodology

11.3.                Encapsulated Cell Therapies and Encapsulation Technologies: List of Academic Grants

11.3.1.             Analysis by Project Start Year

11.3.2.             Analysis by Focus Area

11.3.3.             Analysis by Support Period

11.3.4.             Analysis by Type of Grant

11.3.5.             Analysis by Amount Awarded

11.3.6.             Analysis by Study Section

11.3.7.             Analysis by Therapeutic Area

11.3.8.             Analysis by Type of Cells and Other Encapsulated Components

11.3.9.             Analysis by Type of Encapsulation Material

11.3.10.            Leading Funding Institutes: Analysis by Number of Grants

11.3.11.            Leading Recipient Organizations: Analysis by Number of Grants

 

  1. POTENTIAL STRATEGIC PARTNERS

12.1.                Chapter Overview

12.2.                Scope and Methodology

 

12.3.                Potential Strategic Partners for Cell Therapy Development

12.3.1.             Opportunities in North America

12.3.1.1.           Most Likely Partners for Cell Therapy Development

12.3.1.2.           Likely Partners for Cell Therapy Development

12.3.1.3.           Less Likely Partners for Cell Therapy Development

 

12.3.2.             Opportunities in Europe

12.3.2.1.           Most Likely Partners for Cell Therapy Development

12.3.2.2.           Likely Partners for Cell Therapy Development

12.3.2.3.           Less Likely Partners for Cell Therapy Development

 

12.3.3.             Opportunities in Asia-Pacific and Rest of the World

12.3.3.1.           Most Likely Partners for Cell Therapy Development

12.3.3.2.           Likely Partners for Cell Therapy Development

12.3.3.3.           Less Likely Partners for Cell Therapy Development

 

12.4.                Potential Strategic Partners for Cell Therapy Manufacturing

12.4.1.             Opportunities in North America

12.4.1.1.           Most Likely Partners for Cell Therapy Manufacturing

12.4.1.2.           Likely Partners for Cell Therapy Manufacturing

12.4.1.3.           Less Likely Partners for Cell Therapy Manufacturing

 

12.4.2.             Opportunities in Europe

12.4.2.1.           Most Likely Partners for Cell Therapy Manufacturing

12.4.2.2.           Likely Partners for Cell Therapy Manufacturing

12.4.2.3.           Less Likely Partners for Cell Therapy Manufacturing

 

12.4.3.             Opportunities in Asia-Pacific and Rest of the World

12.4.3.1.           Most Likely Partners for Cell Therapy Manufacturing

12.4.3.2.           Likely Partners for Cell Therapy Manufacturing

12.4.3.3.           Less Likely Partners for Cell Therapy Manufacturing

 

  1. MARKET FORECAST

13.1.                Chapter Overview

13.2.                Forecast Methodology and Key Assumptions

13.3.                Overall Cell Encapsulation Technologies Market, 2019-2030

13.3.1.              Cell Encapsulation Technologies Market by Upfront Payments, 2019-2030

13.3.2.              Cell Encapsulation Technologies Market by Milestone Payments, 2019-2030

 

13.4.                Overall Encapsulated Cell Therapies Market, till 2030

13.4.1.             Encapsulated Cell Therapies Market: Distribution by Therapeutic Area

13.4.1.1.           Encapsulated Cell Therapies Market for Eye Disorders, till 2030

13.4.1.2.           Encapsulated Cell Therapies Market for Metabolic Disorders, till 2030

13.4.1.3.           Encapsulated Cell Therapies Market for Neurological Disorders, till 2030

13.4.1.4.           Encapsulated Cell Therapies Market for Oncological Disorders, till 2030

 

13.4.2.             Encapsulated Cell Therapies Market: Distribution by Type of Encapsulation Material Used

13.4.2.1.           Encapsulated Cell Therapies Market for Alginate-based Microcapsules, till 2030

13.4.2.2.           Encapsulated Cell Therapies Market for Cellulose Hydrogels, till 2030

13.4.2.3.           Encapsulated Cell Therapies Market for Medical-grade Plastics, till 2030

13.4.2.4.           Encapsulated Cell Therapies Market for Red Blood Cells, till 2030

 

13.4.3.             Encapsulated Cell Therapies Market: Distribution by Geography

13.4.3.1.           Encapsulated Cell Therapies Market in North America, till 2030

13.4.3.2.           Encapsulated Cell Therapies Market in Europe, till 2030

13.4.3.3.           Encapsulated Cell Therapies Market in Asia-Pacific, till 2030

 

13.5.                Encapsulated Cell Therapies for Eye Disorders: Distribution by Indication

13.5.1.             Encapsulated Cell Therapies Market for Eye Disorders: Macular Telangectasia, till 2030

13.5.1.1.           NT-501 (Neurotech Pharmaceuticals)

13.5.1.1.1.        Target Patient Population

13.5.1.1.2.        Sales Forecast

13.5.1.1.3.        Geographical Distribution of Projected Opportunity

13.5.1.1.3.1.     Projected Opportunity in the US

13.5.1.1.3.2.     Projected Opportunity in EU5

13.5.1.1.3.3.     Projected Opportunity in Rest of Europe

13.5.1.1.3.4.     Projected Opportunity in Australia

 

13.5.2.              Encapsulated Cell Therapies Market for Eye Disorders: Glaucoma, till 2030

13.5.2.1.           NT-501 (Neurotech Pharmaceuticals)

13.5.2.1.1.        Target Patient Population

13.5.2.1.2.        Sales Forecast

13.5.2.1.3.        Geographical Distribution of Projected Opportunity

13.5.2.1.3.1.     Projected Opportunity in the US

13.5.2.1.3.2.     Projected Opportunity in EU5

13.5.2.1.3.3.     Projected Opportunity in Rest of Europe

13.5.2.1.3.4.     Projected Opportunity in Australia

 

13.5.3.              Encapsulated Cell Therapies Market for Eye Disorders: Retinitis Pigmentosa, till 2030

13.5.3.1.           NT-501 (Neurotech Pharmaceuticals)

13.5.3.1.1.        Target Patient Population

13.5.3.1.2.        Sales Forecast

13.5.3.1.3.        Geographical Distribution of Projected Opportunity

13.5.3.1.3.1.     Projected Opportunity in the US

13.5.3.1.3.2.     Projected Opportunity in EU5

13.5.3.1.3.3.     Projected Opportunity in Rest of Europe

13.5.3.1.3.4.     Projected Opportunity in Australia

 

13.6.                 Encapsulated Cell Therapies for Metabolic Disorders: Distribution by Indication

13.6.1.              Encapsulated Cell Therapies Market for Metabolic Disorders: Type 1 Diabetes, till 2030

13.6.1.1.           DIABECELL® (Diatranz Otsuka)

13.6.1.1.1.        Target Patient Population

13.6.1.1.2.        Sales Forecast

13.6.1.1.3.        Geographical Distribution of Projected Opportunity

13.6.1.1.3.1.     Projected Opportunity in the US

13.6.1.1.3.2.     Projected Opportunity in Japan

13.6.1.1.3.3.     Projected Opportunity in EU5

13.6.1.1.3.4.     Projected Opportunity in Rest of Europe

13.6.1.1.3.5.     Projected Opportunity in Australia

13.6.1.1.3.6.     Projected Opportunity in New Zealand

 

13.7.                 Encapsulated Cell Therapies for Neurological Disorders: Distribution by Indication

13.7.1.              Encapsulated Cell Therapies Market for Neurological Disorders: Ataxia Telangiectasia, till 2030

13.7.1.1.           EryDex System (EryDel)

13.7.1.1.1.        Target Patient Population

13.7.1.1.2.        Sales Forecast

13.7.1.1.3.        Geographical Distribution of Projected Opportunity

13.7.1.1.3.1.     Projected Opportunity in EU5

13.7.1.1.3.2.     Projected Opportunity in Rest of Europe

13.7.1.1.3.3.     Projected Opportunity in the US

13.7.1.1.3.4.     Projected Opportunity in Australia

13.7.1.1.3.5.     Projected Opportunity in India

13.7.1.1.3.6.     Projected Opportunity in Israel

13.7.1.1.3.7.     Projected Opportunity in Tunisia

 

13.7.2.              Encapsulated Cell Therapies Market for Neurological Disorders: Parkinson’s Disease, till 2030

13.7.2.1.           NTCELL® (Living Cell Technologies)

13.7.2.2.           Target Patient Population

13.7.2.2.1.        Sales Forecast

13.7.2.2.2.        Geographical Distribution of Projected Opportunity

13.7.2.2.2.1.     Projected Opportunity in New Zealand

13.7.2.2.2.2.     Projected Opportunity in the US

13.7.2.2.2.3.     Projected Opportunity in Australia

13.7.2.2.2.4.     Projected Opportunity in EU5

13.7.2.2.2.5.     Projected Opportunity in Rest of Europe

 

13.8.                 Encapsulated Cell Therapies for Oncological Disorders: Distribution by Indication

13.8.1.              Encapsulated Cell Therapies Market for Oncological Disorders: Pancreatic Cancer, till 2030

13.8.1.1.           GRASPA® (Erytech Pharma)

13.8.1.1.1.        Target Patient Population

13.8.1.1.2.        Sales Forecast

13.8.1.1.3.        Geographical Distribution of Projected Opportunity

13.8.1.1.3.1.     Projected Opportunity in EU5

13.8.1.1.3.2.     Projected Opportunity in Rest of Europe

13.8.1.1.3.3.     Projected Opportunity in the US

 

13.8.2.              Encapsulated Cell Therapies Market for Oncological Disorders: Non-Metastatic Pancreatic Cancer, till 2030

13.8.2.1.           Cell-in-a-Box® (PharmaCyte Biotech)

13.8.2.1.1.        Target Patient Population

13.8.2.1.2.        Sales Forecast

13.8.2.1.3.        Geographical Distribution of Projected Opportunity

13.8.2.1.3.1.     Projected Opportunity in the US

13.8.2.1.3.2.     Projected Opportunity in EU5

13.8.2.1.3.3.     Projected Opportunity of Cell-in-a-Box in Rest of Europe

 

13.8.3.              Encapsulated Cell Therapies Market for Oncological Disorders: Triple Negative Breast Cancer, till 2030

13.8.3.1.           GRASPA (Erytech Pharma)

13.8.3.1.1.        Target Patient Population

13.8.3.1.2.        Sales Forecast

13.8.3.1.3.        Geographical Distribution of Projected Opportunity

13.8.3.1.3.1.     Projected Opportunity in EU5

13.8.3.1.3.2.     Projected Opportunity in Rest of Europe

13.8.3.1.3.3.     Projected Opportunity in the US

 

13.8.4.              Encapsulated Cell Therapies Market for Oncological Disorders: Head and Neck Cancer, till 2030

13.8.4.1.           MVX-ONCO-1 (MaxiVAX)

13.8.4.1.1.        Target Patient Population

13.8.4.1.2.        Sales Forecast

13.8.4.1.3.        Geographical Distribution of Projected Opportunity

13.8.4.1.3.1.     Projected Opportunity in EU5

13.8.4.1.3.2.     Projected Opportunity in Rest of Europe

13.8.4.1.3.3.     Projected Opportunity in the US

 

  1. CONCLUSION

14.1.                 Cell-based Pharmacological Interventions are Characterized by Diverse Challenges, Most of which can be Mitigated using Various Encapsulation Strategies

14.2.                 The Pipeline Features Several Mid and Late Stage Encapsulated Therapy Products, Majority of which are intended for the Treatment of Metabolic Disorders

14.3.                 The Fragmented Developer Landscape Includes a Mix of Small and Mid-Sized Players; at Present, North America and Europe are Major Hubs of Development Activity

14.4.                 The Heightened Pace of Research in this Domain is Evident from the Rise in the Number of Patents Filed / Granted and the Clinical Studies Conducted in the Recent Years

14.5.                 Development Efforts in this Field have Drawn Significant Capital Investments from Private and Public Investors; this is Likely to Provide the Necessary Impetus to the Market’s Future Growth

14.6.                 Growth in Partnership Activity Reflects the Rising Interest of Industry Stakeholders; Most Agreements are Between Technology Providers and Cell Therapy Developers

14.7.                 Given the Increasing Number of Licensing Deals and the Expected Approval of Multiple Mid-Late Stage Candidates, the Market is Poised to Grow at a Significant Pace in the Coming Years

 

  1. EXECUTIVE INSIGHTS

15.1.                 Chapter Overview

15.2.                 Erytech Pharma

15.2.1.              Company Snapshot

15.2.2.              Interview Transcript: Alexander Scheer, Chief Scientific Officer

 

15.3.                 Defymed

15.3.1.              Company Snapshot

15.3.2.              Interview Transcript: Manuel Pires, Business Developer

 

15.4.                 Kadimastem

15.4.1.              Company Snapshot

15.4.2.              Interview Transcript: Michel Revel, Chief Scientist and Galit Mazooz-Perlmuter, Business Development Manager

 

15.5.                 Aterelix

15.5.1.              Company Snapshot

15.5.2.              Interview Transcript: Mick Mclean, Chief Executive Officer

 

15.6.                 Neurotech Pharmaceuticals

15.6.1.              Company Snapshot

15.6.2.              Interview Transcript: Quinton Oswald, Former President and Chief Executive Officer

 

15.7.                 Seraxis

15.7.1.              Company Snapshot

15.7.2.              Interview Transcript: William L Rust, Founder and Chief Executive Officer

 

15.8.                 Beta-O2 Technologies

15.8.1.              Company Snapshot

15.8.2.              Interview Transcript: Yuval Avni, Former Chief Executive Officer

 

  1. APPENDIX 1: TABULATED DATA

 

  1. APPENDIX 2: LIST OF COMPANIES AND ORGANIZATIONS

 

Contact:

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

+44 (122) 391 1091
Gaurav.Chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

 

The “Cancer Biomarkers Market: Focus on TMB, MSI / MMR and TILs Testing, 2019-2030” report features an extensive study of the current landscape and future outlook of the immuno-oncology biomarkers testing market (focusing particularly on TMB, MSI and TILs


Submitted 8 day(s) ago by Harry sins

To order this detailed 370+ page report, please visit this link

 

Key Inclusions

  • A detailed analysis of ongoing, biomarker-based clinical trials initiated by big pharmaceutical companies, featuring details on immuno-oncology biomarkers and disease indications being investigated, based on trial registration year, phase of development, recruitment status, therapy design and type of cancer therapy. 
  • An analysis of the landscape of companies offering testing services for cancer biomarkers, namely TMB, MSI / MMR and TILs (including CD3+, CD4+, CD8+ and FOXP3+), based on a number of relevant parameters, such as year of establishment, size of employee base, location of headquarters, availability status of the test, biomarkers analyzed, application areas, disease indication(s) evaluated, analytical techniques utilized, turnaround time, sample input and others.
  • An insightful 2X2 representation of the results of a detailed competitiveness analysis of various tests (segregated across different biomarker groups), taking into consideration the supplier power (size of employee base) and specific test related parameters, such as, application area of the test, turnaround time and other key specifications.
  • Elaborate profiles of leading analytical testing service providers focused on immuno-oncology biomarkers (shortlisted based on strength of service portfolio), featuring a brief overview of the company, its financial information (if available), information on biomarker testing related service(s), recent developments and an informed future outlook.
  • A detailed publication analysis of over 180 research articles that have been published since 2016, highlighting the key focus areas of ongoing research activity related to immuno-oncology biomarkers, namely TMB, MSI / MMR and TILs. It highlights the prevalent research trends related to the year of publication, disease indications, analytical technique used for biomarker assessment, and type of cancer therapy evaluated. 
  • A comprehensive clinical trial analysis of completed, ongoing and planned studies, focused on the assessment of cancer biomarkers, namely TMB, MSI / MMR and TILs, based on various parameters, such as trial registration year, trial recruitment status, trial phase, trial design, indication(s) evaluated, leading industry and non-industry players, and geographical locations of trials.
  • A discussion on the upcoming opportunities (such as development of companion diagnostics, emerging technologies for biomarker assessment, and others) that are likely to impact the evolution of this market over the coming years.
  • A discussion on various steps involved in development operations of companion diagnostics, namely R&D, clinical evaluation, manufacturing and assembly, negotiations with payers / insurance providers and marketing / sales activities, and the cost requirements across each of the aforementioned stages.
  • A comparative analysis of the needs of different stakeholders (drug developers, diagnostic developers, testing laboratories, physicians, payers and patients) involved in the development of companion diagnostic products

 

The report also features the likely distribution of the current and forecasted opportunity across important market segments, mentioned below:

  • Type of test
  • Laboratory Developed Tests (LDTs)
  • Companion Diagnostic Tests (CDx)

 

  • Type of disease indication
  • Breast cancer
  • Blood cancer
  • Colon / Colorectal cancer
  • Lung Cancer
  • Melanoma
  • Prostate Cancer

 

  • Type of cancer biomarker
  • TMB
  • MSI / MMR
  • TILs

 

  • Type of analytical technique
  • Next Generation Sequencing (NGS)
  • Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR)
  • Immunohistochemistry (IHC)
  • Others

 

  • Key geographical regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Japan
  • China
  • Australia

 

To request sample pages, please visit this link

 

Key Questions Answered

  • What are key cancer indications for which novel cancer biomarker-based tests are available / under development?
  • Who are the leading service providers in this emerging market? How do such tests compare to each other (in terms of key specifications and strengths of developer entities)?
  • What are the prevalent R&D trends related to novel cancer biomarkers (in terms of clinical development activity, and number of publications)?
  • What are the major applications of biomarker-based analytical tests?
  • What are the different initiatives undertaken by big pharmaceutical companies to advance their cancer biomarker tests (in terms of clinical research activity)?
  • What are the upcoming opportunities for biomarker testing service providers that are likely to impact the evolution of the market over the coming years?
  • How is the current and future market opportunity likely to be distributed across key market segments, including different cancer indications (breast cancer, blood cancer, colon / colorectal cancer, lung cancer, melanoma, and prostate cancer)?

 

You may also be interested in the following titles:

  1. Global T-Cell (CAR-T, TCR, and TIL) Therapy Market (4th Edition), 2019-2030
  2. Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market, 2019-2030
  3. Companion Diagnostics Market (2nd Edition), 2019-2030
  4. Cell Encapsulation: Focus on Therapeutics and Technologies, 2019-2030
  5. In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market, 2019-2030

 

Contact Us

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

Presently, close to 50 companies are offering a variety of analytical testing solutions for the assessment of novel cancer biomarkers; majority of these tests are intended to facilitate important therapy-related decisions, claims Roots Analysis


Submitted 8 day(s) ago by Harry sins

Over time, pharmaceutical players have demonstrated significant interest in this domain and have launched clinical research initiatives to investigate the relevance and applications of these novel biomarkers. Several companies have already developed / are developing analytical tests for novel cancer biomarkers (TMB, MSI / MMR and TILs), intended to assist physicians in making personalized treatment decisions.

 

To order this 370+ page report, which features 190+ figures and 180+ tables, please visit this link

 

The USD  860 million (by 2030) financial opportunity within the cancer biomarkers market has been analyzed across the following segments:

  • Type of test
  • Laboratory Developed Tests (LDTs)
  • Companion Diagnostic Tests (CDx)

 

  • Type of disease indication
  • Breast cancer
  • Blood cancer
  • Colon / Colorectal cancer
  • Lung Cancer
  • Melanoma
  • Prostate Cancer

 

  • Type of cancer biomarker
  • TMB
  • MSI / MMR
  • TILs

 

  • Type of analytical technique
  • Next Generation Sequencing (NGS)
  • Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR)
  • Immunohistochemistry (IHC)
  • Others

 

  • Key geographical regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Japan
  • China
  • Australia

 

The Cancer Biomarkers Market: Focus on TMB, MSI / MMR and TILs Testing, 2019-2030 report features the following companies, which we identified to be key players in this domain:

  • Foundation Medicine
  • NeoGenomics Laboratories
  • Novogene
  • Q2 Solutions
  • Personal Genome Diagnostics
  • Dr Lal PathLabs
  • Shenzhen Yuce Biotechnology

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. Preface

    2. Executive Summary

  2. Introduction

  3. Current Market Landscape

  4. Product Competitiveness Analysis

  5. Company Profiles

  6. Publication Analysis

  7. Innovative Designs for Biomarker-Based Clinical Trials

  8. Clinical Trial Analysis

  9. Market Forecast

  10. Future Growth Opportunities

  11. Case Study: Analysis of Needs of Stakeholders in The Companion Diagnostics Industry

  12. Case Study: Analysis of Value Chain in the Companion Diagnostics Industry

  13. Clinical Research on Cancer Biomarkers: A Big Pharma Perspective

 

  1. Executive Insights

 

  1. Appendix 1: Tabulated Data

 

  1. Appendix 2: List of Companies and Organizations

 

To purchase a copy, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/cancer-biomarkers-market-focus-on-tmb-msi--mmr-and-tils-testing-2019--2030/253.html

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com 

 

Cancer biomarkers market for TMB, MSI / MMR and TILs is projected to grow at an annualized rate of ~18%, till 2030


Submitted 8 day(s) ago by Harry sins

Roots Analysis has done a detailed study on Cancer Biomarkers Market: Focus on TMB, MSI / MMR and TILs Testing, 2019-2030, covering key aspects of the industry and identifying key future growth opportunities.

 

To order this 370+ page report, which features 190+ figures and 180+ tables, please visit this link

 

Key Market Insights

  • Several novel biomarkers are presently under investigation for a variety of cancer indications; the initiatives of big pharmaceutical companies are indicative of the growing interest in this domain
  • Presently, close to 50 companies are offering a variety of analytical testing solutions for the assessment of novel cancer biomarkers; majority of these tests are intended to facilitate important therapy-related decisions
  • Multiple tests are currently available for specific diseases indications; next generation sequencing has emerged as a key driver, enabling high throughput results and faster turnaround times
  • Companies involved in this domain are putting in significant efforts to develop efficient tests and differentiate their offerings, from those of other stakeholders, to maintain a competitive edge
  • Till date, close to 200 trials, evaluating the expression of novel biomarkers have been registered across different cancer indications, phases of development and geographical locations
  • The growing research activity in this domain is also evident across published scientific literature; several biomarker-focused studies are evaluating different types of immunotherapies
  • The growing interest in this field is also reflected by the 120+ partnerships have been signed in the last two years, involving both international and indigenous stakeholders
  • The opportunity is likely to be driven by the applicability of these tests across multiple cancer indications; the market is anticipated to grow as more biomarker based drugs get approved in the coming decade
  • The projected future opportunity is expected to be distributed across different application areas, types of analytical techniques used and various global regions

 

For more information, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/cancer-biomarkers-market-focus-on-tmb-msi--mmr-and-tils-testing-2019--2030/253.html

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. PREFACE

1.1.      Scope of the Report

1.2.      Research Methodology

1.3.      Chapter Outlines

 

  1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

 

  1. INTRODUCTION

3.1.      Chapter Overview

3.2.      Cancer Immunotherapy

3.2.1.    Cancer Immunotherapy Biomarkers

3.2.2.    Identification of a Candidate Biomarker

3.2.3.    Need for Novel Cancer Biomarkers

 

3.3.      Tumor Mutation Burden (TMB)

3.3.1.    Overview

3.3.2.    Variation of TMB across Multiple Indications

3.3.3.    Methods for Measurement of TMB

3.3.4.    Factors Affecting Measurement of TMB

3.3.5.    Initiatives for Assessment of TMB as a Potential Biomarker

 

3.4.      Microsatellite Instability / Mismatch Repair Deficiency (MSI / MMR)

3.4.1.    Overview

3.4.2.    Variation of MSI across Multiple Indications

3.4.3.    Methods of Measurement of MSI

 

3.5.      Tumor Infiltrating Lymphocytes and Other Novel Biomarkers

 

4          CURRENT MARKET LANDSCAPE

4.1.      Chapter Overview

4.2.      Cancer Biomarkers Testing Services: Overall Market Landscape

4.2.1.    Analysis by Year of Establishment

4.2.2.    Analysis by Company Size

4.2.3.    Analysis by Geographical Location

4.2.4.    Analysis by Test Availability

4.2.5.    Analysis by Type of Biomarker

4.2.6.    Analysis by Application Area

4.2.7.    Analysis by Disease Indication

4.2.8.    Analysis by Analytical Technique Used

4.2.9.    Analysis by Turnaround Time

4.2.10.  Analysis by Sample Input

4.2.11.  Analysis by Nucleic Acid Tested

4.2.12.  Key Players: Analysis by Type of Biomarker

 

4.3.      TMB Tests

4.3.1.    Analysis by Application Area

4.3.2.    Analysis by Disease Indication

4.3.3.    Analysis by Analytical Technique Used

4.3.4.    Analysis by Turnaround Time

 

4.4.      MSI / MMR Tests

4.4.1.    Analysis by Application Area

4.4.2.    Analysis by Disease Indication

4.4.3.    Analysis by Analytical Technique Used

4.4.4.    Analysis by Turnaround Time

 

4.5.      TIL-based Tests

4.5.1.    Analysis by Application Area

4.5.2.    Analysis by Disease Indication

4.5.3.    Analysis by Analytical Technique Used

4.5.4.    Analysis by Turnaround Time

 

5          PRODUCT COMPETITIVENESS ANALYSIS

5.1.      Chapter Overview

5.2.      Product Competitiveness Analysis: Key Assumptions and Methodology

5.2.1.    Tests for the Assessment of TMB

5.2.2.    Tests for the Assessment of MSI / MMR

5.2.3.    Tests for the Assessment of TILs

 

6          COMPANY PROFILES

6.1.      Chapter Overview

6.2.      Dr Lal PathLabs

6.2.1.    Company Overview      

6.2.2.    Financial Information    

6.2.3.    Product / Service Portfolio        

6.2.3.1. Biomarkers Testing Portfolio     

6.2.3.1.1. Microsatellite Instability (MSI) by PCR

6.2.3.1.2. OncoPro NCCN Lung Cancer Panel (*9 Genes *MSI)  

6.2.3.1.3. OncoPro Liquid Biopsy 73 Gene Panel with MSI         

6.2.4.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook         

 

6.3.      Foundation Medicine    

6.3.1.    Company Overview      

6.3.2.    Financial Information    

6.3.3.    Product / Service Portfolio        

6.3.3.1. Biomarkers Testing Portfolio     

6.3.3.1.1. FoundationOne CDx  

6.3.3.1.2. FoundationOne Liquid

6.3.3.1.3. FoundationOne Heme

6.3.4.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook         

           

6.4.      NeoGenomics Laboratories      

6.4.1.    Company Overview      

6.4.2.    Financial Information    

6.4.3.    Product / Service Portfolio        

6.4.3.1. Biomarkers Testing Portfolio     

6.4.3.1.1. NeoTYPE Discovery Profile for Solid Tumors  

6.4.3.1.2. MSI Analysis / MMR Panel by IHC      

6.4.3.1.3. MultiOmyx Tumor Infiltrating Lymphocyte Panel          

6.4.4.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook         

 

6.5.      Novogene        

6.5.1.    Company Overview      

6.5.2.    Product / Service Portfolio        

6.5.2.1. Biomarkers Testing Portfolio     

6.5.2.1.1. NovoPM Cancer Panel          

6.5.2.1.2. NovoPM TMB

6.5.2.1.3. NovoPM bTMB

6.5.2.1.4. NovoPM MSI

6.5.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.6.      Q2 Solutions    

6.6.1.    Company Overview      

6.6.2.    Product / Service Portfolio        

6.6.2.1. Biomarkers Testing Portfolio     

6.6.2.1.1. TMB Assay   

6.6.2.1.2. MSI Assay    

6.6.2.1.3. TILs Testing 

6.6.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

           

6.7.      Personal Genome Diagnostics 

6.7.1.    Company Overview      

6.7.2.    Product / Service Portfolio        

6.7.2.1. Biomarkers Testing Portfolio     

6.7.2.1.1. PGDx elio Tissue Complete Assay     

6.7.2.1.2. PlasmaSELECT-R 64

6.7.2.1.3. CancerXOME-R        

6.7.2.1.4. CancerSELECT-R 125           

6.7.2.1.5. MutatorDETECT       

6.7.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook         

 

6.8.      Shenzhen Yuce Biotechnology 

6.8.1.    Company Overview      

6.8.2.    Product / Service Portfolio        

6.8.2.1. Biomarkers Testing Portfolio     

6.8.2.1.1. YuceOne Plus           

6.8.2.1.2. YuceOne ICIs

6.8.2.1.3. ct-DNA TMB 

6.8.2.1.4. Microsatellite (MSI) Test        

6.8.3.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

           

7          PUBLICATION ANALYSIS

7.1.      Chapter Overview

7.2.      Methodology

7.3.      Cancer Biomarkers: List of Publications

7.3.1.    Analysis by Year of Publication, 2016-2019

7.3.2.    Analysis by Year of Publication and Type of Biomarker

7.3.3.    Analysis by Year of Publication and Disease Indication

7.3.4.    Analysis by Year of Publication and Analytical Technique Used

7.3.5.    Analysis by Year of Publication and Type of Cancer Therapy

7.3.6.    Most Popular Journals

 

7.4.      Publication Analysis: TMB

7.4.1.    Analysis by Year of Publication, 2016-2019

7.4.2.    Analysis by Disease Indication

7.4.3.    Analysis by Analytical Technique Used

7.4.4.    Most Popular Journals

 

7.5.      Publication Analysis: MSI / MMR

7.5.1.    Analysis by Year of Publication, 2016-2019

7.5.2.    Analysis by Disease Indication

7.5.3.    Analysis by Analytical Technique Used

7.5.4.    Most Popular Journals

 

7.6.      Publication Analysis: TILs

7.6.1.    Analysis by Year of Publication, 2016-2019

7.6.2.    Analysis by Disease Indication

7.6.3.    Analysis by Analytical Technique Used

7.6.4.    Most Popular Journals

 

8          INNOVATIVE DESIGNS FOR BIOMARKER-BASED CLINICAL TRIALS

8.1.      Background and Context

8.2.      Biomarker-based Clinical Trial Designs

8.2.1.    Enrichment Design

8.2.2.    All-Comers Design

8.2.3.    Mixture / Hybrid Design

8.2.4.    Adaptive Design

8.3       Regulatory Considerations

 

9          CLINICAL TRIAL ANALYSIS

9.1.      Chapter Overview

9.2.      Methodology

9.3.      Cancer Biomarkers: List of Clinical Trials

9.4.      Clinical Trial Analysis: TMB

9.4.1.    Analysis by Trial Registration Year

9.4.2.    Analysis by Trial Recruitment Status

9.4.3.    Analysis by Trial Phase

9.4.4.    Analysis by Trial Design

9.4.5.    Analysis by Disease Indication

9.4.6.    Most Active Players

9.4.7.    Analysis by Number of Clinical Trials and Geography

9.4.8.    Analysis by Number of Clinical Trials, Trial Phase and Recruitment Status

9.4.9.    Analysis by Enrolled Patient Population and Geography

9.4.10.  Analysis by Enrolled Patient Population, Trial Phase and Recruitment Status

 

9.5.      Clinical Trial Analysis: MSI / MMR

9.5.1.    Analysis by Trial Registration Year

9.5.2.    Analysis by Trial Recruitment Status

9.5.3.    Analysis by Trial Phase

9.5.4.    Analysis by Trial Design

9.5.5.    Analysis by Disease Indication

9.5.6.    Most Active Players

9.5.7.    Analysis by Number of Clinical Trials and Geography

9.5.8.    Analysis by Number of Clinical Trials, Trial Phase and Recruitment Status

9.5.9.    Analysis by Enrolled Patient Population and Geography

9.5.10.  Analysis by Enrolled Patient Population, Trial Phase and Recruitment Status

 

9.6.      Clinical Trial Analysis: TILs

9.6.1.    Analysis by Trial Registration Year

9.6.2.    Analysis by Trial Recruitment Status

9.6.3.    Analysis by Trial Phase

9.6.4.    Analysis by Trial Design

9.6.5.    Analysis by Disease Indication

9.6.6.    Most Active Players

9.6.7.    Analysis by Number of Clinical Trials and Geography

9.6.8.    Analysis by Number of Clinical Trials, Trial Phase and Recruitment Status

9.6.9.    Analysis by Enrolled Patient Population and Geography

9.6.10.  Analysis by Enrolled Patient Population, Trial Phase and Recruitment Status

 

9.7       Clinical Trials Summary: Analysis by Registration Year and Biomarker

9.8       Clinical Trials Summary: Analysis by Registration Year and Disease Indication

 

  1. MARKET FORECAST

10.1.     Chapter Overview

10.2.     Assumptions

10.3      Forecast Methodology

10.4.     Global Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.5.     Global Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.6.     Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market: Distribution by Geography, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.7.     Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market: Distribution by Geography, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.8.     Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market: Distribution by Type of Test, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.8.1.  Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market: Distribution by Type of test and Geography, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.9.     Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market: Distribution by Type of test, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.9.1.  Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market: Distribution by Type of test and Geography, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.10.   Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market: Distribution by Disease Indication, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.11.   Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market:  Distribution by Disease Indication, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.12.   Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market:  Distribution by Analytical Technique, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.12.1. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market: Distribution by Analytical Technique and Geography, 2019-        2030 (By Value)

10.13.   Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market: Distribution by Analytical Technique, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.13.1. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market: Distribution by Analytical Technique and Geography, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.14.   Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market: Distribution by Biomarker, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.15.   Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TMB, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.15.1. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TMB: Distribution by Geography, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.15.2. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TMB: Distribution by Cancer Indication, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.15.3. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TMB: Distribution by Analytical Technique, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.15.4. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TMB: Distribution by Type of test, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.16.   Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for MSI / MMR, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.16.1. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for MSI / MMR: Distribution by Geography, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.16.2. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for MSI / MMR: Distribution by Cancer Indication, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.16.3. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for MSI / MMR: Distribution by Analytical Technique, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.16.4. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for MSI / MMR: Distribution by Type of test, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.17.   Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TILs, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.17.1. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TILs: Distribution by Geography, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.17.2. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TILs: Distribution by Cancer Indication, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.17.3. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TILs: Distribution by Analytical Technique, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.17.4. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TILs: Distribution by Type of test, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.18.   Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market: Distribution by Biomarker, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.19.   Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TMB, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.19.1. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TMB: Distribution by Geography, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.19.2. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TMB: Distribution by Cancer Indication, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.19.3. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TMB: Distribution by Analytical Technique, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.19.4. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TMB: Distribution by Type of test, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.20.   Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for MSI / MMR, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.20.1. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for MSI / MMR: Distribution by Geography, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.20.2. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for MSI / MMR: Distribution by Cancer Indication, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.20.3. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for MSI / MMR: Distribution by Analytical Technique, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.20.4. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for MSI / MMR: Distribution by Type of test, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.21.   Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TILs, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.21.1. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TILs: Distribution by Geography, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.21.2. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TILs: Distribution by Cancer Indication, 2019-2030 (By Volume)

10.21.3. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TILs: Distribution by Analytical Technique, 2019-2030 (By Value)

10.21.4. Cancer Biomarkers Testing Market for TILs: Distribution by Type of Test, 2019-2030 (By Value)

 

  1. FUTURE GROWTH OPPORTUNITIES

11.1.     Chapter Overview

11.1.1.  Increasing Focus on Precision Medicine

11.1.2.  Rise in Number of Biomarker-based Clinical Trials

11.1.3.  Emerging Technologies for Biomarker Assessment

11.1.4.  Development of Companion Diagnostic Products

11.1.5.  Other Opportunities

 

  1. CASE STUDY: ANALYSIS OF NEEDS OF STAKEHOLDERS IN THE COMPANION DIAGNOSTICS INDUSTRY

12.1.     Chapter Overview

12.2.     Companion Diagnostics: Needs of Different Stakeholders

12.3.     Comparison of Needs of Various Stakeholders

12.3.1.  Needs of Drug Developers

12.3.2.  Needs of Companion Diagnostics Developers

12.3.3.  Needs of Regulatory Authorities

12.3.4.  Needs of Testing Laboratories

12.3.5.  Needs of Payers / Insurance Providers

12.3.6.  Needs of Physicians

12.3.7.  Needs of Patients

 

  1. CASE STUDY: ANALYSIS OF VALUE CHAIN IN THE COMPANION DIAGNOSTICS INDUSTRY

13.1.     Chapter Overview

13.2.     Companion Diagnostics: Components of the Value Chain

13.3.     Companion Diagnostics Value Chain: Cost Distribution

13.3.1.  Companion Diagnostics Value Chain: Costs Associated with Research and Product Development

13.3.2.  Companion Diagnostics Value Chain: Costs Associated with Costs Associated with Manufacturing and Assembly

13.3.3.  Companion Diagnostics Value Chain: Costs Associated with Clinical Trials, FDA Approval and Other Administrative Tasks

13.3.4.  Companion Diagnostics Value Chain: Costs Associated with Payer Negotiation and KoL Engagement

13.3.5.  Companion Diagnostics Value Chain: Costs Associated with Marketing and Sales

 

  1. CLINICAL RESEARCH ON CANCER BIOMARKERS: A BIG PHARMA PERSPECTIVE

14.1.     Chapter Overview

14.2.     Methodology

14.3.     Clinical Trial Analysis

14.3.1.  List of Likely Drug Candidates for IVD Developers

14.4.     Cumulative Distribution of Biomarker-based Trials by Registration Year, 2016-2019

14.4.1.  Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials of Most Popular Biomarkers

14.4.2.  Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials of Moderately Popular Biomarkers

14.4.3.  Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials of Less Popular / Other Biomarkers

14.4.4.  Word Cloud of Other Emerging Biomarkers

 

14.4.5.  Cumulative Distribution of Trials by Registration year and Most Popular Biomarkers

14.4.6.  Cumulative Distribution of Trials by Registration year and Moderately Popular Biomarkers

14.4.7.  Cumulative Distribution of Trials by Registration year and Less Popular / Other Biomarkers

14.5.     Distribution of Biomarker-based Trials by Most Popular Indications

14.5.1.  Distribution of Biomarker-based Trials by Moderately Popular Indications

14.5.2.  Distribution of Biomarker-based Trials by Less Popular / Other Indications

14.5.3.  Word Cloud of Other Emerging Indications in Biomarker-based Clinical Trials

14.5.4.  Cumulative Distribution of Trials by Registration year and Most Popular Indication

14.5.5.  Cumulative Distribution of Trials by Registration year and Moderately Popular Indications

14.5.6.  Cumulative Distribution of Trials by Registration year and Less Popular / Other Indications

14.6.     Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials by Phase of Development

14.6.1.  Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials by Phase of Development and Most Popular Biomarkers

14.6.2.  Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials by Phase of Development and Moderately Popular Biomarkers

14.6.3.  Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials by Phase of Development and Less Popular and Other Biomarkers

14.6.4.  Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials by Phase of Development and Most Popular Indications

14.6.5.  Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials by Phase of Development and Moderately Popular Indications

14.6.6.  Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials by Phase of Development and Less Popular and Other Indications

14.7.     Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials by Sponsor

14.7.1.  Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials by Sponsor and Most Popular Biomarkers

14.7.2.  Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials by Sponsor and Moderately Popular Biomarkers

14.7.3.  Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials by Sponsor and Most Popular Indications

14.7.4.  Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials by Sponsor and Moderately Popular Indications

14.8.     Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials by Recruitment Status

14.9.     Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials by Therapy Design

14.10.   Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials by Geography

14.10.1. Analysis of Biomarker-based Trials by Trial Phase and Recruitment Status

14.11.   Clinical Trials Summary: Analysis by Biomarker and Most Popular Indications

14.12.   Clinical Trials Summary: Analysis by Biomarker and Moderately Popular Indications

14.13.   Clinical Trials Summary: Analysis by Biomarker and Other Emerging Indications

  1. EXECUTIVE INSIGHTS
  2. APPENDIX 1: TABULATED DATA
  3. APPENDIX 2: LIST OF COMPANIES AND ORGANIZATIONS

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

Cancer biomarkers market for TMB, MSI / MMR and TILs is estimated to be worth USD 860 million in 2030, predicts Roots Analysis


Submitted 8 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

 

Advances in biotechnology have enabled the identification of several novel biomarkers, which are presently being used for a variety of purposes, including diagnosis, drug development, clinical research and to facilitate therapy-related decisions

 

Roots Analysis is pleased to announce the publication of its recent study, titled, “Cancer Biomarkers Market: Focus on TMB, MSI / MMR and TILs Testing, 2019–2030.”

 

The report features an extensive study of the current landscape and future outlook of the immuno-oncology biomarkers testing market (focusing particularly on TMB, MSI and TILs (CD3+, CD4+, CD8+, FOXP3+)). It provides an in-depth analysis, highlighting the capabilities of the various companies engaged in this domain. Amongst various elements, the report includes:

  • A detailed analysis of ongoing, biomarker-based clinical trials initiated by big pharmaceutical companies. 
  • An analysis of the landscape of companies offering testing services for cancer biomarkers, namely TMB, MSI / MMR and TILs (including CD3+, CD4+, CD8+ and FOXP3+).
  • An insightful 2X2 representation of the results of a detailed competitiveness analysis of various tests (segregated across different biomarker groups).
  • Elaborate profiles of leading analytical testing service providers focused on immuno-oncology biomarkers (shortlisted based on strength of service portfolio).
  • A detailed publication analysis of over 180 research articles that have been published since 2016, highlighting the key focus areas of ongoing research activity related to immuno-oncology biomarkers, namely TMB, MSI / MMR and TILs.
  • A comprehensive clinical trial analysis of completed, ongoing and planned studies, focused on the assessment of cancer biomarkers, namely TMB, MSI / MMR and TILs.
  • A discussion on the upcoming opportunities that are likely to impact the evolution of this market over the coming years.
  • A discussion on various steps involved in development operations of companion diagnostics
  • A comparative analysis of the needs of different stakeholders involved in the development of companion diagnostic products
  • A detailed market forecast, featuring analysis of the current and projected future opportunity across key market segments (listed below)
  • Type of test
  • Laboratory Developed Tests (LDTs)
  • Companion Diagnostic Tests (CDx)
  • Type of disease indication
  • Breast cancer
  • Blood cancer
  • Colon / Colorectal cancer
  • Lung Cancer
  • Melanoma
  • Prostate Cancer
  • Type of cancer biomarker
  • TMB
  • MSI / MMR
  • TILs
  • Type of analytical technique
  • Next Generation Sequencing (NGS)
  • Polymerase Chain Reaction (PCR)
  • Immunohistochemistry (IHC)
  • Others

 

  • Key geographical regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Japan
  • China
  • Australia 

 

Key companies covered in the report

  • Foundation Medicine
  • NeoGenomics Laboratories
  • Novogene
  • Q2 Solutions
  • Personal Genome Diagnostics
  • Dr Lal PathLabs
  • Shenzhen Yuce Biotechnology

 

For more information please click on the following link:

https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/cancer-biomarkers-market-focus-on-tmb-msi--mmr-and-tils-testing-2019--2030/253.html

 

Other Recent Offerings

  1. Global T-Cell (CAR-T, TCR, and TIL) Therapy Market (4th Edition), 2019-2030
  2. Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market, 2019-2030
  3. Companion Diagnostics Market (2nd Edition), 2019-2030
  4. Cell Encapsulation: Focus on Therapeutics and Technologies, 2019-2030
  5. In Vitro ADME Testing Services Market, 2019-2030

 

About Roots Analysis

Roots Analysis is one of the fastest growing market research companies, sharing fresh and independent perspectives in the bio-pharmaceutical industry. The in-depth research, analysis and insights are driven by an experienced leadership team which has gained many years of significant experience in this sector. If you’d like help with your growing business needs, get in touch at info@rootsanalysis.com

 

Contact Information

Roots Analysis Private Limited

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

 

The “Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics Market (4th Edition), 2019-2030” report features an extensive study of the current market landscape, offering an informed opinion on the likely adoption of these therapeutics over the next decade.


Submitted 8 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

To order this detailed 370+ page report, please visit this link

 

Key Inclusions

  • A detailed review of the overall landscape of bispecific antibody therapeutics, including information on drug developers, phase of development (marketed, clinical, and preclinical / discovery) of the pipeline candidates, target antigen, type of antibody format, mechanism of action, target disease indication(s), therapeutic area, broader disease segment, route of administration, mode of administration and patient segment. 
  • A comprehensive list of novel technology platforms that are either currently available or being developed by various firms for the generation of bispecific antibody therapeutics, along with detailed profiles of key technologies. The chapter also includes an insightful competitiveness analysis, featuring a three-dimensional bubble representation that highlights the key technologies that are being used for the development of bispecific antibodies, taking into consideration the early stage (discovery, preclinical, IND and phase I) and late stage (phase II and above) development activity based on the technology (in terms of the number of drugs across different phases of development), number of partnerships established related to the technology and size of the developer company. In addition, it consists of a schematic world map representation, highlighting the geographical locations of technology developers engaged in this domain.
  • Detailed profiles of marketed and clinical stage (phase II and phase III) bispecific antibody therapeutics. Each profile features an overview of the drug, details of the developer, along with its financial performance, mechanism of action and targets, dosage information, current clinical development status, development process, as well as details on annual sales (wherever available).
  • Key takeaways from the bispecific antibody therapeutics pipeline, featuring a [A] grid analysis, representing the distribution of the pipeline (on the basis of mechanisms of action of product candidates) across different therapeutic areas and stages of development, [B] a five-dimensional spider-web analysis, highlighting the most popular mechanisms of action based on a number of relevant parameters, including number of bispecific antibodies in early stage (phase I) and late stage of development (phase II and above), number of ongoing clinical trials, target therapeutic areas and the number of companies that are developing these molecules, [C] a two-dimensional scattered plot competitiveness analysis, for the various target combinations for clinical-stage bispecific antibodies and [D] the chapter also includes an insightful summary representation using the logos of different industry stakeholders, highlighting the distribution of companies based on the company size.
  • An analysis of the big biopharma players engaged in this domain, featuring a heat map based on various parameters, such as number of bispecific antibody therapeutics under development, target antigen, type of antibody format, mechanism of action and target therapeutic area.
  • An analysis of recent partnerships and collaboration agreements inked in this domain since 2016, covering research collaborations, product and technology licensing agreements, product development and commercialization agreements, manufacturing agreements, mergers / acquisitions, joint ventures, product development agreements and other deals.
  • A review on the key steps involved and challenges associated with the manufacturing of bispecific antibodies. In addition, it includes a list of contract manufacturing organizations (CMOs) and contract research organizations (CROs). The chapter also highlights the key considerations for bispecific antibody developers while selecting a suitable CRO / CMO.
  • A clinical trial analysis of ongoing and planned studies related to bispecific antibody therapeutics, taking into consideration a number of relevant parameters, including trial registration year, trial recruitment status, trial phase, trial design, disease indication(s), focus therapeutic area, most active industrial and non-industrial players, and geographical location of the trial.
  • A review of the key promotional strategies that have been adopted by the developers of the marketed bispecific antibodies, namely Blincyto® and Hemlibra®. It includes a detailed comparison of both the drugs based on the information available on their respective websites, such as patient support offerings, informative downloadable content, and product visibility in scientific conferences.
  • A discussion on important, industry-specific trends, key market drivers and challenges, under a SWOT framework, featuring a qualitative Harvey ball analysis that highlights the relative impact of each SWOT parameter on the overall market.

 

The report also features the likely distribution of the current and forecasted opportunity across important market segments, mentioned below:

  • Therapeutic Area 
  • Autoimmune Disorders
  • Eye Disorders
  • Genetic Disorders
  • Hematological Malignancies
  • Infectious Diseases
  • Inflammatory Disorders
  • Skin Disorders 

 

  • Mechanism of Action
  • Cytokines Retargeting / Neutralization
  • Dual Ligands Blocking
  • T-cell Retargeting / Activation
  • Others

 

  • Target Antigens
  • CD3 x CD19
  • CD30 x CD16A
  • Factor IXa x Factor X
  • IL-1α x IL-1β
  • IL-13 x IL-4
  • IL-17A x Albumin
  • IL-17A x IL-17F
  • Psl x PcrV
  • VEGF-A x ANG2
  • Others

 

  • Key Players 
  • Astra Zeneca
  • Amgen
  • AbbVie
  • Affirmed
  • Affibody
  • Merck
  • Roche
  • Sanofi
  • Taisho Pharmaceutical 

 

  • Key Geographical Regions 
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia-Pacific 

 

The report features inputs from eminent industry stakeholders, according to whom this relatively novel class of antibody therapeutics is likely to garner significant interest among therapy developers and end users alike. The report includes detailed transcripts of discussions held with the following experts:

  • Martin Steiner (Chief Executive Officer, Synimmune)
  • Ludger Große-Hovest (Chief Scientific Officer, Synimmune)
  • Jane Dancer (Chief Business Officer, F-Star)
  • Siobhan Pomeroy (Senior Director, Business Development, Cytom X)
  • Yinjue Wang (Associate Director, Process Development, Innovent Biologics)

 

To request sample pages, please visit this link

 

Key Questions Answered

  • What are the key technologies used for the development of bispecific antibodies?
  • What are the key biological target combinations and antibody formats that are being explored for bispecific antibody development?
  • Who are the leading industry and non-industry players engaged in this market?
  • What kind of partnership models are commonly adopted by bispecific antibody developers?
  • Which CMOs offer services for manufacturing bispecific antibodies?
  • What are the regulatory guidelines issued by different organizations related to the development of bispecific antibodies?
  • What kind of promotional strategies are being used by developers of marketed bispecific antibody developers?
  • How is the current and future market opportunity (related to bispecific antibodies) likely to be distributed across key market segments?

 

You may also be interested in the following titles:

Global Preventive Vaccines Market, 2020-2030

Endocannabinoid System Targeted Therapeutics Market, 2019-2030

Antibody Contract Manufacturing Market, 2020-2030

 

Contact Us

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

With two approved drugs and close to 300 clinical / preclinical product candidates, the bispecific antibody therapeutics pipeline has evolved significantly over the past few years, claims Roots Analysis


Submitted 8 day(s) ago by Harry sins

With various target combinations and novel mechanisms of action, bispecific antibodies are presently recognized as a potent class of targeted therapies, with the potential to be used as treatment options for a variety of disease indications. Several pipeline candidates have recently entered mid to late-stage (phase II and above) trials and are anticipated to enter the market over the next 5-10 years.

 

To order this 370+ page report, which features 90+ figures and 110+ tables, please visit this link

 

The USD 6.9 billion financial opportunity (by 2030) within the bispecific antibody therapeutics market has been analyzed across the following segments:

  • Therapeutic Area 
  • Autoimmune Disorders
  • Eye Disorders
  • Genetic Disorders
  • Hematological Malignancies
  • Infectious Diseases
  • Inflammatory Disorders
  • Skin Disorders

 

  • Mechanism of Action
  • Cytokines Retargeting / Neutralization
  • Dual Ligands Blocking
  • T-cell Retargeting / Activation
  • Others

 

  • Target Antigens
  • CD3 x CD19
  • CD30 x CD16A
  • Factor IXa x Factor X
  • IL-1α x IL-1β
  • IL-13 x IL-4
  • IL-17A x Albumin
  • IL-17A x IL-17F
  • Psl x PcrV
  • VEGF-A x ANG2
  • Others

 

  • Antibody Formats
  • Asymmetric
  • Fragments
  • Symmetric
  • Others

 

  • Key Geographical Regions 
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia-Pacific

 

The Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics Market (4th Edition), 2020-2030 report features the following companies, which we identified to be key players in this domain:

  • Amgen
  • Ablynx
  • AbbVie
  • Affibody
  • Affimed
  • Alphamab
  • AstraZeneca
  • Avillion
  • Chugai Pharmaceuticals
  • Eddingpharm
  • GSK
  • Merck
  • Merus
  • Roche
  • Regeneron Pharmaceuticals
  • Taisho Pharmaceuticals
  • Zymeworks

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. Preface

    2. Executive Summary

  2. Introduction

  3. Market Overview

  4. Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics: Technology Platforms

  5. Drug Profiles

  6. Key Insights

  7. Benchmark Analysis: Big Pharma Players

  8. Partnerships and Collaborations

  9. Contract Services for Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics

  10. Clinical Trial Analysis

  11. Case Study: Regulatory Guidelines for Bispecific Antibodies

  12. Case Study: Promotional / Marketing Strategies

  13. SWOT Analysis

 

  1. Market Forecast and Opportunity Analysis

 

  1. Concluding Remarks

 

  1. Executive Insights

 

  1. Appendix 1: Tabulated Data

 

  1. Appendix 2: List of Companies and Organizations

 

To purchase a copy, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/bispecific-antibodies/286.html

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com 

 

 

The bispecific antibody therapeutics market is projected to grow at an annualized rate of ~16%, in the span of 2019 to 2030


Submitted 8 day(s) ago by Harry sins

Roots Analysis has done a detailed study on Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics Market (4th Edition), 2020-2030, covering key aspects of the industry’s evolution and identifying potential future growth opportunities.

 

To order this 370+ page report, which features 90+ figures and 110+ tables, please visit this link

 

Key Market Insights        

  • With two approved drugs and close to 300 clinical / preclinical product candidates, the bispecific antibody therapeutics pipeline has evolved significantly over the past few years
  • The pipeline features drug candidates that target a wide range of biological antigens based on different antibody formats through novel mechanisms of action; more than 50% of these act by retargeting or activation of T-Cells
  • To gain a competitive edge in the market, developers are actively exploring novel biological targets and mechanisms of action to treat diverse disease indications
  • Although start-ups and mid-sized firms are spearheading the innovation, several big pharmaceutical companies are also actively engaged
  • In order to cater to the evolving needs of developers, technology providers have established presence across different regions; the US and EU have emerged as the key hubs
  • Close to 50,000 patients were estimated to have been enrolled in clinical trials evaluating bispecific antibody therapeutics, across various geographical locations and phases of development
  • The increasing interest of stakeholders in this domain can also be gauged by the rising product development / commercialization, R&D and technology licensing deals being signed across various regions
  • Given the complexities associated with the development of bispecific antibodies, contract organizations have become an indispensable part of the development and manufacturing process of antibody therapeutics
  • In order to keep patients and healthcare professionals informed and aware of the developments, companies are deploying diverse promotional strategies for their respective products

 

For more information, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/bispecific-antibodies/286.html

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. PREFACE
    1.1.                  Chapter Outlines
    1.2.                  Research Methodology
    1.3.                  Chapter Outlines

  2. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

 

  1. INTRODUCTION

3.1.                  Chapter Overview

3.2.                  Concept of an Antibody

3.3.                  Structure of an Antibody

3.4.                  Functions of an Antibody

3.5.                  Mechanism of Action of an Antibody

3.6.                  Concept of Monoclonal Antibodies

3.7.                  Antibody Therapeutics

3.8.                  Historical Evolution of Antibody Therapeutics

                       

3.9.                  Types of Advanced Antibody Therapeutics        

3.9.1.                Fc Engineered and Glycoengineered Antibodies

3.9.2.                Antibody Fragments

3.9.3.                Fusion Proteins

3.9.4.                Intrabodies

3.9.5.                Bispecific Antibodies

                       

3.10.                 Bispecific Antibody Formats

3.10.1.              Single-Chain-based Formats (Fc Independent Antibody Formats)

3.10.1.1.           Tandem scFvs (single-chain variable fragments) and Triple bodies         

3.10.1.2.           Bispecific Single-Domain Antibody Fusion Proteins        

3.10.1.3.           Diabodies / Diabody Derivatives

3.10.1.4.           Fusion Proteins

3.10.1.5.           Fusion Proteins Devoid of Fc Regions   

3.10.2.              Immunoglobulin G (IgG)-based Formats (Fc Dependent Antibody Formats)           

3.10.2.1.           Quadromas      

3.10.2.2.           Knobs-Into-Holes         

3.10.2.3.           Dual Variable Domain Ig           

3.10.2.4.           IgG-scFv         

3.10.2.5.           Two-in-one or Dual Action Fab (DAF) Antibodies

3.10.2.6.           Half Molecule Exchange

3.10.2.7.           κλ- Bodies       

                       

3.11.                 Mechanisms of Action of Bispecific Antibodies   

3.11.1.              Retargeting Immune Effectors (NK Cells and T Cells) to Tumor Cells      

3.11.2.              Directly Targeting Malignant / Tumor Cells

3.11.3.              Retargeting of Toxins

3.11.5.              Targeting Tumor Angiogenesis

3.11.6.              Other Mechanisms

                       

3.12.                 Applications of Bispecific Antibodies

                       

4                      MARKET OVERVIEW

4.1.                  Chapter Overview

4.2.                  Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics: Developer Landscape

4.2.1.                Analysis by Year of Establishment

4.2.2.                Analysis by Company Size

4.2.3.                Analysis by Geographical Location

                       

4.3.                  Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics: Clinical Pipeline

4.3.1.                Analysis by Phase of Development

4.3.2.                Analysis by Target Antigen

4.3.3.                Analysis by Type of Antibody Format

4.3.4.                Analysis by Mechanism of Action

4.3.5.                Analysis by Disease Indication

4.3.6.                Analysis by Therapeutic Area

4.3.7.                Analysis by Broader Disease Segment

4.3.8.                Analysis by Route of Administration

4.3.9.                Analysis by Mode of Administration

4.3.10.              Analysis by Patient Segment

4.4.                  Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics: Early Stage Pipeline

4.4.1.                Analysis by Phase of Development

4.4.2.                Analysis by Target Antigen

4.4.4.                Analysis by Mechanism of Action

4.4.5.                Analysis by Therapeutic Area

4.4.6.                Analysis by Broader Disease Segment

4.6.                  Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics: Combination Therapy Candidates

4.7.                  Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics: Non-Industry Players

4.8.                  Emerging Novel Antibody Therapeutic Modalities

                       

5                      Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics: Technology Platforms

5.1.                  Chapter Overview

5.2.                  Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics: List of Technology Platforms

5.3.                  Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics: Technology Platform Profiles

                       

5.3.1.                Bispecific T-cell Engager (BiTE®) (Amgen)

5.3.1.1.             Overview         

5.3.1.2.             Technology Details      

5.3.1.3.             Structure of BiTE® Bispecific Antibodies

5.3.1.4.             Pipeline of BiTE® Bispecific Antibodies 

5.3.1.5.             Advantages of BiTE® Bispecific Antibodies       

5.3.1.6.             Partnerships and Collaborations

                       

5.3.2.                DuoBody® (Genmab)

5.3.2.1.             Overview         

5.3.2.2.             Technology Details      

5.3.2.3.             Structure of DuoBody® Bispecific Antibodies     

5.3.2.4.             Pipeline of DuoBody® Bispecific Antibodies       

5.3.2.5.             Advantages of DuoBody® Bispecific Antibodies 

5.3.2.6.             Partnerships and Collaborations

                       

5.3.3.                Xmab™ Antibody Engineering Platform (Xencor)

5.3.3.1.             Overview         

5.3.3.2.             Technology Details      

5.3.3.3.             Pipeline of Xmab™ Bispecific Antibodies

5.3.3.4.             Advantages of Xmab™ Bispecific Antibodies     

5.3.3.5.             Partnerships and Collaborations

                       

5.3.4.                WuXibodyTM Bispecific Engineering Platform (WuXi Biologics)

5.3.4.1.             Overview         

5.3.4.2.             Pipeline of WuXibodyTM Bispecific Antibodies   

5.3.4.3.             Advantages of WuXibodyTM Bispecific Antibodies         

5.3.4.4.             Partnerships and Collaborations

                       

5.3.5.                Anticalin® (Pieris Pharmaceuticals)

5.3.5.1.             Overview         

5.3.5.2.             Structure of Anticalin® Bispecific Fusion Proteins           

5.3.5.3.             Pipeline of Anticalin® Bispecific Fusion Proteins

5.3.5.4.             Advantages of Anticalin® Bispecific antibody Platform    

5.3.5.5.             Partnerships and Collaborations

                       

5.3.6.                Azymetric™ (Zymeworks)

5.3.6.1.             Overview         

5.3.6.2.             Technology Details      

5.3.6.3.             Structure of Azymetric™ Bispecific Antibodies   

5.3.6.4.             Pipeline of Azymetric™ Bispecific Antibodies     

5.3.6.5.             Advantages of the AzymetricTM Bispecific Antibodies    

5.3.6.6.             Partnerships and Collaborations

                       

5.4.                  Geographical Distribution of Technology Providers        

5.5.                  Bispecific Antibody Technology Platforms: Comparative Analysis

                       

6                      DRUG PROFILES

6.1.                  Chapter Overview

6.2.                  Marketed Drug Profiles

                       

6.2.1.                Blincyto™ / Blinatumomab / AMG103 / MT103 (Amgen)

6.2.1.1.             Company Overview      

6.2.1.1.1.          Financial Performance  

6.2.1.2.             Drug Overview 

6.2.1.2.1.          Mechanism of Action and Targets         

6.2.1.2.2.          Dosage

6.2.1.2.3.          Current Development Status     

6.2.1.2.4.          Development Process  

6.2.1.2.5.          Annual Sales   

                       

6.2.2.                Hemlibra® / Emicizumab / RG6013 / ACE910 / RO5534262 (Chugai Pharmaceutical / Roche)          

6.2.2.1.             Company Overview      

6.2.2.1.1.          Financial Performance  

6.2.2.2.             Drug Overview 

6.2.2.2.1.          Mechanism of Action and Targets         

6.2.2.2.2.          Dosage

6.2.2.2.4.          Development Process  

6.2.2.2.5.          Annual Sales   

                       

6.3.                  Late Stage Drug Profiles

6.4.                  RG7716 / RO6867461 / Faricimab (Roche / Genentech) 

6.4.1                 Drug Overview 

6.5.                  Ozoralizumab / TS-152 / ATN103 (Ablynx / Eddingpharm / Taisho Pharmaceuticals)         

6.5.1                 Drug Overview 

6.6.                  ABT-165 (AbbVie)        

6.6.1                 Overview of Drug, Current Development Status and Clinical Results       

6.7.                  ABY-035 (Affibody)      

6.7.1.                Drug Overview 

6.8.                  AFM13 (Affimed)          

6.8.1                 Drug Overview 

6.9.                  AMG 570 / MEDI0700 (Amgen)

6.9.1.                Drug Overview 

6.10.                 KN026 (Alphamab)       

6.10.1.              Drug Overview 

6.11.                 KN046 (Alphamab)

6.11.1.              Drug Overview 

6.12.                 M1095 / ALX-0761 (Merck / Ablynx / Avillion)    

6.12.1.              Drug Overview 

6.13.                 M7824 / Bintrafusp Alfa (Merck / GlaxoSmithKline)        

6.13.1.              Drug Overview 

6.14.                 MCLA-128 (Merus)      

6.14.1.              Drug Overview 

6.15.                 MEDI3902 / Gremubamab (MedImmune /AstraZeneca) 

6.15.1.              Drug Overview 

6.16.                 Drug Overview 

6.17.                 REGN1979 (Regeneron)          

6.17.1.              Drug Overview  6.18.     ZW25 (Zymeworks)     

6.18.1.              Drug Overview

                       

7                      KEY INSIGHTS

7.1.                  Chapter Overview

7.2.                  Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics: Analysis by Therapeutic Area and Phase of Development   

7.3.                  Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics: Spider-Web Analysis based on Mechanism of Action          

7.4.                  Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics: Two-Dimensional Scatter Plot Analysis based on Target Combinations 

7.4.1                 Key Parameters

7.5.                  Logo Landscape: Analysis of Developers by Company Size        

                       

8                      BENCHMARK ANALYSIS: BIG PHARMA PLAYERS

8.1.                  Chapter Overview

8.2.                  Top Pharmaceutical Companies

8.2.1.                Analysis by Target Antigen

8.2.2.                Analysis by Type of Antibody Format

8.2.3.                Analysis by Mechanism of Action

8.2.4.                Analysis by Therapeutic Area

8.2.5.                Analysis by Type of Partnership

                       

9                      PARTNERSHIPS AND COLLABORATIONS

9.1.                  Chapter Overview

9.2.                  Partnership Models

9.3.                  Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics: Partnerships and Collaborations

9.3.1.                Analysis by Year of Partnership

9.3.2.                Analysis by Type of Partnership

9.3.3.                Analysis by Therapeutic Area

9.3.4.                Most Active Developers: Analysis by Number of Partnerships

9.3.5.                Most Active Contract Manufacturers: Analysis by Number of Manufacturing Agreements     

9.3.6.                Regional Analysis

9.3.7.                Intercontinental and Intracontinental Agreements

                       

10                    CONTRACT SERVICES FOR BISPECIFIC ANTIBODY THERAPEUTICS           

10.1.                 Chapter Overview

10.2.                 Manufacturing of Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics

10.2.1.              Key Manufacturing Considerations and Challenges        

10.2.2.              Contract Manufacturing Organizations (CMOs)

10.2.2.1.           Introduction to CMOs   

10.2.2.2.           Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics: List of CMOs  

                       

10.2.3.              Contract Research Organizations (CROs)

10.2.3.1.           Introduction to CROs    

10.2.3.2.           Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics: List of CROs  

                       

10.3.                 Key Considerations for Selecting a Suitable CMO / CRO Partner

                       

11                    CLINICAL TRIAL ANALYSIS

11.1.                 Chapter Overview

11.2.                 Methodology

11.3.                 Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics: Clinical Trial Analysis 

11.3.1.              Analysis by Trial Registration Year

11.3.2.              Analysis by Trial Recruitment Status

11.3.3.              Analysis by Trial Phase

11.3.4.              Analysis by Trial Design

11.3.5.              Analysis by Disease Indication

11.3.6.              Analysis by Therapeutic Area

11.3.7.              Most Active Players

11.3.8.              Analysis by Number of Clinical Trials and Geography

11.3.9.              Analysis by Enrolled Patient Population and Geography

                       

12                    CASE STUDY: REGULATORY GUIDELINES FOR BISPECIFIC ANTIBODIES  

12.1.                 Chapter Overview

12.2.                 Guidelines Issued by Regulatory Authorities

12.2.1.              US Food and Drug Administration (FDA)

12.2.1.1.           Pharma Companies Response to the FDA Draft Guidance         

                       

12.2.2.              World Health Organization (WHO)

12.2.3.              The International Council for Harmonization of Technical Requirements for Pharmaceuticals for Human Use

                       

13                    CASE STUDY: PROMOTIONAL / MARKETING STRATEGIES

13.1.                 Chapter Overview

13.2.                 Overview of Channels Used for Promotional Campaigns

13.3.                 Summary: Product Website Analysis

13.4.                 Summary: Patient Support Services and Informative Downloads

                       

13.5.                 Promotional Analysis: Blincyto™

13.5.1.              Drug Overview

13.5.2.              Product Website analysis

13.5.2.1.           Messages for Healthcare Professionals 

13.5.2.1.1.        For MRD Positive B‑cell precursor ALL 

13.5.2.1.2.        For Relapsed or Refractory B-cell precursor ALL

13.5.2.2.           Message for Patients    

13.5.3.              Patient Support Services and Informative Downloads

13.5.4.              Other Promotional Strategies

13.5.4.1.           Presence in Conferences         

                       

13.6.                 Promotional Analysis:  Hemlibra®

13.6.1.              Drug Overview

13.6.2.              Product Website Analysis

13.6.2.1.           Messages for Healthcare Professionals 

13.6.2.1.1.        For Hemophilia A without Factor VIII Inhibitors   

13.6.2.1.2.        For Hemophilia A with Factor VIII Inhibitors       

13.6.2.3.           Messages for Patients  

13.6.3.              Patient Support Services and Informative Downloads

13.6.3.1.           Co-pay Program          

13.6.3.2.           Independent Co-pay Assistance Foundation      

13.6.3.3.           Genentech Patient Foundation  

13.6.4.              Other Promotional Strategies

13.6.4.1.           Presence in Conferences         

                       

14                    SWOT ANALYSIS

14.1.                 Chapter Overview

14.2.                 Strengths

14.3.                 Weaknesses

14.4.                 Opportunities

14.5.                 Threats

14.6.                 Concluding Remarks

                       

15                    MARKET FORECAST AND OPPORTUNITY ANALYSIS

15.1.                 Chapter Overview

15.2.                 Scope and Limitations

15.3.                 Forecast Methodology and Key Assumptions

                       

15.4.                 Overall Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics Market, 2019-2030

15.4.1.              Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics Market: Analysis by Therapeutic Area

15.4.2.              Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics Market: Analysis by Mechanism of Action

15.4.3.              Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics Market: Analysis by Target Antigen

15.4.4.              Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics Market: Analysis by Antibody Format

15.4.5.              Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics Market: Analysis by Key Players

15.4.6.              Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics Market: Analysis by Geography

15.5.                 Bispecific Antibody Market: Value Creation Analysis

15.6.                 Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics Market: Product-wise Sales Forecasts

                       

15.6.1.              Blincyto

15.6.1.1.           Target Patient Population          

15.6.1.2.           Sales Forecast 

15.6.1.3.           Net Present Value        

15.6.1.4.           Value Creation Analysis

                       

15.6.2.              Hemlibra

15.6.2.1.           Target Patient Population          

15.6.2.2.           Sales Forecast 

15.6.2.3.           Net Present Value        

15.6.2.4.           Value Creation Analysis

                       

15.6.3.              RG7716

15.6.3.1.           Target patient Population          

15.6.3.2.           Sales Forecast 

15.6.3.3.           Net Present Value        

15.6.3.4.           Value Creation Analysis

                       

15.6.4.              Ozoralizumab

15.6.4.1.           Target Patient Population          

15.6.4.2.           Sales Forecast 

15.6.4.3.           Net Present Value        

15.6.4.4.           Value Creation Analysis

                       

15.6.5.              ABY-035

15.6.5.1.           Target Patient Population          

15.6.5.2.           Sales Forecast 

15.6.5.3.           Net Present Value        

15.6.5.4.           Value Creation Analysis

                       

15.6.6.              AFM13

15.6.6.1.           Target Patient Population          

15.6.6.2.           Sales Forecast 

15.6.6.3.           Net Present Value        

15.6.6.4.           Value Creation Analysis

                       

15.6.7.              M1095

15.6.7.1.           Target Patient Population          

15.6.7.2.           Sales Forecast 

15.6.7.3.           Net Present Value        

15.6.7.4.           Value Creation Analysis

                       

15.6.8.              MEDI3902

15.6.8.1.           Target Patient Population          

15.6.8.2.           Sales Forecast 

15.6.8.3.           Net Present Value        

15.6.8.4.           Value Creation Analysis

                       

15.6.9.              ABT-981

15.6.9.1.           Target Patient Population          

15.6.9.2.           Sales Forecast 

15.6.9.3.           Net Present Value        

15.6.9.4.           Value Creation Analysis

                       

15.6.10.            SAR156597     

15.6.10.1.         Target Patient Population          

15.6.10.2.         Sales Forecast 

15.6.10.3.         Net Present Value        

15.6.10.4.         Value Creation Analysis

                       

16                    CONCLUDING REMARKS

                       

17                    EXECUTIVE INSIGHTS

17.1.                 Chapter Overview        

17.2.                 CytomX Therapeutics   

17.2.1.             Company Snapshot      

17.2.2.              Interview Transcript: Siobhan Pomeroy, Senior Director, Business Development (Q3 2017)

                       

17.3.                 F-star  

17.3.1.             Company Snapshot      

17.3.2.             Interview Transcript: Jane Dancer, Chief Business Officer (Q3 2017)      

                       

17.4.                 Innovent Biologics       

17.4.1.             Company Snapshot      

17.4.2.             Interview Transcript: Yinjue Wang, Associate Director, Process Development (Q3 2017)        

                       

17.5.                 Synimmune     

17.4.1.             Company Snapshot      

17.4.2.              Interview Transcript: Ludger Große-Hovest, Chief Scientific Officer, and Martin Steiner, Chief Executive Officer

 

  1. APPENDIX 1: TABULATED DATA

 

  1. APPENDIX 2: LIST OF COMPANIES AND ORGANIZATIONS

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

The bispecific antibody therapeutics market is estimated to be worth USD 6.9 billion in 2030, predicts Roots Analysis


Submitted 8 day(s) ago by Harry sins

Bispecific antibody therapeutics represent a transformative approach to modern treatment; over the years, this upcoming class of ‘two-target’ artificially engineered drugs have generated significant enthusiasm within the medical science community

 

Roots Analysis is pleased to announce the publication of its recent study, titled, “Bispecific Antibody Therapeutics Market (4th Edition), 2020-2030.”

 

The report features an extensive study of the current market landscape, offering an informed opinion on the likely adoption of these therapeutics over the next decade. The study features an in-depth analysis, highlighting the capabilities of various stakeholders engaged in this domain. Amongst other elements, the report includes:

  • A detailed assessment of the current market landscape of drug developers engaged in the development of bispecific antibody therapeutics.
  • A comprehensive analysis of novel technology platforms that are either currently available or being developed for the generation of bispecific antibody therapeutics.
  • Detailed profiles of marketed and clinical stage (phase II and phase III) bispecific antibody therapeutics.
  • Key takeaways from the bispecific antibody therapeutics pipeline.
  • An analysis of the initiatives of big biopharma players engaged in this domain.
  • An analysis of recent partnerships and collaboration agreements inked in bispecific antibody therapeutics domain.
  • A review on the key steps involved and challenges associated with the manufacturing of bispecific antibodies.
  • A clinical trial analysis of ongoing and planned studies related to bispecific antibody therapeutics.
  • A review of the key promotional strategies that have been adopted by the developers of the marketed bispecific antibodies.
  • A discussion on important, industry-specific trends, key market drivers and challenges, under a SWOT framework.
  • A detailed market forecast, featuring analysis of the current and projected future opportunity across key market segments (listed below)
  • Target Disease Indication 
  • Autoimmune Disorders
  • Eye Disorders
  • Genetic Disorders
  • Hematological Malignancies
  • Infectious Diseases
  • Inflammatory Disorders
  • Skin Disorders
  • Mechanism of Action
  • Cytokines Retargeting / Neutralization
  • Dual Ligands Blocking
  • T-cell Retargeting / Activation
  • Others
  • Target Antigens
  • CD3 x CD19
  • CD30 x CD16A
  • Factor IXa x Factor X
  • IL-1α x IL-1β
  • IL-13 x IL-4
  • IL-17A x Albumin
  • IL-17A x IL-17F
  • Psl x PcrV
  • TNF-α x HAS
  • VEGF-A x ANG2
  • Others
  • Antibody Format
  • Asymmetric
  • Fragments
  • Symmetric
  • Others
  • Key Geographical Region 
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia-Pacific 

 

Transcripts of interviews held with the following senior level representatives of stakeholder companies:

  • Martin Steiner (Chief Executive Officer, Synimmune)
  • Ludger Große-Hovest (Chief Scientific Officer, Synimmune)
  • Jane Dancer (Chief Business Officer, F-Star)
  • Siobhan Pomeroy (Senior Director, Business Development, Cytom X)
  • Yinjue Wang (Associate Director, Process Development, Innovent Biologics)

 

Key companies covered in the report

  • Amgen
  • Ablynx
  • AbbVie
  • Affibody
  • Affimed
  • Alphamab
  • AstraZeneca
  • Avillion
  • Chugai Pharmaceuticals
  • Eddingpharm
  • GSK
  • Merck
  • Merus
  • Roche
  • Regeneron Pharmaceuticals
  • Taisho Pharmaceuticals
  • Zymeworks

 

For more information please click on the following link:

https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/bispecific-antibodies/286.html

 

Other Recent Offerings

  1. Global Preventive Vaccines Market, 2020-2030
  2. Endocannabinoid System Targeted Therapeutics Market, 2019-2030
  3. Antibody Contract Manufacturing Market, 2020-2030

 

About Roots Analysis

Roots Analysis is one of the fastest growing market research companies, sharing fresh and independent perspectives in the bio-pharmaceutical industry. The in-depth research, analysis and insights are driven by an experienced leadership team which has gained many years of significant experience in this sector. If you’d like help with your growing business needs, get in touch at info@rootsanalysis.com

 

Contact Information

Roots Analysis Private Limited

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

Blood-Brain Barrier (BBB) Market, 2020-2030: Focus on Non-Invasive Drug Delivery Technology Platforms and Therapeutics (2nd Edition) (based on Receptor Mediated Transcytosis, Trojan Horse, and Nanoparticle based Approaches)’ report features an extensive s


Submitted 9 day(s) ago by Harry sins

To order this detailed 400+ page report, please visit this link

 

Key Inclusions

  • An overview of the overall landscape of BBB penetration technologies, featuring an in-depth analysis of the technologies based on a number of parameters, such as status of development (developed and under development), affiliated approach, type of compatible pharmacological molecule(s) crossing the BBB (small molecule and biologic), target receptor(s), target disease indication(s), patent availability, and licensing activity. In addition, it presents a detailed assessment of BBB technology developers and analyses based on parameters, such as year of establishment, company size, and location of headquarters.
  • A detailed assessment of the current market landscape of BBB penetrant drugs (based on the abovementioned technologies), providing information on drug developer(s) (such as year of establishment, company size, and location of headquarters), phase of development (clinical, preclinical, and discovery stage), type of molecule (small molecule and biologic), affiliated BBB penetration technology, route of administration (oral, intravenous, transmucosal and others), target disease indication(s), key therapeutic area(s), and information on special drug designation (if any).
  • Identification of contemporary market trends, depicted using three schematic representations, which include [A] a tree map representation of the various industry players involved in the development of BBB penetrant drugs, distributed on the basis of the target disease indication(s) of pipeline candidates and size of the companies (small, mid-sized and large companies), [B] a bubble analysis comparing the leading players engaged in the development of BBB penetrant drugs, on the basis of parameters such as pipeline strength (based on the number of drug candidates developed by a particular company, across different phases of development), number of target disease indication(s) and the size of the developer company, and [C] an informative heptagon representation, highlighting the distribution of BBB penetrant drugs across popular target disease indication(s) (based on the number of drug candidates across each target disease indication).
  • An insightful competitiveness analysis of BBB penetration technologies, taking into consideration the supplier power (based on company size and years of experience in this field) and key technology specific information, such as type of compatible pharmacological molecule(s) crossing the BBB, availability of patent protection, number of deals signed for a particular technology (2014-2020 (till March)), and popularity of the technology (in terms of the number of drugs developed using the technology).
  • Elaborate profiles of prominent technology developers that are engaged in the development of at least four drugs (which are presently in both preclinical and clinical stages of development), featuring a brief overview of the company, its financial information (if available), BBB penetration technology overview, BBB penetrant product portfolio and an informed future outlook.
  • An analysis of the partnerships that have been established in the domain, in the period between 2014 and 2020 (till March), covering product licensing agreements, technology licensing agreements, acquisitions and mergers, product development and commercialization agreements, research and development agreements, manufacturing agreements, service agreements and other agreements.
  • An elaborate discussion on the deal structures of various types of technology licensing agreements inked in this domain, including details of the rights associated with product ownership, associated royalties and upfront payments, and other contractual terms / conditions involved as a part of the agreement between various industry stakeholders.
  • An analysis of the investments made in the domain, in the period between 2014 and 2020 (till March), including seed financing, venture capital financing, debt financing, grants, capital raised from IPOs and subsequent offerings, at various stages of development in companies that are engaged in this field.
  • An in-depth analysis of the various patents that have been filed / granted related to BBB penetration technologies, till November 2019, taking into consideration various parameters, such as patent type, application year, issuing authority / patent offices involved, CPC symbols, emerging focus areas, type of organization and leading industry / academic players (in terms of size of intellectual property portfolio). It also includes a patent benchmarking analysis and a detailed valuation analysis.
  • An insightful chessboard analysis highlighting the most preferred / popular drug development strategies / paths adopted by majority of the drug developers (with clinical candidates) in order to progress their lead drug candidates.
  • An assessment of the most commonly targeted disorders affecting the CNS (shortlisted on the basis of number of BBB penetrant drugs in development), along with [A] an insightful 3D bubble chart highlighting the market potential of these disorders, based on the number of already approved drugs, number of pipeline drugs and the target patient population, and [B] an elaborate discussion on key epidemiological facts about specific diseases, causes, symptoms, details of BBB penetrant drugs that are being developed against them, currently available treatment options and details of already marketed drugs for each indication.
  • A list of 240+ drug developers targeting Alzheimer’s disease and Parkinson’s disease that are likely to partner with BBB penetration technology providers, and have been shortlisted on the basis of parameters, such as developer strength (based on company size and years of experience in this field), company’s pipeline strength and maturity (based on the number of drugs and affiliated stage of development), indication overlap, molecule type overlap, route of administration, mechanism of action, and the availability of in-house delivery technology.
  • A case study highlighting the working principle of the most common approaches that are being employed for the development of BBB penetration technologies, such as receptor mediated transcytosis (RMT) (including bispecific antibodies and molecular trojan horse mediated delivery either by direct coupling or using nanocarriers), increasing permeability to the BBB, passive diffusion approach, and other novel approaches (including cell-penetrating peptides, macrocycles, and organ-on-a-chip technology).
  • An informative analysis of contemporary Google Trends in the time period between 2015 and 2019 (till December) and insights generated from recent news articles related to the BBB, indicating the increasing popularity of this domain.

 

The report also features the likely distribution of the current and forecasted opportunity across important market segments, mentioned below:

  • Type of Payment Model Adopted
  • Upfront payments
  • Milestone payments

 

  • Type of Molecule
  • Small Molecules
  • Biologics

 

  • Target Disease Indication
  • Brain Metastases in Breast Cancer
  • Glioblastoma Multiforme
  • Hunter Syndrome
  • Hurler Syndrome

 

  • Leading Technology Platforms
  • G®-Technology
  • J-Brain Cargo® Technology
  • LRP-1 Technology
  • Trojan Horse Technology

 

  • Leading Drug Developers
  • 2-BBB
  • Angiochem
  • ArmaGen
  • JCR Pharmaceuticals

 

  • Key Geographical Regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia-Pacific

 

To request sample pages, please visit this link

 

Key Questions Answered

  • Who are the leading developers of BBB penetrating drugs and technologies?
  • What are the key BBB penetrating technologies (available / under development) for delivery of CNS drugs?
  • What are the key challenges faced by stakeholders engaged in this domain?
  • Which partnership models are commonly adopted by stakeholders in this industry?
  • Who are the most likely partners for BBB penetrating technology providers?
  • What different strategies are used by BBB drug developers?
  • What is the trend of capital investments in BBB related R&D?
  • How is the current and future market opportunity likely to be distributed across key market segments?

 

You may also be interested in the following titles:

  1. Novel Coronavirus (Covid-19): Preventive Vaccines, Therapeutics and Diagnostics in Development
  2. DNA-Encoded Libraries: Platforms and Services Market
  3. Global Stem Cells Market: Focus on Clinical Therapies, 2020–2030

 

Contact Us

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

More than 110 drugs, capable of penetrating this elusive barrier are currently being evaluated for the treatment of CNS disorders; there are nearly 35 technology platforms for the development of BBB penetrant drugs, claims Roots Analysis


Submitted 9 day(s) ago by Harry sins

The concept of BBB penetration is anticipated to bring about a paradigm shift in modern healthcare. In fact, experts believe that there is an important relationship between the recent pandemic of Coronavirus disease (COVID-19) and cerebrovascular system, presenting commercial opportunities for players engaged in the development of BBB penetrating drugs.

 

To order this 400+ page report, which features 145+ figures and 205+ tables, please visit this link

 

The USD 940 million (by 2030) financial opportunity within the BBB market has been analyzed across the following segments:

  • Type of Payment Model Adopted
  • Upfront payments
  • Milestone payments

 

  • Type of Molecule
  • Small Molecules
  • Biologics

 

  • Target Disease Indication
  • Brain Metastases in Breast Cancer
  • Glioblastoma Multiforme
  • Hunter Syndrome
  • Hurler Syndrome

 

  • Leading Technology Platforms
  • G®-Technology
  • J-Brain Cargo® Technology
  • LRP-1 Technology
  • Trojan Horse Technology

 

  • Leading Drug Developers
  • 2-BBB
  • Angiochem
  • ArmaGen
  • JCR Pharmaceuticals

 

  • Key Geographical Regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia-Pacific

 

 

The Blood-Brain Barrier (BBB) Market (2nd Edition), 2020-2030: Focus on Non-Invasive Drug Delivery Technology Platforms and Therapeutics report features the following companies, which we identified to be key players in this domain:

  • Angiochem
  • ArmaGen
  • BioArctic
  • Cyclenium Pharma
  • Denali Therapeutics
  • ICB International
  • Iproteos
  • JCR Pharmaceuticals
  • Lauren Sciences
  • Medesis Pharma
  • Ossianix
  • Vect-Horus

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. Preface

    2. Executive Summary

  2. Introduction

  3. Market Landscape: Non-Invasive BBB Penetration

  4. Market Landscape: BBB Penetrating Drugs

  5. Company Profiles

  6. Technology Competitiveness Analysis

  7. Non-Invasive BBB Penetration Technologies: Popular Approaches

  8. Partnerships and Collaborations

  9. Analysis of Recent Licensing Agreements

  10. Funding and Investment Analysis

  11. Patent Analysis

  12. Drug Development Strategy Analysis

  13. Market Potential of Key Neurological Disorders

 

  1. Likely Partner Analysis

 

  1. Market Forecast

 

  1. Conclusion

 

  1. Executive Insights

 

  1. Appendix 1: Tabulated Data

 

  1. Appendix 2: List of Companies and Organizations

 

To purchase a copy, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/blood-brain-barrier-drug-delivery/310.html

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com 

 

The BBB penetrating drugs market is projected to grow at an annualized rate of ~154%, till 2030


Submitted 9 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

Roots Analysis has done a detailed study on Blood-Brain Barrier (BBB) Market (2nd Edition), 2020-2030: Focus on Non-Invasive Drug Delivery Technology Platforms and Therapeutics, covering key aspects of the industry’s evolution and identifying potential future growth opportunities.

 

To order this 400+ page report, which features 145+ figures and 205+ tables, please visit this link

 

Key Market Insights

  • More than 110 drugs, capable of penetrating this elusive barrier are currently being evaluated for the treatment of CNS disorders; there are 35+ technology platforms for the development of BBB penetrant drugs
  • Majority of drug candidates are currently in the early stages of development, and are intended for the treatment of neurological conditions; a large proportion of the existing pipeline molecules are biologics
  • In order to achieve a competitive edge, several technology developers are presently focusing on the integration of advanced technical features into their proprietary drug development / delivery platforms
  • An assessment of 240+ drug developers, focused on Parkinson’s and Alzheimer’s diseases, revealed that many such firms are likely to partner with technology providers in order to leverage their BBB penetration expertise
  • Over the years, more than 16,700 patents related to BBB technologies have been filed / granted to various industry and non-industry players, indicating the pace of R&D activity in this burgeoning field of research
  • Foreseeing a lucrative future, several private and public investors have invested close to USD 1 billion, across more than 70 funding instances
  • Revenues generated from the sales of BBB penetrating drugs are anticipated to be well distributed across different types of molecules, target disease indications and various global regions over time
  • In the near-term, the opportunity is likely to be driven by licensing activity driven by the capability of leading BBB penetrating technologies to successfully facilitate drug delivery into the brain

 

For more information, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/blood-brain-barrier-drug-delivery/310.html

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. PREFACE

1.1. Scope of the Report

1.2. Research Methodology

1.3. Chapter Outlines

 

  1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

 

  1. INTRODUCTION

3.1. Chapter Overview

3.2. Structure of the Human Brain

3.3. Global Burden on Neurological Disorders and Impact of Coronavirus Disease (COVID-19)

 

3.4. Strategies for Drug Delivery to the Central Nervous System (CNS)

3.4.1. Invasive Techniques

3.4.1.1. Systemic Administration of Therapeutics

3.4.1.2. Direct Administration of Therapeutics

3.4.1.3. Intracerebral Devices and Implants

 

3.4.2. Non-Invasive Techniques / Approaches

3.4.2.1. Liposomes

3.4.2.2. Exosomes

3.4.2.3. Prodrugs

3.4.2.4. Nanoparticles and Microspheres

3.4.2.5. Novel Formulations and Conjugates

3.4.3. Chemical Delivery Systems

 

3.5. Blood-Brain Barrier (BBB)

3.5.1. Key Historical Milestones

3.5.2. Structure and Key Components

3.5.3. Key Functions

 

3.6. Strategies for Drug Delivery across the BBB

3.6.1. Increasing Permeability by Temporary Disruption of the BBB

3.6.2. Pharmacological Strategies to Facilitate Transport Across the BBB

3.7. Challenges Associated with BBB Penetration and CNS Drug Delivery

 

3.8. Prevalent Trends Related to Non-Invasive BBB Penetration Technologies

3.8.1. Emerging Focus Areas

3.8.2. Key Historical Trends

3.8.3. Geographical Activity

3.9. Concluding Remarks

 

  1. MARKET LANDSCAPE: NON-INVASIVE BBB PENETRATION

4.1. Chapter Overview

4.2. Non-Invasive BBB Penetration Technologies: Overall Market Landscape

4.2.1. Analysis by Status of Development

4.2.2. Analysis by Underlying Principle

4.2.3. Analysis by Compatible Pharmacological Molecule(s)

4.2.4. Analysis by Target Receptor(s)

4.2.5. Analysis by Target Disease Indication(s)

4.2.6. Analysis by Patent Availability

4.2.7. Analysis by Licensing Activity

 

4.3. Non-Invasive BBB Penetration Technology Providers: Overall Market Landscape

4.3.1. Analysis by Year of Establishment

4.3.2. Analysis by Company Size

4.3.3. Analysis by Location of Headquarters

 

  1. MARKET LANDSCAPE: BBB PENETRATING DRUGS

5.1. Chapter Overview

5.2. BBB Penetrating Drugs: Development Pipeline

5.2.1. Analysis by Phase of Development

5.2.2. Analysis by Type of Molecule

5.2.3. Analysis by Affiliated BBB Penetration Technology

5.2.4. Analysis by Route of Administration

5.2.5. Analysis by Target Disease Indication(s)

5.2.6. Analysis by Therapeutic Area(s)

5.3. BBB Penetrating Drugs: Additional Information

 

5.4. BBB Penetrating Drug Developers: Overall Market Landscape

5.4.1. Analysis by Year of Establishment

5.4.2. Analysis by Company Size

5.4.3. Analysis by Location of Headquarters

5.4.4. Leading Drug Developers: Analysis by Number of Drugs

5.4.5. Leading Drug Developers: 4D Bubble Analysis based on Pipeline Strength, Target Disease Indication and Company Size

5.4.6. Heptagon Representation: Analysis by Phase of Development and Key Disease Indications

5.4.7. Tree Map Representation: Analysis by Key Disease Indications and Size of the Company

 

  1. COMPANY PROFILES

6.1. Chapter Overview

6.2. Leading Players based in North America

 

6.2.1. Angiochem

6.2.1.1. Company Overview

6.2.1.2. Technology Overview

6.2.1.3. Product Portfolio

6.2.1.4. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.2.2. ArmaGen

6.2.2.1. Company Overview

6.2.2.2. Technology Overview

6.2.2.3. Product Portfolio

6.2.2.4. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.2.3. Denali Therapeutics

6.2.3.1. Company Overview

6.2.3.2. Technology Overview

6.2.3.3. Product Portfolio

6.2.3.4. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.2.4. ICB International

6.2.4.1. Company Overview

6.2.4.2. Technology Overview

6.5.4.3. Product Portfolio

6.2.4.4. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.2.5. Lauren Sciences

6.2.5.1. Company Overview

6.2.5.2. Technology Overview

6.2.5.3. Product Portfolio

6.2.5.4. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.3. Leading Players based in Europe

6.3.1. BioArctic

6.3.1.1. Company Overview

6.3.1.2. Technology Overview

6.3.1.3. Product Portfolio

6.3.1.4. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.3.2. Cyclenium Pharma

6.3.2.1. Company Overview

6.3.2.2. Technology Overview

6.3.2.3. Product Portfolio

6.3.2.4. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.3.3. Iproteos

6.3.3.1. Company Overview

6.3.3.2. Technology Overview

6.3.3.3. Product Portfolio

6.3.3.4. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.3.4. Medesis Pharma

6.3.4.1. Company Overview

6.3.4.2. Technology Overview

6.3.4.3. Product Portfolio

6.3.4.4. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.3.5. Ossianix

6.3.5.1. Company Overview

6.3.5.2. Technology Overview

6.3.5.3. Product Portfolio

6.3.5.4. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.3.6. Vect-Horus

6.3.6.1. Company Overview

6.3.6.2. Technology Overview

6.3.6.3. Product Portfolio

6.3.6.4. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.4. Leading Players based in Asia-Pacific

6.4.1. JCR Pharmaceuticals

6.4.1.1. Company Overview

6.4.1.2. Technology Overview

6.4.1.3. Product Portfolio

6.4.1.4. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

  1. TECHNOLOGY COMPETITIVENESS ANALYSIS

7.1. Chapter Overview

7.2. Methodology and Key Parameters

7.3. BBB Penetration Technologies: Platform Competitiveness Analysis

 

  1. NON-INVASIVE BBB PENETRATION TECHNOLOGIES: POPULAR APPROACHES

8.1. Chapter overview

8.2. Receptor Mediated Transcytosis (RMT)

8.2.1. Type of Target Receptors

8.2.1.1. Diphtheria Toxin Receptor

8.2.1.2. Insulin Receptor and Insulin-like Growth Factor Receptor

8.2.1.3. Low Density Lipoprotein Receptor-Related Proteins (LRP-1 and LRP-2)

8.2.1.4. Transferrin Receptor

 

8.2.2. Types of RMT Approaches

8.2.2.1. Bispecific Antibody-based Approach

8.2.2.2. Molecular Trojan Horse-based Approach

8.2.2.2.1. Important Considerations for Designing Molecular Trojan Horses

8.2.2.2.2. Considerations for Designing a Trojan Horse Liposome (THL)

8.2.2.2.3. Popular Conjugation Strategies

8.2.2.2.3.1. Direct Coupling Approach

8.2.2.2.3.2. Nanoparticles-based Approach

 

8.3. Increasing the Permeability of the BBB

8.3.1. Use of Ultrasound Waves

8.3.2. Use of High-Frequency Electric Field

 

8.4. Passive Diffusion

 

8.5. Novel Approaches

8.5.1. Cell Penetrating Peptides

8.5.2. Macrocycles

8.5.3. Organ-on-a-Chip Technology

 

  1. PARTNERSHIPS AND COLLABORATIONS

9.1. Chapter Overview

9.2. Partnership Models

 

9.3. Non-Invasive BBB Technologies and Drugs: List of Partnerships and Collaborations

9.3.1. Analysis by Year of Partnership

9.3.2. Analysis by Type of Partnership

9.3.3. Analysis by Year and Type of Partnership

9.3.4. Analysis by Type of Partner

9.3.5. Analysis by Focus Area

9.3.6. Analysis by Type of Molecule

9.3.7. Analysis by Target Disease Indication

9.3.8. Most Active Players: Analysis by Number of Partnerships

9.3.9. Most Popular Technologies: Analysis by Number of Partnerships

9.3.10. Regional Analysis

9.3.11. Intercontinental and Intracontinental Agreements

 

  1. ANALYSIS OF RECENT LICENSING AGREEMENTS

10.1. Chapter Overview

10.2. Licensing Agreements: Definition and Importance in Pharmaceutical Industry

 

10.3. Types of Licensing Agreements

10.3.1. Out-Licensing Agreements

10.3.2. In-Licensing Agreements

 

10.4. Components of Licensing Agreements

 

10.5. Recent Examples of BBB-Related Technology Licensing Agreements

10.5.1. Analysis by Year of Agreement

10.5.2. Analysis by Type of Licensing Agreement

10.5.3. Analysis by Type of Owner

10.5.4. Most Active Players: Analysis by Number of Licensing Agreements

10.5.5. Most Popular Technologies: Analysis by Number of Licensing Agreements

10.5.6. Regional Analysis

10.5.7. Intercontinental and Intracontinental Licensing Agreements

 

10.6. Case-in-Point: Technology Licensing Timeline

10.6.1. Sumitomo Dainippon Pharma and JCR Pharmaceuticals

10.6.2. Denali Therapeutics and Sanofi

10.6.3. biOasis Technologies and Prothena

10.6.4. Vect-Horus and Janssen Pharmaceuticals

10.7. Concluding Remarks

 

  1. FUNDING AND INVESTMENT ANALYSIS

11.1. Chapter Overview

11.2. Types of Funding

11.3. Non-Invasive BBB Penetration Technologies and Drugs: List of Funding and Investments

11.3.1. Analysis by Number of Instances

11.3.2. Analysis by Amount Invested

11.3.3. Analysis by Type of Funding

11.3.4. Analysis by Type of Company

11.3.5. Analysis by Purpose of Funding

11.3.6. Analysis by Type of Molecule

11.3.7. Analysis by Target Disease Indication

11.3.8. Analysis by Geography

11.3.9. Most Active Players: Analysis by Number of Funding Instances

11.3.10. Most Popular Technologies: Analysis by Number of Funding Instances

11.3.11. Most Active Investors: Analysis by Number of Funding Instances

11.4. Concluding Remarks

 

  1. PATENT ANALYSIS

12.1. Chapter Overview

12.2. Scope and Methodology

12.3. Non-Invasive BBB Penetration Technologies: Patent Analysis

12.3.1. Analysis by Application Year

12.3.1.1. Analysis by Filed Patent Applications

12.3.1.2. Analysis by Granted Patent Applications

 

12.3.2. Analysis by Issuing Authority / Patent Offices Involved

12.3.3. Analysis by CPC Symbols

12.3.4. Emerging Focus Areas

12.3.5. Analysis by Type of Organization

12.3.6. Leading Assignees: Analysis by Number of Patents

 

12.4. Non-Invasive BBB Technologies: Patent Valuation Analysis

 

  1. DRUG DEVELOPMENT STRATEGY ANALYSIS

13.1. Chapter Overview

13.2 Scope and Methodology

13.3. Strategies Adopted by Late-Stage Drug Candidates

13.3.1. Drug A

13.3.2. Drug B

13.3.3. Drug C

13.3.4. Drug D

 

13.4. Concluding Remarks

 

  1. MARKET POTENTIAL OF KEY NEUROLOGICAL DISORDERS

14.1. Chapter Overview

14.2. Market Potential of Key Neurological Disorders: 3D Bubble Chart Analysis

14.3. Key Neurological Disorders: Detailed Information

 

14.3.1. Alzheimer’s Disease

14.3.1.1. Disease Description

14.3.1.2. Epidemiology

14.3.1.3. Symptoms

14.3.1.4. Current Treatment Options

14.3.1.5. BBB Penetrating Drugs for Alzheimer’s Disease

14.3.1.6. Roots Analysis Perspective

 

14.3.2. Brain Cancer

14.3.2.1. Disease Description

14.3.2.2. Epidemiology

14.3.2.3. Symptoms

14.3.2.4. Current Treatment Options

14.3.2.4.1. Surgery

14.3.2.4.2. Radiation Therapy

14.3.2.4.3. Systemic Therapy

 

14.3.2.5. BBB Penetrating Drugs for Brain Cancer

14.3.2.6. Roots Analysis Perspective

 

14.3.3. Multiple Sclerosis

14.3.3.1. Disease Description

14.3.3.2. Epidemiology

14.3.3.3. Symptoms

14.3.3.4. Current Treatment Options

14.3.3.4.1. Treatment for Attacks

14.3.3.4.2. Treatments to Modify Progression

14.3.3.4.3. Interferons

14.3.3.5. BBB Penetrating Drugs for Multiple Sclerosis

14.3.3.6. Roots Analysis Perspective

 

14.3.4. Parkinson’s Disease

14.3.4.1. Disease Description

14.3.4.2. Epidemiology

14.3.4.3. Symptoms

14.3.4.4. Current Treatment Options

14.3.4.4.1. Pharmacological Management of Parkinson’s Disease

14.3.4.4.2. Non-Pharmacological Management of Parkinson’s Disease

14.3.4.4.3. Management of Parkinson’s Disease using Dietary Supplements

 

14.3.4.5. BBB Penetrating Drugs for Parkinson’s Disease

14.3.4.6. Roots Analysis Perspective

 

  1. LIKELY PARTNER ANALYSIS

15.1. Chapter Overview

15.2. Scope and Methodology

 

15.3. Potential Strategic Partners for Drug Development

15.3.1. Opportunities in North America

15.3.1.1. Most Likely Partners

15.3.1.2. Likely Partners

15.3.1.3. Less Likely Partners

 

15.3.2. Opportunities in Europe

15.3.2.1. Most Likely Partners

15.3.2.2. Likely Partners

15.3.2.3. Less Likely Partners

15.3.3. Opportunities in Asia-Pacific and Rest of the World

15.3.3.1. Most Likely Partners

15.3.3.2. Likely Partners

15.3.3.3. Less Likely Partners

 

  1. MARKET FORECAST

16.1. Chapter Overview

16.2. Forecast Methodology and Key Assumptions

16.3. Overall BBB Penetration Technologies Market, 2020-2030

16.3.1. BBB Penetration Technologies Market: Contribution from Upfront Payments, 2020-2030

16.3.2. BBB Penetration Technologies Contribution from Milestone Payments, 2020-2030

 

16.4. Overall BBB Penetrating Drugs Market, 2020-2030

16.4.1. BBB Penetrating Drugs Market: Distribution by Type of Molecule

16.4.1.1. BBB Penetrating Drugs Market for Small Molecules, 2020-2030

16.4.1.2. BBB Penetrating Drugs Market for Biologics, 2020-2030

 

16.4.2. BBB Penetrating Drugs Market: Distribution by Target Disease Indication

16.4.2.1. BBB Penetrating Drugs Market for Brain Metastases in Breast Cancer, 2020-2030

16.4.2.2. BBB Penetrating Drugs Market for Glioblastoma Multiforme, 2020-2030

16.4.2.3. BBB Penetrating Drugs Market for Hunter Syndrome, 2020-2030

16.4.2.4. BBB Penetrating Drugs Market for Hurler Syndrome, 2020-2030

 

16.4.3. BBB Penetrating Drugs Market: Distribution by Key Geographical Regions

16.4.3.1. BBB Penetrating Drugs Market in North America, 2020-2030

16.4.3.2. BBB Penetrating Drugs Market in Europe, 2020-2030

16.4.3.3. BBB Penetrating Drugs Market in Asia-Pacific and Rest of the World, 2020-2030

 

16.4.4. BBB Penetrating Drugs Market: Distribution by Leading Technology Platforms

16.4.5. BBB Penetrating Drugs Market: Distribution by Leading Drug Developers

 

16.5.6. Drug-wise Sales Forecast

16.5.6.1. 2B3-101 / 2X-111 (2X Oncology)

16.5.6.1.1. Sales Forecast (USD Million)

16.5.6.1.2. Risk-Adjusted Market Opportunity (USD Million)

16.5.6.1.3. Net Present Value (USD Million)

16.5.6.1.4. Value Creation Analysis

 

16.5.6.2. AGT-181 (ArmaGen)

16.5.6.2.1. Sales Forecast (USD Million)

16.5.6.2.2. Risk-Adjusted Market Opportunity (USD Million)

16.5.6.2.3. Net Present Value (USD Million)

16.5.6.2.4. Value Creation Analysis

 

16.5.6.3. AGT-182 (ArmaGen)

16.5.6.3.1. Sales Forecast (USD Million)

16.5.6.3.2. Risk-Adjusted Market Opportunity (USD Million)

16.5.6.3.3. Net Present Value (USD Million)

16.5.6.3.4. Value Creation Analysis

 

16.5.6.4. ANG1005 (Angiochem)

16.5.6.4.1. Sales Forecast (USD Million)

16.5.6.4.2. Risk-Adjusted Market Opportunity (USD Million)

16.5.6.4.3. Net Present Value (USD Million)

16.5.6.4.4. Value Creation Analysis

 

16.5.6.5. JR-141 (JCR Pharmaceuticals)

16.5.6.5.1. Sales Forecast (USD Million)

16.5.6.5.2. Risk-Adjusted Market Opportunity (USD Million)

16.5.6.5.3. Net Present Value (USD Million)

16.5.6.5.4. Value Creation Analysis

 

  1. CONCLUSION

17.1. Chapter Overview

17.2. Key Takeaways

 

  1. EXECUTIVE INSIGHTS

18.1. Chapter Overview

18.2. Innovative California Biosciences International (ICBI)

18.2.1. Company Snapshot

18.2.2. Interview Transcript: Ram Bhatt, Chief Executive Officer, Chairman and Founder

 

18.3. Ossianix

18.3.1. Company Snapshot

18.3.2. Interview Transcript: Frank S Walsh, Chief Executive Officer and Founder

 

18.4. 2-BBB

18.4.1. Company Snapshot

18.4.2. Interview Transcript: Pieter Gaillard, Chief Executive Officer and Co-Founder

 

18.5. ArmaGen

18.5.1. Company Snapshot

18.5.2. Interview Transcript: Mathias Schmidt, Chief Executive Officer

 

18.6. biOasis Technologies

18.6.1. Company Snapshot

18.6.2. Interview Transcript: Rob Hutchison, Chief Executive Officer

 

18.7. Cyclenium Pharma

18.7.1. Company Snapshot

18.7.2. Interview Transcript: Mark L Peterson, Chief Operating Officer

 

18.8. Sagetis Biotech

18.8.1. Company Snapshot

18.8.2. Interview Transcript: Xavier Rivero, Chief Operating Officer

 

18.9. CarThera

18.9.1. Company Snapshot

18.9.2. Interview Transcript: Carole Desseaux, Head of Clinical Affairs

 

18.10. Vect-Horus

18.10.1. Company Snapshot

18.10.2. Interview Transcript: Jamal Temsamani, Head of Drug Development

 

18.11. Wyss Institute, Harvard University

18.11.1. Organization Snapshot

18.11.2. Interview Transcript: Kevin Kit Parker, Professor

 

  1. APPENDIX I: TABULATED DATA

 

  1. APPENDIX II: LIST OF COMPANIES AND ORGANIZATIONS

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

The blood-brain barrier (BBB) penetrating drugs market is estimated to be worth USD 900 million in 2030, predicts Roots Analysis


Submitted 9 day(s) ago by Harry sins

Advances in biotechnology have enabled the development of versatile in vitro (static and dynamic), in vivo (micro-dialysis), and in situ (brain perfusion) blood–brain barrier models, allowing more effective and safe delivery of drugs across brain capillaries

 

Roots Analysis is pleased to announce the publication of its recent study, titled, “Blood-Brain Barrier (BBB) Market (2nd Edition), 2020-2030: Focus on Non-Invasive Drug Delivery Technology Platforms and Therapeutics.”

 

The report features an extensive study of the current market landscape, offering an informed opinion on the likely adoption of BBB penetration technologies and affiliated drugs, over the next decade. The report features an in-depth analysis, highlighting the diverse capabilities of stakeholders engaged in this domain. In addition to other elements, the study includes:

  • An overview of the overall landscape of BBB penetration technologies, featuring an in-depth analysis of the technologies based on a number of parameters
  • A detailed assessment of the current market landscape of BBB penetrant drugs.
  • Identification of contemporary market trends, depicted using three schematic representations, which include [A] a tree map representation, [B] a bubble analysis and [C] an informative heptagon representation.
  • An insightful competitiveness analysis of BBB penetration technologies, taking into consideration the supplier power and key technology specific information.
  • Elaborate profiles of prominent technology developers that are engaged in the development of at least four drugs.
  • An analysis of the partnerships that have been established in the domain, in the period between 2014 and 2020.
  • An elaborate discussion on the deal structures of various types of technology licensing agreements inked in this domain.
  • An analysis of the investments made in the domain, in the period between 2014 and 2020 (till March).
  • An in-depth analysis of the various patents that have been filed / granted related to BBB penetration technologies, till November 2019.
  • An insightful chessboard analysis highlighting the most preferred / popular drug development strategies / paths adopted by majority of the drug developers (with clinical candidates) in order to progress their lead drug candidates.
  • An assessment of the most commonly targeted disorders affecting the CNS, shortlisted on the basis of number of BBB penetrant drugs in development.
  • A list of 240+ drug developers targeting Alzheimer’s disease and Parkinson’s disease that are likely to partner with BBB penetration technology providers.
  • A case study highlighting the working principle of the most common approaches that are being employed for the development of BBB penetration technologies.
  • An informative analysis of contemporary Google Trends in the time period between 2015 and 2019 (till December) and insights generated from recent news articles related to the BBB, indicating the increasing popularity of this domain.

A detailed market forecast, featuring analysis of the current and projected future opportunity across key market segments (listed below) :

  • Type of Payment Model Adopted
  • Upfront payments
  • Milestone payments

 

  • Type of Molecule
  • Small Molecules
  • Biologics

 

  • Target Disease Indication
  • Brain Metastases in Breast Cancer
  • Glioblastoma Multiforme
  • Hunter Syndrome
  • Hurler Syndrome

 

  • Leading Technology Platforms
  • G®-Technology
  • J-Brain Cargo® Technology
  • LRP-1 Technology
  • Trojan Horse Technology

 

  • Leading Drug Developers
  • 2-BBB
  • Angiochem
  • ArmaGen
  • JCR Pharmaceuticals

 

  • Key Geographical Regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia-Pacific

 

Transcripts of interviews held with the following senior level representatives of stakeholder companies

 

Key companies covered in the report

  • Angiochem
  • ArmaGen
  • BioArctic
  • Cyclenium Pharma
  • Denali Therapeutics
  • ICB International
  • Iproteos
  • JCR Pharmaceuticals
  • Lauren Sciences
  • Medesis Pharma
  • Ossianix
  • Vect-Horus

 

For additional details, please visit 

https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/blood-brain-barrier-drug-delivery/310.html or email sales@rootsanalysis.com

 

You may also be interested in the following titles:

  1. Novel Coronavirus (Covid-19): Preventive Vaccines, Therapeutics and Diagnostics in Development
  2. DNA-Encoded Libraries: Platforms and Services Market
  3. Global Stem Cells Market: Focus on Clinical Therapies, 2020–2030

 

 

Contact:

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

Gaurav.Chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com 

Over 235 companies worldwide claim to offer contract manufacturing services for various types of biopharmaceutical drug / therapy products

http://Over 235 companies worldwide claim to offer contract manufacturing services for various types of biopharmaceutical drug / therapy products
Submitted 9 day(s) ago by Harry sins

Owing to the ever-increasing number of start-ups that are involved in R&D of novel biologics, there is an enormous opportunity for the CMOs in this domain. It is worth emphasizing that, since 2000, more than 115 new CMOs have been established in order to serve to the growing demand for novel biologics that have specific manufacturing requirements. The contemporary contract services market features a mix of large and small-sized CMOs and is characterized by multiple mergers and acquisitions as stakeholders strive to broaden their respective service portfolios. This has enabled several CMOs to offer end-to-end services, ranging from drug development, including preliminary R&D, preclinical and clinical trials, to commercial scale production and regulatory filings

 

To order this 750+ page report, which features 200+ figures and 250+ tables, please visit this link

 

The USD 13.9 billion (by 2030) financial opportunity within the biopharmaceutical manufacturing market has been analyzed across the following segments:

  • Commonly Outsourced Business Operations
  • Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients (API)
  • Finished Dosage Formulations (FDF)
  • Types of Expression System
  • Mammalian
  • Microbial
  • Others
  • Company Size
  • Small
  • Mid-Sized
  • Large and Very Large
  • Scale of Operation
  • Preclinical
  • Clinical
  • Commercial
  • Key Geographical Region 
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia-Pacific
  • Rest of the World 

 

The Biopharma Contract Manufacturing Market (3rd Edition), 2019-2030. report features the following companies, which we identified to be key players in this domain:

  • 3P Biopharmaceuticals
  • Abzena
  • Albany Molecular Research
  • BioVectra
  • BioXcellence (Boehringer Ingelheim)
  • Celonic
  • Charles River Laboratories
  • ChemPartner
  • Cobra Biologics
  • CordenPharma
  • Cytovance Biologics
  • GE Healthcare
  • Goodwin Biotechnology
  • Grand River Aseptic Manufacturing
  • IDT Biologika
  • KBI BioPharma
  • Kemwell Biopharma
  • LFB Biomanufacturing
  • Meridian Life Science
  • Patheon
  • Pfizer CentreOne
  • PX'Therapeutics
  • Samsung BioLogics
  • Sanofi, CEPiA
  • Thermo Fisher Scientific
  • Vetter Pharma International

 

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. Preface

    2. Executive Summary

  2. Introduction

  3. Competitive Landscape

  4. Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing in North America

  5. Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing in Europe

  6. Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing in Asia Pacific And the Rest of The World

  7. Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing in Asia Pacific And the Rest of The World

 

  1. Case Study: Outsourcing of Biosimilars

  2. Case Study: Comparison of Small Molecule and Large Molecule Drugs / Therapies

 

  1. Case Study on In-House Manufacturing

  2. Collaborations

  3. Recent Developments

  4. Capacity Analysis

 

  1. Demand Analysis

 

  1. Market Forecast

 

  1. SWOT Analysis

 

  1. Future of The Biopharmaceutical CMO Market

 

  1. Survey Analysis

 

  1. Interview Transcripts

 

  1. Appendix 1: List of Non-Industry Players

 

  1. Appendix 1: List of Non-Industry Players

 

  1. Appendix 3: List of Companies and Organizations

 

To purchase a copy, please visit https://rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/biopharma-contract-manufacturing-market-3rd-edition-2019-2030/250.html

 

Contact Details

 

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com  

 

Over 235 companies worldwide claim to offer contract manufacturing services for various types of biopharmaceutical drug / therapy products

http://Over 235 companies worldwide claim to offer contract manufacturing services for various types of biopharmaceutical drug / therapy products
Submitted 9 day(s) ago by Harry sins

Owing to the ever-increasing number of start-ups that are involved in R&D of novel biologics, there is an enormous opportunity for the CMOs in this domain. It is worth emphasizing that, since 2000, more than 115 new CMOs have been established in order to serve to the growing demand for novel biologics that have specific manufacturing requirements. The contemporary contract services market features a mix of large and small-sized CMOs and is characterized by multiple mergers and acquisitions as stakeholders strive to broaden their respective service portfolios. This has enabled several CMOs to offer end-to-end services, ranging from drug development, including preliminary R&D, preclinical and clinical trials, to commercial scale production and regulatory filings

 

To order this 750+ page report, which features 200+ figures and 250+ tables, please visit this link

 

The USD 13.9 billion (by 2030) financial opportunity within the biopharmaceutical manufacturing market has been analyzed across the following segments:

  • Commonly Outsourced Business Operations
  • Active Pharmaceutical Ingredients (API)
  • Finished Dosage Formulations (FDF)
  • Types of Expression System
  • Mammalian
  • Microbial
  • Others
  • Company Size
  • Small
  • Mid-Sized
  • Large and Very Large
  • Scale of Operation
  • Preclinical
  • Clinical
  • Commercial
  • Key Geographical Region 
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia-Pacific
  • Rest of the World 

 

The Biopharma Contract Manufacturing Market (3rd Edition), 2019-2030. report features the following companies, which we identified to be key players in this domain:

  • 3P Biopharmaceuticals
  • Abzena
  • Albany Molecular Research
  • BioVectra
  • BioXcellence (Boehringer Ingelheim)
  • Celonic
  • Charles River Laboratories
  • ChemPartner
  • Cobra Biologics
  • CordenPharma
  • Cytovance Biologics
  • GE Healthcare
  • Goodwin Biotechnology
  • Grand River Aseptic Manufacturing
  • IDT Biologika
  • KBI BioPharma
  • Kemwell Biopharma
  • LFB Biomanufacturing
  • Meridian Life Science
  • Patheon
  • Pfizer CentreOne
  • PX'Therapeutics
  • Samsung BioLogics
  • Sanofi, CEPiA
  • Thermo Fisher Scientific
  • Vetter Pharma International

 

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. Preface

    2. Executive Summary

  2. Introduction

  3. Competitive Landscape

  4. Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing in North America

  5. Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing in Europe

  6. Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing in Asia Pacific And the Rest of The World

  7. Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing in Asia Pacific And the Rest of The World

 

  1. Case Study: Outsourcing of Biosimilars

  2. Case Study: Comparison of Small Molecule and Large Molecule Drugs / Therapies

 

  1. Case Study on In-House Manufacturing

  2. Collaborations

  3. Recent Developments

  4. Capacity Analysis

 

  1. Demand Analysis

 

  1. Market Forecast

 

  1. SWOT Analysis

 

  1. Future of The Biopharmaceutical CMO Market

 

  1. Survey Analysis

 

  1. Interview Transcripts

 

  1. Appendix 1: List of Non-Industry Players

 

  1. Appendix 1: List of Non-Industry Players

 

  1. Appendix 3: List of Companies and Organizations

 

To purchase a copy, please visit https://rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/biopharma-contract-manufacturing-market-3rd-edition-2019-2030/250.html

 

Contact Details

 

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com  

 

The biopharmaceutical contract manufacturing market is projected to grow at an annualized rate of ~8%, till 2030


Submitted 9 day(s) ago by Harry sins

Roots Analysis has done a detailed study on Biopharma Contract Manufacturing Market (3rd Edition), 2019-2030, covering key aspects of the industry’s evolution and identifying potential future growth opportunities.

 

To order this 750+ page report, which features 200+ figures and 250+ tables, please visit this link

 

Key Market Insights

  • Over 235 companies worldwide claim to offer contract manufacturing services for various types of biopharmaceutical drug / therapy products.
  • The market landscape is highly fragmented featuring the presence of both established players and new entrants; majority of biopharmaceutical CMOs are based in the developed geographies.
  • Case study: CMOs focusing on niche biologic markets, primarily novel product candidates for which in-house biomanufacturing expertise is low, are likely to experience significant growth in the coming years.
  • The installed global contract manufacturing capacity, spread across various geographies, is currently estimated to be over 4.5 million liters.
  • The demand for contract manufacturing services is expected to rise across different therapeutic areas; closer inspection of available capacity and expected utilization trend are required to optimize supply parameters.
  • With over 450 deals inked in the past six years, there has been a surge in the partnership activity; majority of the collaborations have been signed for the development and manufacturing of cell therapies and antibodies.
  • In order to cater the increasing demand for biologics, stake holders are actively expanding their existing capabilities; this is evident from the various acquisitions that have recently been reported.
  • We expect the developers to continue to outsource their manufacturing operations in the short to mid-term, resulting in an annualized growth rate of more than 8%.
  • In the long term, the projected opportunity is anticipated to be well distributed across various types of expression systems used for biomanufacturing, scale of operation and size of contract service providers

 

For more information, please visit https://rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/biopharma-contract-manufacturing-market-3rd-edition-2019-2030/250.html

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. PREFACE

1.1.       Scope of the Report

1.2.       Research Methodology

1.3.       Chapter Outlines

 

  1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

 

  1. INTRODUCTION

3.1.      Context and Background

3.2.      An Overview of Biopharmaceuticals

3.3.      Biopharmaceutical Manufacturing

3.3.1.    Types of Expression Systems

3.3.1.1. Bacterial Expression Systems

3.3.1.2. Yeast Expression Systems

3.3.1.3. Fungal Expression Systems

3.3.1.4. Insect Expression Systems

3.3.1.5. Plant Expression Systems

3.3.1.6. Mammalian Expression Systems

 

3.3.2.    Manufacturing Steps

3.3.2.1. Upstream Processing

3.3.2.2. Downstream Processing

 

3.4.      An Overview of Contract Manufacturing

3.5.      Need for Outsourcing in the Biopharmaceutical Industry

3.6.      Commonly Outsourced Operations in the Biopharmaceutical Industry

3.7.      Basic Guidelines for Selecting a CMO Partner

3.8.      Advantages of Outsourcing Manufacturing Services

3.9.      Risks and Challenges Associated with Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing

3.10.     Concluding Remarks

 

  1. COMPETITIVE LANDSCAPE

4.1.      Chapter Overview

4.2.      Biopharmaceuticals Contract Manufacturers: Overall Market Landscape

4.2.1.    Analysis by Size of Employee Base

4.2.2.    Analysis by Location of Headquarters

4.2.3.    Analysis by Year of Establishment

4.2.4.    Analysis by Location of Manufacturing Facilities

4.2.5.    Analysis by Type of Biologics Manufactured

4.2.6.    Analysis by Scale of Operation

4.2.7.    Analysis by Expression Systems

4.2.8.    Analysis by Type of Bioreactor and Modes of Operation

4.2.9.    Analysis by Biomanufacturing Capacity

4.2.10.  Analysis by Packaging Form

4.3.      Concluding Remarks

 

  1. BIOPHARMACEUTICAL CONTRACT MANUFACTURING IN NORTH AMERICA

5.1.      Chapter Overview

5.2.      Biopharmaceutical Outsourcing in the US: Regulatory Scenario

5.2.1.    Impact of Current Political Situation

5.3.      Leading Biopharma CMOs in North America

5.3.1.    AMRI (OsoBio)

5.3.1.1. Company Overview

5.3.1.2. Services Portfolio

5.3.1.3. Financial Information

5.3.1.4. Manufacturing Facilities

5.3.1.5. Partnerships

5.3.1.6. Recent Developments

5.3.1.7. Future Outlook

 

5.3.2.    Baxter BioPharma Solutions

5.3.2.1. Company Overview

5.3.2.2. Services Portfolio

5.3.2.3. Financial Information

5.3.2.4. Manufacturing Facilities

5.3.2.5. Partnerships

5.3.2.6. Recent Developments

5.3.2.7. Future Outlook

 

5.3.3.    Catalent Biologics (Catalent Pharma Solutions)

5.3.3.1. Company Overview

5.3.3.2. Services Portfolio

5.3.3.3. Financial Information

5.3.3.4. Manufacturing Facilities

5.3.3.5. Partnerships

5.3.3.6. Recent Developments

5.3.3.7. Future Outlook

 

5.3.4.    Cytovance Biologics

5.3.4.1. Company Overview

5.3.4.2. Services Portfolio

5.3.4.3. Partnerships

5.3.4.4. Recent Developments

5.3.4.5. Future Outlook

 

5.3.5.    Patheon

5.3.5.1. Company Overview

5.3.5.2. Services Portfolio

5.3.5.3. Financial Information

5.3.5.4. Manufacturing Facilities

5.3.5.5. Partnerships

5.3.5.6. Recent Developments

5.3.5.7. Future Outlook

 

5.3.6.    Piramal Pharma Solutions

5.3.6.1. Company Overview

5.3.6.2. Services Portfolio

5.3.6.3. Financial Information

5.3.6.4. Facilities

5.3.6.5. Partnerships

5.3.6.6. Recent Developments

5.3.6.7. Future Outlook

 

  1. BIOPHARMACEUTICAL CONTRACT MANUFACTURING IN EUROPE

6.1.      Chapter Overview

6.2.      Biopharmaceutical Outsourcing in Europe: Regulatory Scenario

6.3.      Leading Biopharmaceutical CMOs in Europe

6.3.1.    3P Biopharmaceuticals

6.3.1.1. Company Overview

6.3.1.2. Services Portfolio

6.3.1.3. Manufacturing Facilities

6.3.1.4. Partnerships

6.3.1.5. Recent Developments

6.3.1.6. Future Outlook

 

6.3.2.    Boehringer Ingelheim BioXcellence™

6.3.2.1. Company Overview

6.3.2.2. Services Portfolio

6.3.2.3. Financial Information

6.3.2.4. Manufacturing Facilities

6.3.2.5. Partnerships

6.3.2.6. Recent Developments

6.3.2.7. Future Outlook

 

6.3.3.    Celonic

6.3.3.1. Company Overview

6.3.3.2. Services Portfolio

6.3.3.3. Manufacturing Facilities

6.3.3.4. Partnerships

6.3.3.5. Recent Developments

6.3.3.6. Future Outlook

 

6.3.4.    FUJIFILM Diosynth Biotechnologies

6.3.4.1. Company Overview

6.3.4.2. Services Portfolio

6.3.4.3. Financial Information

6.3.4.4. Manufacturing Capabilities

6.3.4.5. Partnerships

6.3.4.6. Recent Developments

6.3.4.7. Future Outlook

 

6.3.5.    LFB Group

6.3.5.1. Company Overview

6.3.5.2. Services Portfolio

6.3.5.3. Financial Information

6.3.5.4. Manufacturing Facilities

6.3.5.5. Partnerships

6.3.5.6. Recent Developments

6.3.5.7. Future Outlook

 

6.3.6.    Lonza

6.3.6.1. Company Overview

6.3.6.2. Services Portfolio

6.3.6.3. Financial Information

6.3.6.4. Manufacturing Facilities

6.3.6.5. Partnerships

6.3.6.6. Recent Developments

6.3.6.7. Future Outlook

 

6.3.7.    Menarini Biotech

6.3.7.1. Company Overview

6.3.7.2. Services Portfolio

6.3.7.3. Partnerships

6.3.7.4. Future Outlook

 

6.3.8.    Novasep

6.3.8.1. Company Overview

6.3.8.2. Services Portfolio

6.3.8.3. Financial Information

6.3.8.4. Partnerships

6.3.8.5. Recent Developments

6.3.8.6. Future Outlook

 

6.3.9.    Rentschler BioPharma

6.3.9.1. Company Overview

6.3.9.2. Services Portfolio

6.3.9.3. Manufacturing Facilities

6.3.9.4. Partnerships

6.3.9.5. Recent Developments

6.3.9.6. Future Outlook

 

  1. BIOPHARMACEUTICAL CONTRACT MANUFACTURING IN ASIA PACIFIC AND THE REST OF THE WORLD

7.1.      Chapter Overview

 

7.2.      Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing in China

7.2.1.    Biopharmaceutical Outsourcing in China: Regulatory Scenario

7.2.2.    Challenges Faced while Outsourcing to China

 

7.3.      Biopharmaceutical CMOs in China

7.3.1.    AutekBio

7.3.1.1. Company Overview

7.3.1.2. Services Portfolio

7.3.1.3. Manufacturing Facilities

7.3.1.4. Future Outlook

 

7.3.2.    WuXi AppTec (WuXi Biologics)

7.3.2.1. Company Overview

7.3.2.2. Services Portfolio

7.3.2.3. Financial Information

7.3.2.4. Manufacturing Facilities

7.3.2.5. Partnerships

7.3.2.6. Recent Developments

7.3.2.7. Future Outlook

 

7.4.      Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing in India

7.4.1.    Biopharmaceutical Outsourcing in India: Regulatory Scenario

7.4.2.    Challenges Faced while Outsourcing to India

 

7.5.      Biopharmaceutical CMOs in India

7.5.1.    Intas Pharmaceuticals

7.5.1.1. Company Overview

7.5.1.2. Services Portfolio

7.5.1.3. Financial Information

7.5.1.4. Manufacturing Facilities

7.5.1.5. Future Outlook

 

7.5.2.    Kemwell Biopharma

7.5.2.1. Company Overview

7.5.2.2. Services Portfolio

7.5.2.3. Manufacturing Facilities

7.5.2.4. Partnerships

7.5.2.5. Recent Developments

7.5.2.6. Future Outlook

 

7.5.3.    Shasun Pharmaceuticals

7.5.3.1. Company Overview

7.5.3.2. Services Portfolio

7.5.3.3. Financial Information

7.5.3.4. Future Outlook

 

7.5.5.    Syngene

7.5.5.1. Company Overview

7.5.5.2. Services Portfolio

7.5.5.3. Financial Information

7.5.5.4. Manufacturing Facilities

7.5.5.5. Partnerships

7.5.5.6. Recent Developments

7.5.5.7. Future Outlook

 

7.6.      Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing in Japan

7.6.1.    Biopharmaceutical Outsourcing in Japan: Regulatory Scenario

 

7.6.      Biopharmaceutical CMOs in Japan

7.6.1.    Asahi Glass

7.6.1.1. Company Overview

7.6.1.2. Services Portfolio

7.6.1.3. Financial Information

7.6.1.4. Manufacturing Facilities

7.6.1.5. Partnerships

7.7.1.6. Recent Developments

7.7.1.7. Future Outlook

 

7.7.      Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing in South Korea

7.7.1.    Biopharmaceutical Outsourcing in South Korea: Regulatory Scenario

 

7.7.      Biopharmaceutical CMOs in South Korea

7.7.1.    DM Bio

7.7.1.1. Company Overview

7.7.1.2. Services Portfolio

7.7.1.3. Manufacturing Facilities

7.7.1.4. Future Outlook

 

7.7.2.    Samsung BioLogics

7.7.2.1. Company Overview

7.7.2.2. Services Portfolio

7.7.2.3. Financial Information

7.7.2.4. Manufacturing Facilities

7.7.2.5. Partnerships

7.7.2.6. Recent Developments

7.7.2.7. Future Outlook

 

7.8.      Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing in Australia

7.8.1.    Biopharmaceutical Outsourcing in Australia: Regulatory Scenario

 

7.8.      Biopharmaceutical CMOs in Australia

7.8.2.    Cell Therapies

7.8.2.1. Company Overview

7.8.2.2. Services Portfolio

7.8.2.3. Manufacturing Facilities

7.8.2.4. Partnerships

7.8.2.5. Recent Developments

7.8.2.6. Future Outlook

 

7.8.3.    Luina Bio

7.8.3.1. Company Overview

7.8.3.2. Services Portfolio

7.8.3.3. Manufacturing Facilities

7.8.3.4. Partnerships

7.8.3.5. Future Outlook

 

  1. NICHE BIOPHARMACEUTICAL SECTORS

8.1.      Chapter Overview

8.2.      Antibody Drug Conjugates

8.2.1.    Introduction

8.2.1.1. Manufacturing Process

8.2.1.2. Key Technologies and Technology Providers

 

8.2.2.    Pipeline Analysis

8.2.2.1. ADC Pipeline: Marketed and Clinical Molecules

8.2.2.2. ADC Pipeline: Preclinical and Discovery Stage Molecules

8.2.2.3. ADC Manufacturing: Key Challenges

 

8.3.      Bispecific Antibodies

8.3.1.    Introduction

8.3.1.1. The Bispecific Advantage

8.3.2.    Pipeline Analysis

8.3.3.    Bispecific Antibody Technology Providers

8.3.4.    Contract Manufacturing Scenario

 

8.4.      Cell Therapies

8.4.1.    Introduction

8.4.2.    Current Market Landscape

8.4.3.    Cell Therapy Manufacturing

8.4.4.    Cell Therapy Manufacturing Models

8.4.4.1. Centralized Manufacturing Model

8.4.4.2. Decentralized Manufacturing Model

 

8.4.5.    Cell Therapy Manufacturing: Key Challenges and Growth Drivers

8.4.6.    Important Factors for Cell Therapy Manufacturing

8.4.6.1. Cell Characterization

8.4.6.2. Cost of Goods

8.4.7.    Contract Manufacturing Scenario

8.4.7.1. Analysis by Type of Cells Manufactured

8.4.7.2. Analysis by Scale of Operation

 

8.5.      Gene Therapy

8.5.1.    Introduction

8.5.2.    Gene Therapy: Pipeline Analysis

8.5.2.1. Analysis by Phase of Development

8.5.2.2. Analysis by Type of Vector

8.5.2.3. Analysis by Therapeutic Area

 

8.5.3.    Contract Manufacturing Market Landscape

8.5.3.1. Analysis by Location

8.5.3.2. Analysis by Type of Viral Vector

8.5.3.3. Analysis by Scale of Production

 

8.6.      Plasmid DNA

8.6.1.    Introduction

8.6.2.    Contract Manufacturing Market Landscape

8.6.3.    Analysis by Location of Manufacturing Facility

8.6.4.    Analysis by Scale of Production

 

  1. CASE STUDY: OUTSOURCING OF BIOSIMILARS

9.1.      Chapter Overview

9.2.      Biosimilars: An Introduction

9.3.      Biosimilars: Development Stages

9.4.      Regulatory Requirements for Licensing of Biosimilars

9.5.      Need for Outsourcing Biosimilar Development and Manufacturing

9.6.      Impact of Biosimilars on the Global Contract Manufacturing Market

9.6.1.    Region-wise Distribution of Biosimilar Development / Manufacturing Activity

9.7.      List of Biosimilars Contract Manufacturing Service Provider

9.8.      Challenges Associated with Biosimilar Outsourcing

 

  1. CASE STUDY: COMPARISON OF SMALL AND LARGE MOLECULE DRUGS / THERAPIES

10.1.     Chapter Overview

10.2.     Small Molecule and Large Molecule Drugs / Therapies

10.2.1. Comparison of General Characteristics

10.2.2. Comparison of Key Specifications

10.2.3. Comparison of Manufacturing Processes

10.2.4. Comparison of Key Manufacturing Challenges

 

  1. CASE STUDY ON IN-HOUSE MANUFACTURING

11.1.     Chapter Overview

11.2.     In-House Manufacturing

11.2.1. Benefits Associated with In-House Manufacturing

11.2.2. Risks Associated with In-House Manufacturing

 

11.3.     Outsourcing in the Biomanufacturing Industry

11.3.1. Types of Outsourcing Partners

 

11.4.     Manufacturing Approaches Used for Approved Biologics (2016-2018)

11.4.1. Approved Biologics: Distribution by Size of Type of Manufacturing Approach

11.4.2. Approved Biologics: Distribution by Size of Developer and Type of Biologic

 

11.5.     Choosing the Right Strategy: In-House Manufacturing versus Outsourcing

 

  1. COLLABORATIONS

12.1.     Chapter Overview

12.2.     Partnership Models

12.3.     Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing: List of Partnerships and Collaborations

12.3.1.  Analysis by Year of Partnerships

12.3.2.  Analysis by Type of Partnerships

12.3.2.1. Year-Wise Trend of Product-based Agreements

12.3.2.2. Year-Wise Trend of Process-based Agreements

12.3.2.3. Year-Wise Trend of Licensing Agreements

12.3.2.4. Year-Wise Trend of Co-service Agreements / Ventures

12.3.2.5. Year-Wise Trend of R&D Agreements

12.3.2.6. Year-Wise Trend of Out-sourcing Services Agreements

 

12.3.3. Analysis by Focus Area

12.3.4. Analysis by Type of Biologics

12.3.4.1. Analysis by Type of Biologic and Type of Partnership Model

12.3.4.2. Analysis of Cell Therapy-related Deals by Year and Type of Partnership Model

12.3.4.3. Analysis of Monoclonal Antibody-related Deals by Year and Type of Partnership Model

12.3.4.4. Analysis of Vaccine-related Deals by Year and Type of Partnership Model

12.3.4.5. Analysis of Protein-related Deals by Year and Type of Partnership Model

12.3.4.6. Analysis of Antibody Drug Deals by Year and Type of Partnership Model

12.3.4.7. Analysis of Vector-related Deals by Year and Type of Partnership Model

12.3.4.8. Analysis of Gene Therapy-related Deals by Year and Type of Partnership Model

12.3.4.9. Analysis of Biosimilar-related Deals by Year and Type of Partnership Model

12.3.4.10. Analysis of Other Biologic-related Deals by Type of Partnership Model

12.3.4.11. Analysis by Type of Biologics and Geography

 

12.3.5.  Analysis by Therapeutic Area

12.3.6.  Analysis of Most Active Players by Number of Partnerships

12.3.7.  Regional Analysis

12.3.7.1. Intercontinental and Intracontinental Agreements

 

12.4.     Mergers and Acquisitions

12.4.1.  Acquisitions Models

12.4.2.  Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing: Mergers and Acquisitions

12.4.3.  Cumulative Year-wise Trend

12.4.4.  Analysis by Type of Acquisition

12.4.5.  Geographical Activity

12.4.5.1. Mergers and Acquisitions: Continent-wise Distribution

12.4.5.2. Mergers and Acquisitions: Country-wise Distribution

12.4.5.3. Mergers and Acquisitions: Intercontinental and Intracontinental Deals

 

12.4.6.  Most Active Acquirers: Analysis by Number of Acquisitions

12.4.7   Mergers and Acquisitions: Distribution by Key Value Drivers and Type of Biologics

12.4.7.1. Mergers and Acquisitions: Analysis by Key Value Drivers

12.4.7.2. Mergers and Acquisitions: Analysis by Key Value Drivers and Year of Acquisition

12.4.7.3. Mergers and Acquisitions: Analysis by Type of Biologics

12.4.7.4. Mergers and Acquisitions: Analysis by Type of Biologics and Key Value Drivers

12.5.     Key Acquisitions: Deal Multiples

 

  1. RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

13.1.     Chapter Overview

13.2.     Biopharma Contract Manufacturing Market: Facility Expansions

13.2.1.  Cumulative Year-wise Distribution

13.2.2.  Analysis by Purpose of Facility Expansion

13.2.3.  Analysis by Type of Biologics

13.2.4.  Analysis by Type of Biologics and Purpose of Expansion

13.2.5.  Analysis by Location of Manufacturing Facility

13.2.6.  Regional Analysis

13.2.7. Most Active Players: Analysis by Number of Recent Expansions

13.2.8. Analysis by Headquarters and Purpose

13.2.9. Facility Expansions: Pre-2015 and Post-2015

13.3.     Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market: Funding Instances

13.4.     Technological Advancements

13.4.1. Single Use Technology

13.4.2.  Process Analytical Technology (PAT)

13.4.3. Continuous Processing

13.4.3.  Quality by Design in Bioprocessing

 

 

13.3.     Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market: Funding Instances

13.4.     Technological Advancements

13.4.1.  Single Use Technology

13.4.2.  Process Analytical Technology

13.4.3.  Continuous Processing

13.4.4.  Quality by Design in Bioprocessing

 

  1. CAPACITY ANALYSIS

14.1.     Chapter Overview

14.2.     Assumptions and Methodology

14.3.     Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturers: Global Production Capacity

14.3.1.  Analysis by Size of the CMO

14.3.2. Analysis by Expression Systems

14.3.3.  Analysis by Scale of Operation

14.3.4. Analysis by Region

14.3.4.1. Capacity Analysis: North America

14.3.4.2. Capacity Analysis: Europe

14.3.4.3. Capacity Analysis: Asia and Middle East

14.4.     Emerging Biologics: Capacity Analysis

14.4.1.  ADC Manufacturing Installed Global Capacity: Regional Distribution

14.5.     Cell Therapy Manufacturing Capacity: Regional Distribution

14.6.     Viral Vectors Installed Manufacturer Capacity: Distribution by Location of Manufacturing Facility

14.7.     Concluding Remarks

 

  1. DEMAND ANALYSIS

15.1.     Chapter Overview

15.2.     Key Assumptions and Methodology

15.3.     Overall Annual Demand for Biopharmaceutical Market, 2019-2024

15.3.1. Analysis by Therapeutic Area

 

15.4.     Relationship Between Annual Demand and Capacity

15.5.     Demand for Emerging Novel Biologics

15.5.1. ADCs: Overall Annual Demand

15.5.1. ADCs: Demand and Supply Analysis

 

  1. MARKET FORECAST

16.1.     Chapter Overview

16.2.     Forecast Methodology and Key Assumptions

 

16.3.     Overall Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market, 2019-2030

16.3.1. Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market for API Manufacturing, 2019-2030

16.3.2. Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market for FDF Manufacturing, 2019-2030

 

16.4.     Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market, 2019-2030: Distribution by Expression Systems Used

16.5.     Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market, 2019-2030: Distribution by Scale of Operation

16.6.     Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market, 2019-2030: Distribution by Size of Manufacturers

 

16.7.     Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market, 2019-2030: Distribution by Geography

16.7.1.  Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in North America, 2019-2030

16.7.1.1. Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in the US, 2019-2030

16.7.1.2. Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in Canada, 2019-2030

16.7.1.3. Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in North America, 2019-2030: Share of Mammalian Cell-based Operations

16.7.1.4. Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in North America, 2019-2030: Share of Microbial Cell-based Operations

16.7.1.5. Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in North America, 2019-2030: Share of Other Expression System-based Operations

16.7.1.6. Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in North America, 2019-2030: Share of Preclinical / Clinical Scale Operations

16.7.1.7. Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in North America, 2019-2030: Share of Commercial Scale Operations

16.7.1.8. Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in North America, 2019-2030: Share of Small-sized Companies

16.7.1.9. Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in North America, 2019-2030: Share of Mid-sized Companies

16.7.1.10. Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in North America, 2019-2030: Share of Large / Very Large Companies

 

16.7.2.  Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in Europe, 2019-2030

16.7.2.1. Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in Italy, 2019-2030

16.7.2.2. Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in Germany, 2019-2030

16.7.2.3. Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in France, 2019-2030

16.7.2.4. Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in Spain, 2019-2030

16.7.2.5. Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in the UK, 2019-2030

16.7.2.6. Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in Rest of Europe, 2019-2030

 

16.7.2.7. Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in Europe, 2019-2030: Share of Mammalian Cell-based Operations

16.7.2.8. Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in Europe, 2019-2030: Share of Microbial Cell-based Operations

16.7.2.9. Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in Europe, 2019-2030: Share of Other Expression System-based Operations

 

16.7.2.10. Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in Europe, 2019-2030: Share of Preclinical / Clinical Operations

16.7.2.11. Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in Europe, 2019-2030: Share of Commercial Operations

16.7.2.12. Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in Europe, 2019-2030: Share of Small-sized Companies

16.7.2.13. Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in Europe, 2019-2030: Share of Mid-sized Companies

16.7.2.14. Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in Europe, 2019-2030: Share of Large / Very Large Companies

 

16.7.3.  Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in Asia and Rest of the World, 2019-2030

16.7.3.1. Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in China, 2019-2030

16.7.3.2. Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in India, 2019-2030

16.7.3.3. Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in South Korea, 2019-2030

16.7.3.4. Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in Japan, 2019-2030

16.7.3.5. Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in Australia, 2019-2030

16.7.3.6. Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in Rest of Asia and Other Regions, 2019-2030

 

16.7.3.7. Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in Asia and Rest of the World, 2019-2030: Share of Mammalian Cell-based Operations

16.7.3.8. Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in Asia and Rest of the World, 2019-2030: Share of Microbial Cell-based Operations

16.7.3.9. Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in Asia and Rest of the World, 2019-2030: Share of Other Expression System-based Operations

 

16.7.3.10. Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in Asia and Rest of the World, 2019-2030: Share of Preclinical / Clinical Operations

16.7.3.11. Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in Asia and Rest of the World, 2019-2030: Share of Commercial Scale Operations

 

16.7.3.12. Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in Asia and Rest of the World, 2019-2030: Share of Small-sized Companies

16.7.3.13. Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in Asia and Rest of the World, 2019-2030: Share of Mid-sized Companies

16.7.3.14. Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing Market in Asia and Rest of the World, 2019-2030: Large / Very Large Companies

16.7.4   Overall Biopharmaceutical Contract Manufacturing, 2019-2030: Share by Others Segment

 

  1. SWOT ANALYSIS

17.1      Chapter Overview

17.2.     Strengths

17.3.     Weaknesses

17.4.     Opportunities

17.5.     Threats

17.6.     Comparison of Swot Factors

17.7.     Concluding Remarks

 

  1. FUTURE OF THE BIOPHARMACEUTICAL CMO MARKET

18.1.     Chapter Overview

18.2.     Outsourcing Activities to Witness Significant Growth in the Coming Years

18.3.     Shift from One-time Contracts to Strategic Partnerships

18.4.     Integration / Adoption of New and Innovative Technologies

18.4.1. Single use Bioreactors

18.4.2. Novel Bioprocess Techniques

18.4.3. Bioprocess Automation

 

18.5.     Focus on Niche Therapeutic Areas

18.6.     Growing Biosimilars Market to Contribute to the Growth of the Contract Services Segment

18.7.     Capability and Expertise Expansions by CMOs to become One Stop Shops

18.8.     Offshoring Outsourcing Activities to Maximize Profits and Expand Existing Capacities

18.9.     Increase in Financial Inflow and Outsourcing Budgets

18.10.   The Need for Humanized Products to Drive the Growth of Mammalian Expression Technologies

 

18.11.   Challenges Faced by both Sponsors and Service Providers

18.11.1. Concerns related to Single Use Systems

18.11.2. Issues Related to Capacity Fluctuations

 

18.12.   Concluding Remarks

 

  1. SURVEY ANALYSIS

19.1.     Chapter Overview

19.1.1. Overview of Respondents

19.1.2. Designation of Respondents

 

19.2.     Biologics Manufacturing Expertise

19.3.     Scale of Manufacturing

19.4.     Location of Production Facilities

19.5.     Types of Expression Systems Used

19.6.     Types of Bioreactors

19.7.     Modes of Operation of Bioreactors

 

  1. INTERVIEW TRANSCRIPTS

20.1.     Chapter Overview

20.2.     Astrid Brammer, Senior Manager Business Development, Richter-Helm

20.3.     Birgit Schwab, Senior Manager Strategic Marketing, Rentschler Biotechnologie

20.4.     Christian Bailly, Director of CDMO, Pierre Fabre

20.5.     Claire Otjes, Assistant Marketing Manager, Batavia Biosciences

20.6.     David C Cunningham, Director Corporate Development, Goodwin Biotechnology

20.7.     Dietmar Katinger, Chief Executive Officer, Polymun Scientific

20.8.     Denis Angioletti, Chief Commercial Officer, Cerbios-Pharma

20.9.     Jeffrey Hung, Chief Commercial Officer, Vigene Biosciences

20.10.   Kevin Daley, Director Pharmaceuticals, Novasep

20.11.   Mark Wright, Site Head, Grangemouth, Piramal Healthcare

20.12.   Nicolas Grandchamp, R&D Leader, GEG Tech

20.13.   Raquel Fortunato, Chief Executive Officer, GenIbet Biopharmaceuticals

20.14.   Sebastian Schuck, Head of Business Development, Wacker Biotech

20.15.   Stephen Taylor, Senior Vice President Commercial, FUJIFILM Diosynth Biotechnologies

20.16.   Tatjana Buchholz, Marketing Manager, PlasmidFactory and Marco Schmeer, Project Manager, Plasmid Factory

20.17.  Tim Oldham, Chief Executive Officer, Cell Therapies

 

  1. APPENDIX 1: LIST OF NON-INDUSTRY PLAYERS

 

  1. APPENDIX 2: TABULATED DATA

 

  1. APPENDIX 3: LIST OF COMPANIES AND ORGANIZATIONS

 

 

Contact Details

 

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

Biologics Fill / Finish Service Providers, 2019-2030’ report features an extensive study on the contract service providers offering drug product manufacturing services within the biopharmaceutical industry. The study features in-depth analysis, highlighti


Submitted 9 day(s) ago by Harry sins

To order this detailed 480+ page report, please visit this link

 

Key Inclusions

  • A detailed assessment of the current market landscape, including information on drug developer(s), phase of development (marketed, clinical and preclinical / discovery stage) of lead candidates, target immune checkpoints, their respective mechanisms of action (inhibitory or stimulatory),  type of therapeutic modality used (monoclonal antibody, antibody fragment, small molecule and others), route of administration (intravenous, subcutaneous, oral and others), target disease indication, target therapeutic area and type of therapy (monotherapy, combination therapy and both). 
  • A detailed analysis of more than 590 completed, ongoing and planned clinical studies of next generation immune checkpoint inhibitors and stimulators, highlighting prevalent trends across various relevant parameters, such as current trial status, trial registration year, phase of development, study design, leading industry sponsors / collaborators (in terms of number of trials conducted), trial focus, type of target, target indication(s), target therapeutic area(s), enrolled patients population and regional distribution.
  • Detailed profiles of developers of next generation immune checkpoint modulators (shortlisted on the basis of the number of pipeline products), featuring an overview of the company, its financial information (if available), a detailed description of its product portfolio and recent collaborations. In addition, each profile includes an informed future outlook.
  • An in-depth analysis of more than 490 grants that have been awarded to research institutes engaged in next generation immune checkpoint therapy-related projects, in the period between 2016 and 2019 (till November), including analysis based on important parameters, such as year of grant award, amount awarded, administration institute center, funding institute center, support period, type of grant application, purpose of grant award, grant mechanism, popular target immune checkpoints, responsible study section, focus area, prominent program officers, and type of recipient organizations. It also features a detailed analysis based on the types of target immune checkpoints and therapeutic areas, along with a multivariate grant attractiveness analysis based on parameters, such as grant amount, support period, type of grant application and number of disease indications under investigation.
  • An analysis of the partnerships that have been established in the recent past, covering R&D collaborations, licensing agreements (specific to affiliated technology platforms and product candidates), product development and commercialization agreements, clinical trial agreements, manufacturing agreements, mergers and acquisitions, manufacturing and service agreements, and other relevant types of deals. 
  • An insightful competitiveness analysis of biological targets, featuring a [A] three-dimensional bubble representation that highlights the targets that are being evaluated for next generation immune checkpoint therapy development, taking into consideration the number of lead molecules based on a particular target, phase of development of candidate therapies, number of grants and number of publications [B] a five-dimensional spider-web analysis, highlighting the most popular immune checkpoint targets.
  • An analysis of the big biopharma players engaged in this domain, featuring a heat map based on parameters, such as number of therapies under development, target disease indications, partnership activity and target portfolio.
  • Informed estimates of the existing market size and the future opportunity for contract fill / finish services for biologics, over the next decade. Based on multiple parameters, such as biopharmaceutical contract services market size, share of fill / finish services and their likely outsourcing profile, we have provided informed estimates on the evolution of the market for the period 2019-2030.

 

The report also features the likely distribution of the current and forecasted opportunity across important market segments, mentioned below:

  • Types of Primary Packaging Containers
  • Ampoules
  • Cartridges
  • Syringes
  • Vials

 

  • Types of Biologics
  • Peptides / proteins
  • Antibodies
  • Vaccines
  • Cell therapies
  • Gene therapies
  • Viral products
  • Oligonucleotides
  • Others

 

  • Company Size
  • Small-sized
  • Mid-sized
  • Large / very large

 

  • Scale of Operation
  • Preclinical
  • Clinical
  • Commercial

 

  • Key Therapeutic Areas
  • Cancer
  • Infectious diseases
  • Autoimmune diseases
  • Cardiovascular diseases
  • Other indications

 

  • Key Geographical Regions
  • North America (US, Canada)
  • Europe (UK, France, Germany, Italy, Spain and rest of the Europe)
  • Asia-Pacific (Japan, China, South Korea, India and Australia)

 

The report features inputs from a number of eminent industry stakeholders, according to whom, “Currently, majority of biologics are being filled in vials, however, the scenario is likely to change in the future due to the growing demand and preference for self-administration devices.” The report features detailed transcripts of discussions held with the following experts:

  • Ales Sima, Business Development Manager, oncomed manufacturing 
  • Gregor Kawaletz, Chief Commercial Officer, IDT Biologika
  • Jos Vergeest, International Business Developer, HALIX
  • Purushottam Singnurkar, Research Director and Head of Formulation Development, Syngene International

 

To request sample pages, please visit this link

 

Key Questions Answered

  • Who are the leading industry players engaged in the contract fill / finish services market for biologics?
  • Which are the prominent packaging formats used for biologics?
  • Where are the players setting up new facilities or adding infrastructure across the globe?
  • Which partnership models are commonly adopted by stakeholders in this industry?
  • What is the current fill / finish supply?
  • What is the demand for contract fill / finish services for biologics?
  • How is the current and future market opportunity likely to be distributed across key market segments?

 

You may also be interested in the following titles:

  1. Vaccine Contract Manufacturing Market (2nd Edition), 2019-2030
  2. Medical Device Contract Manufacturing Market, 2019-2030
  3. Elastomeric Closure Components Market For Vials, Cartridges and Syringes, 2019-2030: Focus on Caps, Needle Shields, Plungers, Stoppers, Seals, Tip Caps and Other Closures
  4. Biopharma Contract Manufacturing Market (3rd Edition), 2019 - 2030
  5. Patient Recruitment and Retention Services Market, 2019-2030

 

Contact Us

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

115 companies located in various regions across the globe claim to provide contract fill / finish services for various types of biopharmaceutical drug / therapy products, claims Roots Analysis3.com/


Submitted 9 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

Despite the fact that biopharmaceuticals offer significant profit margins, innovator companies are plagued by high costs of development, complex production protocols and special procedures and equipment for fill / finish operations. Consequently, a number of drug manufacturers have demonstrated a preference for outsourcing fill / finish operations of such products.

 

To order this 480+ page report, which features 350+ figures and 260+ tables, please visit this link

 

The USD 4.2 billion (by 2030) financial opportunity within the biologics fill / finish services market has been analyzed across the following segments:

  • Types of Primary Packaging Containers
  • Ampoules
  • Cartridges
  • Syringes
  • Vials

 

  • Types of Biologics
  • Peptides / proteins
  • Antibodies
  • Vaccines
  • Cell therapies
  • Gene therapies
  • Viral products
  • Oligonucleotides
  • Others

 

  • Company Size
  • Small-sized
  • Mid-sized
  • Large / very large

 

  • Scale of Operation
  • Preclinical
  • Clinical
  • Commercial

 

  • Key Therapeutic Areas
  • Cancer
  • Infectious diseases
  • Autoimmune diseases
  • Cardiovascular diseases
  • Other indications

 

  • Key Geographical Regions
  • North America (US, Canada)
  • Europe (UK, France, Germany, Italy, Spain and rest of the Europe)
  • Asia-Pacific (Japan, China, South Korea, India and Australia)

 

The Biologics Fill / Finish Services Market, 2020-2030 report features the following companies, which we identified to be key players in this domain:

  • Advanced BioScience Laboratories (ABL)
  • Albany Molecular Research (AMRI)
  • Biocon
  • BioPharma Solutions
  • BioReliance
  • Boehringer Ingelheim BioXcellence
  • ChemPartner
  • Emergent BioSolutions
  • IDT Biologika
  • Lonza
  • LuinaBio
  • Mycenax Biotech
  • Patheon
  • Recipharm
  • Vetter Pharma
  • WuXi Biologics

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. Preface

    2. Executive Summary

  2. Introduction

  3. Competitive Landscape

  4. Company Competitiveness Analysis

  5. Biologics Fill / Finish Service Providers in North America: Company Profiles

  6. Biologics Fill / Finish Service Providers in Europe: Company Profiles

  7. Biologics Fill / Finish Service Providers in Asia-Pacific: Company Profiles

  8. Partnerships and Collaborations

  9. Recent Expansions

  10. Capacity Analysis

  11. Demand Analysis

  12. Biologics Manufacturing and Fill / Finish: Key Performance Indicator Analysis

  13. Market Sizing and Opportunity Analysis

 

  1. Future Growth Opportunities

 

  1. Case Study: Robotic Systems in Fill / Finish Operations

 

  1. Case Study: Ready-to-Use Packaging Components in Aseptic Fill / Finish Operations

 

  1. Conclusion

 

  1. Interview Transcripts

 

  1. Appendix 1: Tabulated Data

 

  1. Appendix 2: List of Companies and Organizations

 

To purchase a copy, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/biologics-fill--finish-services-market-2019-2030/256.html

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com  

 

The contract fill / finish services market for biologics is anticipated to be worth USD 4.2 billion by 2030, predicts Roots Analysis


Submitted 9 day(s) ago by Harry sins

A steadily growing demand for biologic fill / finish services has generated a range of new opportunities for contract service providers; stakeholders have invested heavily to ensure product integrity and safety

 

Roots Analysis is pleased to announce the publication of its recent study, titled, “Biologics Fill / Finish Services Market, 2019-2030.”

 

The report features an extensive study on the contract service providers offering drug product manufacturing services within the biopharmaceutical industry. The study features in-depth analysis, highlighting the capabilities of a diverse set of companies that claim to specialize in fill / finish operations. Amongst other elements, the report includes:

  • A detailed review of the overall landscape of contract fill / finish services market for biopharmaceuticals. 
  • A region-wise, company competitiveness analysis, highlighting prominent fill / finish service providers across various packaging types.
  • Elaborate profiles of key players across key geographies (North America, Europe and Asia-Pacific).
  • An analysis of the recent collaborations (signed since 2013) focused on the contract fill / finish services for biologics.
  • A detailed analysis of the expansions undertaken (since 2013) by various service providers for augmenting their respective fill / finish service portfolios.
  • An estimate of the global contract fill / finish capacity, by taking into consideration the capacities of various fill / finish service providers.
  • An informed estimate of the annual demand for fill / finish of biologics, taking into account the top 20 biologics.
  • An analysis to identify the key performance indicators for service providers active in the domain.
  • A case study to highlight the benefits of using robotic / automated equipment for aseptic fill / finish processes.
  • A case study to highlight the role of ready-to-use packaging containers in aseptic fill / finish operations.
  • A discussion on the potential growth areas and recent trends impacting the outsourcing potential for biopharmaceuticals.
  • A detailed market forecast, featuring analysis of the current and projected future opportunity across key market segments (listed below)
  • Types of Primary Packaging Containers
  • Ampoules
  • Cartridges
  • Syringes
  • Vials
  • Types of Biologics
  • Peptides / proteins
  • Antibodies
  • Vaccines
  • Cell therapies
  • Gene therapies
  • Viral products
  • Oligonucleotides
  • Others

 

  • Company Size
  • Small-sized
  • Mid-sized
  • Large / very large

 

  • Scale of Operation
  • Preclinical
  • Clinical
  • Commercial

 

  • Key Therapeutic Areas
  • Cancer
  • Infectious diseases
  • Autoimmune diseases
  • Cardiovascular diseases
  • Other indications

 

  • Key Geographical Regions
  • North America (US, Canada)
  • Europe (UK, France, Germany, Italy, Spain and rest of the Europe)
  • Asia-Pacific (Japan, China, South Korea, India and Australia)

 

The report features inputs from a number of eminent industry stakeholders, according to whom, “Currently, majority of biologics are being filled in vials, however, the scenario is likely to change in the future due to the growing demand and preference for self-administration devices.” The report features detailed transcripts of discussions held with the following experts:

  • Ales Sima, Business Development Manager, oncomed manufacturing 
  • Gregor Kawaletz, Chief Commercial Officer, IDT Biologika
  • Jos Vergeest, International Business Developer, HALIX
  • Purushottam Singnurkar, Research Director and Head of Formulation Development, Syngene International

 

Key companies covered in the report

  • Advanced BioScience Laboratories (ABL)
  • Albany Molecular Research (AMRI)
  • Biocon
  • BioPharma Solutions
  • BioReliance
  • Boehringer Ingelheim BioXcellence
  • ChemPartner
  • Emergent BioSolutions
  • IDT Biologika
  • Lonza
  • LuinaBio
  • Mycenax Biotech
  • Patheon
  • Recipharm
  • Vetter Pharma
  • WuXi Biologics

 

For more information please click on the following link:

https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/biologics-fill--finish-services-market-2019-2030/256.html

 

Other Recent Offerings

  1. Vaccine Contract Manufacturing Market (2nd Edition), 2019-2030
  2. Medical Device Contract Manufacturing Market, 2019-2030
  3. Elastomeric Closure Components Market For Vials, Cartridges and Syringes, 2019-2030: Focus on Caps, Needle Shields, Plungers, Stoppers, Seals, Tip Caps and Other Closures
  4. Biopharma Contract Manufacturing Market (3rd Edition), 2019 - 2030
  5. Patient Recruitment and Retention Services Market, 2019-2030

 

About Roots Analysis

Roots Analysis is one of the fastest growing market research companies, sharing fresh and independent perspectives in the bio-pharmaceutical industry. The in-depth research, analysis and insights are driven by an experienced leadership team which has gained many years of significant experience in this sector. If you’d like help with your growing business needs, get in touch at info@rootsanalysis.com

 

Contact Information

Roots Analysis Private Limited

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

 

The market opportunity for AR / VR based healthcare digital marketing service providers is likely to grow at a CAGR of 26%, till 2030


Submitted 9 day(s) ago by Harry sins

Over time, many pharma companies have begun incorporating augmented reality (AR) and virtual reality (VR) features, in order to offer an experiential and interactive dimension to their educational / marketing content

 

Roots Analysis has done a detailed study on “AR / VR based Healthcare Digital Marketing Service Providers Market, 2020-2030” covering key aspects of the industry’s evolution and identifying potential future growth opportunities.

 

 

The report features an extensive study of the current market landscape and future opportunities associated with the AR / VR based digital marketing industry in the healthcare domain. Amongst other elements, the report features:

  • A review of the current market landscape of companies offering AR / VR based digital marketing services.
  • An insightful representation, highlighting the competitiveness analysis of digital marketing companies.
  • Elaborate profiles of prominent digital marketing companies, featuring a brief overview of the company, its financial information (if available), recent developments and an informed future outlook.
  • An analysis highlighting the potential strategic partners segregated on the basis of their likelihood of entering into collaboration with digital marketing companies.
  • An analysis of various AR / VR based digital marketing initiatives of big pharma players (shortlisted based on extent of activity in this domain), based on multiple parameters.
  • A case study on recent use cases, wherein various digital marketing strategies have been adopted by pharmaceutical / healthcare players.
  • A detailed market forecast, featuring analysis of the current and projected future opportunity across key market segments (listed below):
  • Type of Technology
  • AR Based Services
  • MR Based Services
  • VR Based Services

 

  • Type of product
  • Hardware
  • Software

 

  • End-User
  • Large Companies
  • Small and Mid-sized Companies

 

  • Key Geographical Regions 
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia-Pacific
  • Rest of the World 

 

Key companies covered in the report

  • ARWorks
  • CG Life
  • CubeZoo
  • Impact XM
  • INVIVO Communications
  • Mirum
  • Pixacore
  • Random42
  • Quast Media
  • Tipping Point Media
  • vStream

 

 

For more information, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/healthcare-digital-marketing/323.html

 

Other recent offerings

You may also be interested in the following titles:

  1. Global Collaborative Robots (Cobots) Market, 2020-2030
  2. Digital Health Market: Focus on Digital Therapeutics (2nd Edition), 2020-2030
  3. Digital Twin Market: Global Opportunity and Trend Analysis, 2020-2035

 

About Roots Analysis

Roots Analysis is one of the fastest growing market research companies, sharing fresh and independent perspectives in the bio-pharmaceutical industry. The in-depth research, analysis and insights are driven by an experienced leadership team which has gained many years of significant experience in this sector. If you’d like help with your growing business needs, get in touch at info@rootsanalysis.com

 

Contact Information

Roots Analysis Private Limited

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

The AR / VR based digital marketing service providers in healthcare sector market is projected to grow at an annualized rate of ~30%, till 2030


Submitted 9 day(s) ago by Harry sins

Roots Analysis has done a detailed study on “AR / VR based Healthcare Digital Marketing Service Providers Market, 2020-2030” covering key aspects of the industry’s evolution and i

Roots Analysis has done a detailed study on “AR / VR based Healthcare Digital Marketing Service Providers Market, 2020-2030” covering key aspects of the industry’s evolution and identifying potential future growth opportunities.

 

To order this 180+ page report, which features 45+ figures and 70+ tables, please visit this link

 

Key Market Insights

  • Presently, more than 120 companies claim to offer AR / VR and affiliated digital marketing services to the global healthcare industry
  • In the last five years, several companies have entered this domain, offering app development and video / content generation services, through the use of both AR and VR technologies
  • Majority of the companies engaged in this field are based in developing regions; the market landscape is characterized by the presence of small and mid-sized firms
  • In order to achieve a competitive edge, companies are putting in significant efforts to expand their capabilities and enhance their respective service portfolios
  • Big pharma players have also invested significantly in various digital marketing and patient / physician training based initiatives through the use of AR / VR technologies
  • Given the growing popularity of AR / VR based marketing tools, various therapy developers are likely to forge alliances with AR / VR service providers in the foreseen future
  • Owing to the anticipated rate of adoption of AR / VR based technologies in the healthcare industry, the digital marketing service providers market is likely to grow at an annualized growth rate of ~30%, over the next decade

 

For more information, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/healthcare-digital-marketing/323.html

 

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. PREFACE

1.1.      Scope of the Report

1.2.      Research Methodology

1.3.      Chapter Outlines

 

  1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

 

  1. INTRODUCTION

3.1.      Chapter Overview

3.2.      Key Challenges in Pharmaceutical Marketing

3.2.1.    Need for Product Differentiation

3.2.2.    Growing Demand for Patient Centric Healthcare

3.2.3.    Lack of Standard Performance Metrics

3.2.4.    Need for Scientific Communication

3.3.      Importance of Digital Marketing

3.4.      Popular Digital Marketing Strategies

3.4.1.    Social Media Marketing

3.4.2.    Content Marketing Strategy

3.4.3.    Marketing Automation

3.4.4.    Search Engine Optimization and Marketing

3.4.5.    Artificial Intelligence based Marketing

 

3.5.      Use of Augmented Reality and Virtual Reality (AR / VR) in

Pharmaceutical Digital Marketing

3.6.      Growth Constraints in AR / VR Industry

3.7.      Future Perspectives

 

  1. AR / VR BASED HEALTHCARE DIGITAL MARKETING COMPANIES: CURRENT MARKET LANDSCAPE

4.1.      Chapter Overview

4.2.      Digital Marketing in Pharmaceutical Industry: Overall Market                                            Landscape

4.2.1.    Analysis by Type of Technology

4.2.2.    Analysis by AR / VR based Services Offered

4.2.3.    Analysis by Type of Digital Marketing Services Offered

4.2.4.    Analysis by Secondary Marketing Services Offered

4.2.5.    Analysis by Year of Establishment

4.2.6.    Analysis by Company Size

4.2.7.    Analysis by Geographical Location

 

  1. COMPANY COMPETITIVENESS ANALYSIS

5.1.      Chapter Overview

5.2.      Methodology and Key Parameters

5.2.1.    Competitiveness Analysis: AR / VR based Digital Marketing

Service Providers based in North America

5.2.2.    Competitiveness Analysis: AR / VR based Digital Marketing

Service Providers based in Europe

5.2.3.    Competitiveness Analysis: AR / VR based Digital Marketing

Service Providers based in Asia-Pacific

 

  1. COMPANY PROFILES

6.1.      Chapter Overview

 

6.2.      ARworks

6.2.1.    Company Overview

6.2.2.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.3.      CG Life

6.3.1.    Company Overview

6.3.2.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.4.      CubeZoo

6.4.1.    Company Overview

6.4.2.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

  1. 5. Impact XM
  2. 5.1. Company Overview
  3. 5.2. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.6.      INVIVO Communications

6.6.1.    Company overview

6.6.2.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.7.      Mindgrub

6.7.1.    Company Overview

6.7.2.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.8.      Mirum

6.8.1.    Company Overview

6.8.2.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.9.      PIXACORE

6.9.1.    Company Overview

6.9.2.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.10.     Quast Media

6.10.1.  Company Overview

6.10.2.  Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.11.     Random42

6.11.1.  Company Overview

6.11.2.  Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.12.     Tipping Point Media

6.12.1.  Company Overview

6.12.2.  Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.13.     vStream

6.13.1.  Company Overview

6.13.2.  Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

  1. POTENTIAL STRATEGIC PARTNERS

7.1.      Chapter Overview

7.2.      Scope and Methodology

7.3.      Potential Strategic Partners for Digital Marketing Companies

7.3.1.    Most Likely Partners

7.3.2.    Likely Partners

7.3.3.    Less Likely Partners

7.3.4.    Least Likely Partners

 

  1. DIGITAL MARKETING RELATED INITIATIVES OF BIG

PHARMA PLAYERS

8.1.      Chapter Overview

8.1.1.    Analysis by Year

8.1.2.    Analysis by Type of Initiative

8.1.3.    Analysis by Type of Application Area

8.1.4.    Analysis by Type of Solution

8.1.5.    Leading Players: Analysis by Number of Initiatives

8.1.6.    Leading Partners: Analysis by Number of Initiatives

 

  1. CASE STUDY

9.1.      Chapter Overview

 

9.2.      Narola Infotech for Zocular

9.2.1.    Narola Infotech

9.2.2.    Zocular

9.2.3.    Business Needs

9.2.4.    Objectives Achieved and Solutions Provided

 

9.3.      Viscira for Actelion

9.3.1.    Viscira

9.3.2.    Actelion

9.3.3.    Business Needs

9.3.4.    Objectives Achieved and Solutions Provided

9.4.      SoftCover VR for LifeLabs

9.4.1.    SoftCover VR

9.4.2.    LifeLabs

9.4.3.    Business Needs

9.4.4.    Objectives Achieved and Solutions Provided

 

9.5.      Virtual Reality Ireland for MISA

9.5.1.    Virtual Reality Ireland

9.5.2.    MISA

9.5.3.    Business Needs

9.5.4.    Objectives Achieved and Solutions Provided

 

9.6.      ViitorCloud for vCura

9.6.1.    ViitorCloud

9.6.2.    vCura

9.6.3.    Business Needs

9.6.4.    Objectives Achieved and Solutions Provided

 

9.7.      Kwebmaker for Lilavati Hospital

9.7.1.    Kwebmaker

9.7.2.    Lilavati Hospital

9.7.3.    Business Needs

9.7.4.    Objectives Achieved and Solutions Provided

 

9.8.      Intermind for My Health Meter

9.8.1.    Intermind

9.8.2.    My Health Meter

9.8.3.    Business Needs

9.8.4.    Objectives Achieved and Solutions Provided

 

9.9.      VR Vision for Providence Healthcare

9.9.1.    VR Vision

9.9.2.    Providence Healthcare

9.9.3.    Business Needs

9.9.4.    Objectives Achieved and Solutions Provided

 

9.10.     CitrusBits for Zoetis

9.10.1.  CitrusBits

9.10.2.  Zoetis

9.10.3.  Business Needs

9.10.4.  Objectives Achieved and Solutions Provided

 

  1. MARKET FORECAST

10.1.     Chapter Overview

10.2.     Forecast Methodology and Key Assumptions

10.3.     Overall AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare

Industry, 2020-2030

10.4.     AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry:

Distribution by Type of Technology, 2020 and 2030

10.5.     AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry:

Distribution by Product, 2020 and 2030

10.6.     AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry:

Distribution by End-User, 2020 and 2030

10.7.     AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry:

Distribution by Key Geographical Regions, 2020 and 2030

10.7.1.  AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in North America, 2020-2030

10.7.1.1.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in North America: Distribution by Type of Technology, 2020 and 2030

10.7.1.1.1.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in North America: Share of AR based Services, 2020-2030

10.7.1.1.2.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in North America: Share of VR based Services, 2020-2030

10.7.1.1.3.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in North America: Share of Mixed Reality (MR) based Services, 2020-

2030

10.7.1.2.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in North America: Distribution by Type of Product, 2020 and 2030

10.7.1.2.1.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in North America: Share of Hardware Products, 2020-2030

10.7.1.2.2.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in North America: Share of Software Products, 2020-2030

10.7.2.  AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in Europe, 2020-2030

10.7.2.1.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in Europe: Distribution by Type of Technology, 2020 and 2030

10.7.2.1.1.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in Europe: Share of AR based Services, 2020-2030

10.7.2.1.2.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in Europe: Share of VR based Services, 2020-2030

10.7.2.1.3.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in Europe: Share of MR based Services, 2020-2030

10.7.2.2.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in Europe: Distribution by Type of Product, 2020 and 2030

10.7.2.2.1.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in Europe: Share of Hardware Products, 2020-2030

10.7.2.2.2.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in Europe: Share of Software Products, 2020-2030

10.7.3.  AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in Asia-Pacific, 2020-2030

10.7.3.1.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in Asia-Pacific: Distribution by Type of Technology, 2020 and 2030

10.7.3.1.1.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in Asia-Pacific: Share of AR based Services, 2020-2030

10.7.3.1.2.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in Asia-Pacific: Share of VR based Services, 2020-2030

10.7.3.1.3.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in Asia-Pacific: Share of MR based Services, 2020-2030

10.7.3.2.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in Asia-Pacific: Distribution by Type of Product, 2020 and 2030

10.7.3.2.1.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in Asia-Pacific: Share of Hardware Products, 2020-2030

10.7.3.2.2.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in Asia-Pacific: Share of Software Products, 2020-2030

10.7.1.  AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in Rest of the World, 2020-2030

10.7.1.1.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in Rest of the World: Distribution by Type of Technology, 2020 and

2030

10.7.1.1.1.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in Rest of the World: Share of AR based Services, 2020-2030

10.7.1.1.2.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in Rest of the World: Share of VR based Services, 2020-2030

10.7.1.1.3.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in Rest of the World: Share of MR based Services, 2020-2030

10.7.1.2.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in Rest of the World: Distribution by Type of Product, 2020 and 2030

10.7.1.2.1.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in Rest of the World: Share of Hardware Products, 2020-2030

10.7.1.2.2.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in Rest of the World: Share of Software Products, 2020-2030

 

  1. EXECUTIVE INSIGHTS

11.1.     Chapter Overview

11.2.     Unanimity Information & Technology

11.2.1.  Interview Transcript: Pritam Sahu, Director, Unanimity Information &

Technology

11.3.     Kwebmaker

11.3.1. Interview Transcript: Dhananjay Arora, Founder and CEO,

Kwebmaker

 

  1. CONCLUSION

 

  1. APPENDIX 1: TABULATED DATA

 

  1. APPENDIX 2: LIST OF COMPANIES AND ORGANISATIONS

 

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

 

dentifying potential future growth opportunities.

 

To order this 180+ page report, which features 45+ figures and 70+ tables, please visit this link

 

Key Market Insights

  • Presently, more than 120 companies claim to offer AR / VR and affiliated digital marketing services to the global healthcare industry
  • In the last five years, several companies have entered this domain, offering app development and video / content generation services, through the use of both AR and VR technologies
  • Majority of the companies engaged in this field are based in developing regions; the market landscape is characterized by the presence of small and mid-sized firms
  • In order to achieve a competitive edge, companies are putting in significant efforts to expand their capabilities and enhance their respective service portfolios
  • Big pharma players have also invested significantly in various digital marketing and patient / physician training based initiatives through the use of AR / VR technologies
  • Given the growing popularity of AR / VR based marketing tools, various therapy developers are likely to forge alliances with AR / VR service providers in the foreseen future
  • Owing to the anticipated rate of adoption of AR / VR based technologies in the healthcare industry, the digital marketing service providers market is likely to grow at an annualized growth rate of ~30%, over the next decade

 

For more information, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/healthcare-digital-marketing/323.html

 

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. PREFACE

1.1.      Scope of the Report

1.2.      Research Methodology

1.3.      Chapter Outlines

 

  1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

 

  1. INTRODUCTION

3.1.      Chapter Overview

3.2.      Key Challenges in Pharmaceutical Marketing

3.2.1.    Need for Product Differentiation

3.2.2.    Growing Demand for Patient Centric Healthcare

3.2.3.    Lack of Standard Performance Metrics

3.2.4.    Need for Scientific Communication

3.3.      Importance of Digital Marketing

3.4.      Popular Digital Marketing Strategies

3.4.1.    Social Media Marketing

3.4.2.    Content Marketing Strategy

3.4.3.    Marketing Automation

3.4.4.    Search Engine Optimization and Marketing

3.4.5.    Artificial Intelligence based Marketing

 

3.5.      Use of Augmented Reality and Virtual Reality (AR / VR) in

Pharmaceutical Digital Marketing

3.6.      Growth Constraints in AR / VR Industry

3.7.      Future Perspectives

 

  1. AR / VR BASED HEALTHCARE DIGITAL MARKETING COMPANIES: CURRENT MARKET LANDSCAPE

4.1.      Chapter Overview

4.2.      Digital Marketing in Pharmaceutical Industry: Overall Market                                            Landscape

4.2.1.    Analysis by Type of Technology

4.2.2.    Analysis by AR / VR based Services Offered

4.2.3.    Analysis by Type of Digital Marketing Services Offered

4.2.4.    Analysis by Secondary Marketing Services Offered

4.2.5.    Analysis by Year of Establishment

4.2.6.    Analysis by Company Size

4.2.7.    Analysis by Geographical Location

 

  1. COMPANY COMPETITIVENESS ANALYSIS

5.1.      Chapter Overview

5.2.      Methodology and Key Parameters

5.2.1.    Competitiveness Analysis: AR / VR based Digital Marketing

Service Providers based in North America

5.2.2.    Competitiveness Analysis: AR / VR based Digital Marketing

Service Providers based in Europe

5.2.3.    Competitiveness Analysis: AR / VR based Digital Marketing

Service Providers based in Asia-Pacific

 

  1. COMPANY PROFILES

6.1.      Chapter Overview

 

6.2.      ARworks

6.2.1.    Company Overview

6.2.2.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.3.      CG Life

6.3.1.    Company Overview

6.3.2.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.4.      CubeZoo

6.4.1.    Company Overview

6.4.2.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

  1. 5. Impact XM
  2. 5.1. Company Overview
  3. 5.2. Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.6.      INVIVO Communications

6.6.1.    Company overview

6.6.2.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.7.      Mindgrub

6.7.1.    Company Overview

6.7.2.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.8.      Mirum

6.8.1.    Company Overview

6.8.2.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.9.      PIXACORE

6.9.1.    Company Overview

6.9.2.    Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.10.     Quast Media

6.10.1.  Company Overview

6.10.2.  Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.11.     Random42

6.11.1.  Company Overview

6.11.2.  Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.12.     Tipping Point Media

6.12.1.  Company Overview

6.12.2.  Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.13.     vStream

6.13.1.  Company Overview

6.13.2.  Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

  1. POTENTIAL STRATEGIC PARTNERS

7.1.      Chapter Overview

7.2.      Scope and Methodology

7.3.      Potential Strategic Partners for Digital Marketing Companies

7.3.1.    Most Likely Partners

7.3.2.    Likely Partners

7.3.3.    Less Likely Partners

7.3.4.    Least Likely Partners

 

  1. DIGITAL MARKETING RELATED INITIATIVES OF BIG

PHARMA PLAYERS

8.1.      Chapter Overview

8.1.1.    Analysis by Year

8.1.2.    Analysis by Type of Initiative

8.1.3.    Analysis by Type of Application Area

8.1.4.    Analysis by Type of Solution

8.1.5.    Leading Players: Analysis by Number of Initiatives

8.1.6.    Leading Partners: Analysis by Number of Initiatives

 

  1. CASE STUDY

9.1.      Chapter Overview

 

9.2.      Narola Infotech for Zocular

9.2.1.    Narola Infotech

9.2.2.    Zocular

9.2.3.    Business Needs

9.2.4.    Objectives Achieved and Solutions Provided

 

9.3.      Viscira for Actelion

9.3.1.    Viscira

9.3.2.    Actelion

9.3.3.    Business Needs

9.3.4.    Objectives Achieved and Solutions Provided

9.4.      SoftCover VR for LifeLabs

9.4.1.    SoftCover VR

9.4.2.    LifeLabs

9.4.3.    Business Needs

9.4.4.    Objectives Achieved and Solutions Provided

 

9.5.      Virtual Reality Ireland for MISA

9.5.1.    Virtual Reality Ireland

9.5.2.    MISA

9.5.3.    Business Needs

9.5.4.    Objectives Achieved and Solutions Provided

 

9.6.      ViitorCloud for vCura

9.6.1.    ViitorCloud

9.6.2.    vCura

9.6.3.    Business Needs

9.6.4.    Objectives Achieved and Solutions Provided

 

9.7.      Kwebmaker for Lilavati Hospital

9.7.1.    Kwebmaker

9.7.2.    Lilavati Hospital

9.7.3.    Business Needs

9.7.4.    Objectives Achieved and Solutions Provided

 

9.8.      Intermind for My Health Meter

9.8.1.    Intermind

9.8.2.    My Health Meter

9.8.3.    Business Needs

9.8.4.    Objectives Achieved and Solutions Provided

 

9.9.      VR Vision for Providence Healthcare

9.9.1.    VR Vision

9.9.2.    Providence Healthcare

9.9.3.    Business Needs

9.9.4.    Objectives Achieved and Solutions Provided

 

9.10.     CitrusBits for Zoetis

9.10.1.  CitrusBits

9.10.2.  Zoetis

9.10.3.  Business Needs

9.10.4.  Objectives Achieved and Solutions Provided

 

  1. MARKET FORECAST

10.1.     Chapter Overview

10.2.     Forecast Methodology and Key Assumptions

10.3.     Overall AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare

Industry, 2020-2030

10.4.     AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry:

Distribution by Type of Technology, 2020 and 2030

10.5.     AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry:

Distribution by Product, 2020 and 2030

10.6.     AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry:

Distribution by End-User, 2020 and 2030

10.7.     AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry:

Distribution by Key Geographical Regions, 2020 and 2030

10.7.1.  AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in North America, 2020-2030

10.7.1.1.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in North America: Distribution by Type of Technology, 2020 and 2030

10.7.1.1.1.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in North America: Share of AR based Services, 2020-2030

10.7.1.1.2.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in North America: Share of VR based Services, 2020-2030

10.7.1.1.3.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in North America: Share of Mixed Reality (MR) based Services, 2020-

2030

10.7.1.2.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in North America: Distribution by Type of Product, 2020 and 2030

10.7.1.2.1.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in North America: Share of Hardware Products, 2020-2030

10.7.1.2.2.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in North America: Share of Software Products, 2020-2030

10.7.2.  AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in Europe, 2020-2030

10.7.2.1.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in Europe: Distribution by Type of Technology, 2020 and 2030

10.7.2.1.1.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in Europe: Share of AR based Services, 2020-2030

10.7.2.1.2.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in Europe: Share of VR based Services, 2020-2030

10.7.2.1.3.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in Europe: Share of MR based Services, 2020-2030

10.7.2.2.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in Europe: Distribution by Type of Product, 2020 and 2030

10.7.2.2.1.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in Europe: Share of Hardware Products, 2020-2030

10.7.2.2.2.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in Europe: Share of Software Products, 2020-2030

10.7.3.  AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in Asia-Pacific, 2020-2030

10.7.3.1.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in Asia-Pacific: Distribution by Type of Technology, 2020 and 2030

10.7.3.1.1.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in Asia-Pacific: Share of AR based Services, 2020-2030

10.7.3.1.2.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in Asia-Pacific: Share of VR based Services, 2020-2030

10.7.3.1.3.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in Asia-Pacific: Share of MR based Services, 2020-2030

10.7.3.2.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in Asia-Pacific: Distribution by Type of Product, 2020 and 2030

10.7.3.2.1.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in Asia-Pacific: Share of Hardware Products, 2020-2030

10.7.3.2.2.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in Asia-Pacific: Share of Software Products, 2020-2030

10.7.1.  AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in Rest of the World, 2020-2030

10.7.1.1.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in Rest of the World: Distribution by Type of Technology, 2020 and

2030

10.7.1.1.1.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in Rest of the World: Share of AR based Services, 2020-2030

10.7.1.1.2.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in Rest of the World: Share of VR based Services, 2020-2030

10.7.1.1.3.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in Rest of the World: Share of MR based Services, 2020-2030

10.7.1.2.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in Rest of the World: Distribution by Type of Product, 2020 and 2030

10.7.1.2.1.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in Rest of the World: Share of Hardware Products, 2020-2030

10.7.1.2.2.AR / VR based Digital Marketing Opportunity in Healthcare Industry

in Rest of the World: Share of Software Products, 2020-2030

 

  1. EXECUTIVE INSIGHTS

11.1.     Chapter Overview

11.2.     Unanimity Information & Technology

11.2.1.  Interview Transcript: Pritam Sahu, Director, Unanimity Information &

Technology

11.3.     Kwebmaker

11.3.1. Interview Transcript: Dhananjay Arora, Founder and CEO,

Kwebmaker

 

  1. CONCLUSION

 

  1. APPENDIX 1: TABULATED DATA

 

  1. APPENDIX 2: LIST OF COMPANIES AND ORGANISATIONS

 

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

 

The opportunity for AR / VR based digital marketing service providers in healthcare sector is projected to be worth USD 3 billion by 2030 at significant CAGR of 26% claims, Roots Analysis


Submitted 10 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

Given the present scenario, many stakeholders are adopting such advanced marketing strategies to drive better consumer engagement through the use of immersive and interactive technologies

 

Roots Analysis has announced the addition of “AR / VR based Healthcare Digital Marketing Service Providers Market, 2020-2030” report to its list of offerings.

 

Over time, various pharma players have taken advantage of these immersive technologies for education, training as well as marketing, purposes. These technologies have been demonstrated to be capable of driving better customer engagement, and generating useful insights based on their expectations and purchase behaviors. Given the increasing demand for immersive technologies in the healthcare and pharma marketing, several stakeholders are expected to forge alliances with AR / VR service providers in the foreseen future. Owing to the rising interest of big pharma players in this domain, we expect an escalated industry-wide adoption of such technologies.

 

To order this 180+ page report, which features 45+ figures and 70+ tables, please visit this link

 

Key Market Insights

 

More than 125 companies claim to offer different AR / VR based digital marketing services to the healthcare and pharma industry.

The majority of players engaged in providing AR / VR based digital marketing services to the healthcare and pharmaceutical industry are small-sized companies (63%), followed by mid-sized (32%) and large players (5%). In addition, majority (38%) of the players were established during the period 2011-2015.

 

Several big pharma players have taken significant strides in in the field of AR / VR

These instances are either by collaborating with digital marketing service providers or through development of in-house capabilities. Majority (18%) of the instances were recorded in the year 2018.

 

More than 350 industry players have been identified as likely partners for AR / VR based digital marketing service providers

The potential strategic partners have been identified by evaluating more than 4,500 industry sponsored clinical trials (including phase I / II, phase II and phase II / III trials), and have been analyzed based on our proprietary scoring criteria.

 

Currently, a significant proportion (57%) of service revenues is generated from AR based digital marketing projects

In 2020, VR based projects are anticipated to contribute to 42% of the overall market share. It is worth mentioning that, in the foreseen future, service revenues generated through MR based technologies are anticipated to grow at a CAGR of 5% till 2030.

 

To request a sample copy / brochure of this report, please visit this link

 

Key Questions Answered

  • Who are the leading players offering AR / VR based digital marketing services?
  • Which immersive technology, AR or VR, is likely to witness greater adoption in the immediate future?
  • How have big pharma players used AR / VR to create interactive and immersive experiences for their consumers?
  • Which companies are potential strategic partners for AR / VR based digital marketing service providers?
  • What are the factors that are likely to influence the evolution of this market?
  • How is the current and future opportunity likely to be distributed across key market segments?

 

The USD 3.04 billion (by 2030) financial opportunity within the AR / VR based healthcare digital marketing service providers market has been analyzed across the following segments:

  • Type of Technology
  • AR Based Services
  • MR Based Services
  • VR Based Services

 

  • Type of product
  • Hardware
  • Software

 

  • End-User
  • Large Companies
  • Small and Mid-sized Companies

 

  • Key Geographical Regions 
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia-Pacific
  • Rest of the World 

 

The report features inputs from eminent industry stakeholders, according to whom, a significant increase in adoption of AR / VR based digital marketing services is anticipated in pharmaceutical industry, in the foreseen future. The report includes detailed transcripts of the discussions held with the following experts:

 

The research includes detailed profiles of key players engaged in this domain; each profile features an overview of the company, recent developments and an informed future outlook.

  • ARWorks
  • CG Life
  • CubeZoo
  • Impact XM
  • INVIVO Communications
  • Mirum
  • Pixacore
  • Random42
  • Quast Media
  • Tipping Point Media
  • vStream

 

For additional details, please visit

https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/healthcare-digital-marketing/323.html

 

You may also be interested in the following titles:

  1. Global Collaborative Robots (Cobots) Market, 2020-2030
  2. Digital Health Market: Focus on Digital Therapeutics (2nd Edition), 2020-2030
  3. Digital Twin Market: Global Opportunity and Trend Analysis, 2020-2035

 

Contact:

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

+44 (122) 391 1091

Gaurav.Chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

The targeted protein degradation market is projected to grow at an annualized rate of more than 30% till 2030


Submitted 14 day(s) ago by Harry sins

Roots Analysis has done a detailed study on Targeted Protein Degradation Market: Focus on Therapeutics and Technology Platforms (based on Degronimids, ENDTACs, Epichaperome Inhibitors, Hydrophobic Tags, IMiDs, LYTACs, Molecular Glues, PHOTACs, PROTACs, Protein Homeostatic Modulators, SARDs, SERDs, SNIPERs, and Specific BET and DUB Inhibitors), 2020-2030, covering key aspects of the industry’s evolution and identifying potential future growth opportunities.

 

To order this 330+ page report, which features 130+ figures and 145+ tables, please visit this link

 

Key Market Insights

  • More than 85 small molecule protein degraders are currently being evaluated for the treatment of various disease indications; in addition, there are 25+ technology platforms available for use in therapy development efforts
  • The pipeline features a variety of candidate drugs that target a wide range of disease-causing / associated proteins; majority of the existing drug candidates are designed for administration via non-invasive routes
  • Although start-ups and mid-sized firms are spearheading the innovation, several big pharmaceutical companies are also engaged in this domain
  • Close to 5,500 patients were estimated to have been enrolled in clinical trials worldwide, evaluating a number of relevant pre-marketing end points across various phases of development
  • A number of prominent scientists from renowned universities have emerged as key opinion leaders, owing to their active involvement in clinical development efforts
  • Published scientific literature indicates that both industry and academic players have made equal contributions to the innovation in this field; the major focus of such studies is presently on PROTACs
  • Foreseeing a lucrative future, several private and public investors have invested over USD 3.5 billion across close to 100 instances of funding since 2014
  • The increasing interest in this field is also reflected in recent partnership activity; most of these deals are focused on novel technology platforms, involving the active participation of both international and indigenous companies
  • Short term opportunity in this market is likely to be driven by licensing activity, depending on the capability of novel technologies to meet protein degrader design and development needs
  • As multiple mid-late stage drug candidates are approved for marketing, the long term opportunity is likely to be distributed across different types of protein degraders, target therapeutic areas and various global regions

 

For more information please visit:

https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/protein-degradation-market/289.html

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. PREFACE

1.1.                  Scope of the Report

1.2.                  Research Methodology

1.3.                  Chapter Outlines


  1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

 

  1. INTRODUCTION

3.1.                  Context and Background

3.2.                  Concept of Protein Homeostasis

3.3.                  Discovery of the Ubiquitin Proteasome System

3.3.1.                Ubiquitin: Structure and Function

3.3.2.                Fundamentals of the UPS

3.3.3.                Components of the UPS

 

3.4.                  Key Steps Involved in the UPS

3.4.1.                Ubiquitination: The First Step

3.4.2.                Proteasomal Degradation: The Second Step

 

3.5.                  Therapeutic Applications of the UPS

3.6.                  Advantages and Challenges Associated with Ubiquitin Enzyme Inhibitors

3.7.                  Targeted Protein Degradation: Enhancing Ubiquitination to Degrade Undruggable Targets

3.7.1.                Brief History of Targeted Protein Degradation

 

3.8.                  Types of Protein Degraders

3.8.1.                Selective Hormone Receptor Degraders (SHRDs)

3.8.2.                Immumodulatory Imide Drugs (IMiDs)

3.8.3.                PROTACs

3.8.4.                Other Chimeras (ENDTACs, LYTACs and PHOTACs)

3.8.4.1.             Endosome Targeting Chimeras (ENDTACs)

3.8.4.2.             Lysozyme targeting chimeras (LYTACs)

3.8.5.                Specific and Nongenetic Inhibitor-of-Apoptosis Proteins (IAP)-dependent Protein Erasers (SNIPERS)

3.8.6.                Hydrophobic Tag

3.8.7.                Molecular Glues

3.8.8.                DUB Inhibitors 

 

3.9.                  Growth Drivers and Roadblocks

 

  1. CURRENT MARKET LANDSCAPE

4.1.                  Chapter Overview

4.2.                  Targeted Protein Degradation-based Therapeutics and Technologies: Development Pipeline

4.2.1.                Analysis by Type of Protein Degrader

4.2.2.                Analysis by Phase of Development

4.2.3.                Analysis by Therapeutic Area

4.2.4.                Analysis by Target Indication

4.2.5.                Analysis by Type of Target Enzyme

4.2.6.                Analysis by Type of Target Protein

4.2.7.                Analysis by Type of Therapy

4.2.8.                Analysis by Route of Administration

 

4.3.                  Targeted Protein Degradation-based Therapeutics and Technologies: List of Research Tools / Key Technology Platforms

 

4.4.                  Targeted Protein Degradation-based Therapeutics and Technologies: Developer Landscape

4.4.1.                Analysis by Year of Establishment

4.4.2.                Analysis by Location of Headquarters

4.4.3.                Analysis by Size of Company

4.4.4.                Analysis by Type of Protein Degrader

 

  1. COMPANY PROFILES

5.1.                  Chapter Overview

5.2.                  Developers with Clinical Candidates

5.2.1.                Radius Health

5.2.1.1.             Company Overview

5.2.1.2.             Targeted Protein Degradation-based Drug Portfolio

5.2.1.2.1.          Product Description: Elacestrant

5.2.1.3.             Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.2.2.                Celgene

5.2.2.1.             Company Overview

5.2.2.2.             Financial Information

5.2.2.3.             Targeted Protein Degradation-based Drug Portfolio

5.2.2.3.1.          Avadomide (CC-122)

5.2.2.3.2.          Iberdomide (CC-220)

5.2.2.4.             Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.2.3.                Sanofi Genzyme

5.2.3.1.             Company Overview

5.2.3.2.             Financial Information

5.2.3.3.             Targeted Protein Degradation-based Drug Portfolio

5.2.3.3.1.          Product Description: SAR439859

5.2.3.4.             Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

5.3.                  Developers with Preclinical / Early-stage Clinical Candidates

5.3.1.                Arvinas

5.3.2.                Captor Therapeutics

5.3.3.                Genentech

5.3.4.                Kymera Therapeutics

5.3.5.                Mission Therapeutics

5.3.6.                Progenra

5.3.7.                Zenopharm

 

  1. CLINICAL TRIAL ANALYSIS

6.1.                  Chapter Overview

6.2.                  Scope and Methodology

6.3.                  Targeted Protein Degradation-based Therapeutics and Technologies: List of Clinical Trials

6.3.1.                Analysis by Trial Registration Year

6.3.2.                Geographical Analysis by Number of Clinical Trials

6.3.3.                Geographical Analysis by Enrolled Patient Population

6.3.4.                Analysis by Type of Protein Degrader

6.3.5.                Analysis by Phase of Development

6.3.6.                Analysis by Study Design

6.3.7.                Analysis by Type of Sponsor / Collaborator

6.3.8.                Most Active Players: Analysis by Number of Registered Trials

6.3.9.                Analysis by Trial Focus

6.3.10.              Analysis by Therapeutic Area

6.3.11.              Analysis by Clinical Endpoints

 

  1. KOL ANALYSIS

7.1.                  Chapter Overview

7.2.                  Scope and Methodology

7.3.                  Targeted Protein Degradation-based Therapeutics and Technologies: List of Principal Investigators Involved in Clinical Trials

7.3.1.                Analysis by Type of Organization

7.3.2.                Analysis by Designation

7.3.3.                Geographical Distribution

7.3.4.                Analysis by Therapeutic Focus

7.3.5.                Analysis by Phase of Development and Type of Degrader

 

7.4.                  Prominent Key Opinion Leaders

7.5.                  KOL Benchmarking: Roots Analysis versus Third Party Scoring (ResearchGate Score)

 

7.6.                  Most Active Key Opinion Leaders

7.6.1.                KOL Profile (Hagop Youssoufian)

7.6.2.                KOL Profile (Patricia LoRusso)

7.6.3.                KOL Profile (Johann De Bono)

7.6.4.                KOL Profile (John N Nemunaitis)

7.6.5.                KOL Profile (Robert Morgan)

7.6.6.                KOL Profile (Edward O’Mara)

 

  1. PUBLICATION ANALYSIS

8.1.                  Chapter Overview

8.2.                  Scope and Methodology

8.3.                  Targeted Protein Degradation-Based Therapeutics and Technologies: Recent Publications

8.3.1.                Analysis by Year of Publication

8.3.2.                Analysis by Study Objective

8.3.3.                Emerging Focus Areas

8.3.4.                Analysis by Type of Protein Degrader

8.3.5.                Analysis by Target Protein

8.3.6.                Analysis by Target Enzyme

8.3.7.                Analysis by Target Indication

8.3.8.                Analysis by Type of Publisher

8.3.9.                Leading Players: Analysis by Number of Publications

8.3.10.              Leading Players: Geographical Analysis by Number of Publications

8.3.11.              Key Journals: Analysis by Number of Publications

 

  1. FUNDING AND INVESTMENT ANALYSIS

9.1.                  Chapter Overview

9.2.                  Types of Funding

9.3.                  Targeted Protein Degradation: Funding and Investment Analysis

9.3.1.                Analysis by Number of Funding Instances

9.3.2.                Analysis by Amount Invested

9.3.3.                Analysis by Type of Funding

9.3.4.                Analysis by Number of Funding Instances and Amount Invested across Different Protein Degraders

9.3.5.                Analysis by Number of Funding Instances and Amount Invested across Different Therapeutic Areas

9.3.6.                Analysis by Amount Invested across Different Protein Degradation Technology Platforms

9.3.7.                Most Active Players: Analysis by Number of Funding Instances

9.3.8.                Most Active Investors: Analysis by Number of Funding Instances

9.3.9.                Geographical Analysis by Amount Invested

9.4.                  Concluding Remarks

 

  1. PARTNERSHIPS AND COLLABORATIONS

10.1.                 Chapter Overview

10.2.                 Partnership Models

10.3.                 Targeted Protein Degradation-based Therapeutics and Technologies: Recent Collaborations and Partnerships

10.3.1.              Analysis by Year of Partnership

10.3.2.              Analysis by Type of Partnership

10.3.3.              Analysis by Type of Protein Degrader

10.3.4.              Analysis by Therapeutic Area

10.3.5.              Analysis by Different Protein Degradation Technology

10.3.6.              Most Active Players: Analysis by Number of Partnerships

10.3.7.              Geographical Analysis

10.3.7.1.           Most Active Players: Regional Analysis by Number of Partnerships

10.3.7.2.           Intercontinental and Intracontinental Agreements

 

  1. MARKET SIZING AND OPPORTUNITY ANALYSIS

11.1.                 Chapter Overview

11.2.                 Key Assumptions and Forecast Methodology

11.3.                 Overall Targeted Protein Degradation-based Therapeutics and Technologies Market, 2020-2030

                       

11.3.1.              Targeted Protein Degradation-based Therapeutics and Technologies Market by Upfront Payments, 2020-2030

11.3.2.              Targeted Protein Degradation-based Therapeutics and Technologies Market by Milestone Payments, 2020-2030

 

11.3.3.              Targeted Protein Degradation-based Therapeutics and Technologies Market: Distribution by Type of Protein Degrader

11.3.3.1.           Targeted Protein Degradation-based Therapeutics and Technologies Market for Degronimids, 2020-2030

11.3.3.2.           Targeted Protein Degradation-based Therapeutics and Technologies Market for PROTACs, 2020-2030

11.3.3.3.           Targeted Protein Degradation-based Therapeutics and Technologies Market for SARDs / SERDs, 2020-2030

11.3.3.4.           Targeted Protein Degradation-based Therapeutics and Technologies Market for Specific BET and DUB Inhibitors, 2020-2030

11.3.3.5.           Targeted Protein Degradation-based Therapeutics and Technologies Market for Other Protein Degraders, 2020-2030

 

11.3.4.              Targeted Protein Degradation-based Therapeutics and Technologies Market: Distribution by Therapeutic Area

11.3.4.1.           Targeted Protein Degradation-based Therapeutics and Technologies Market for Neurodegenerative Disorders, 2020-2030

11.3.4.2.           Targeted Protein Degradation-based Therapeutics and Technologies Market for Oncological Disorders, 2020-2030

11.3.4.3.           Targeted Protein Degradation-based Therapeutics and Technologies Market for Other Therapeutic Areas, 2020-2030

 

11.3.5.              Targeted Protein Degradation-based Therapeutics and Technologies Market: Distribution by Route of Administration

11.3.5.1.           Targeted Protein Degradation-based Therapeutics and Technologies Market for Oral Route, 2020-2030

11.3.5.2.           Targeted Protein Degradation-based Therapeutics and Technologies Market for Intravenous Route, 2020-2030

11.3.5.3.           Targeted Protein Degradation-based Therapeutics and Technologies Market for Other Routes, 2020-2030

 

11.3.6.              Targeted Protein Degradation-based Therapeutics and Technologies Market: Distribution by Geography

11.3.6.1.           Targeted Protein Degradation-based Therapeutics and Technologies Market in North America, 2020-2030

11.3.6.2.           Targeted Protein Degradation-based Therapeutics and Technologies Market in Europe, 2020-2030

11.3.6.3.           Targeted Protein Degradation-based Therapeutics and Technologies Market in Asia-Pacific, 2020-2030

 

  1. EXECUTIVE INSIGHTS

 

  1. CONCLUDING REMARKS

13.1.                 Chapter Overview

13.2.                 Key Takeaways

 

  1. APPENDIX 1: TABULATED DATA

 

  1. APPENDIX 2: LIST OF COMPANIES AND ORGANIZATIONS

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

 

  More than 85 small molecule protein degraders are currently being evaluated for the treatment of various disease indications; in addition, there are over 25 technology platforms available for use in therapy development efforts


Submitted 14 day(s) ago by Harry sins

The concept of targeted protein degradation presents revolutionary drug development opportunities and is anticipated to bring about a paradigm shift in modern healthcare. The first targeted protein degrader, called proteolysis targeting chimera (PROTAC), was developed about a decade ago. Presently, a variety of other such chemical entities and molecular glues are under investigation. In fact, certain pipeline candidates are already in the mid to late-phase trials and are anticipated to soon enter the market.

 

To order this 330+ page report, which features 130+ figures and 145+ tables, please visit this link

 

The USD 3.6 billion (by 2030) financial opportunity within the target protein degradation market has been analyzed across the following segments:

  • Type of payment of licensing agreements
  • Upfront payments
  • Milestone payments

 

  • Type of protein degrader
  • Degronimids
  • PROTACs
  • SARDs / SERDs
  • Specific BET and DUB inhibitors
  • Other protein degraders

 

  • Therapeutic area
  • Neurodegenerative disorders
  • Oncological disorders
  • Other therapeutic areas

 

  • Route of administration
  • Oral
  • Intravenous
  • Other routes

 

  • Key geographical region
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia-Pacific

 

The Targeted Protein Degradation Market: Focus on Therapeutics and Technology Platforms (based on Degronimids, ENDTACs, Epichaperome Inhibitors, Hydrophobic Tags, IMiDs, LYTACs, Molecular Glues, PHOTACs, PROTACs, Protein Homeostatic Modulators, SARDs, SERDs, SNIPERs, and Specific BET and DUB Inhibitors), 2020-2030 report features the following companies, which we identified to be key players in this domain:

  • Arvinas
  • Captor Therapeutics
  • Celgene
  • Genetech
  • Kymera Therapeutics
  • Mission Therapeutics
  • Progenra
  • Radius Health
  • Sanofi Genzyme
  • Zenopharm

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. Preface

  2. Executive Summary

  3. Introduction

  4. Current Market Landscape

  5. Company Profiles

  6. Clinical Trial Analysis

  7. KOL Analysis

  8. Publication Analysis

  9. Funding and Investment Analysis

  10. Partnerships and Collaborations

  11. Market Sizing and Opportunity Analysis

  12. Executive Insights

 

  1. Concluding Remarks

 

  1. Appendix 1: Tabulated Data

 

  1. Appendix 2: List of Companies and Organizations

 

To purchase a copy, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/protein-degradation-market/289.html

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

 

Synthetic Lethality-based Drugs and Targets Market, 2019-2030: Focus on DNA Repair (including PARP Inhibitors) and Other Novel Cellular Pathways” report features an extensive study of the current market landscape and the future potential of the synthetic


Submitted 14 day(s) ago by Harry sins

 

To order this detailed 485+ page report, please visit this link

 

Key Inclusions

  • A detailed assessment of the current market landscape, providing information on drug developer(s) (year of establishment, headquarters and size of the company), phase of development (marketed, clinical, preclinical, and discovery stage) of lead candidates, type of molecule (small molecule and biologic), type of therapy (monotherapy and combination therapy), type of synlet target, target patient segment, key therapeutic area(s), target indication(s), and route of administration. In addition, the chapter includes a list of screening platforms that are being used by industry players to study synlet interactions between gene pairs.
  • Detailed profiles of large players that are engaged in the development of synthetic lethality-based drugs (shortlisted on the basis of phase of development of pipeline products), featuring a brief overview of the company, its financial information (if available), detailed profiles of their respective lead drug candidates, and an informed future outlook. Additionally, each drug profile features information on the type of drug, route of administration, target indications, current status of development and an excerpt on its developmental history. In addition, the chapter includes tabulated profiles of small-sized and mid-sized players (shortlisted on the basis of the number of pipeline products), featuring details on the innovator company (such as location of headquarters, year of establishment, number of employees, and key members of the executive team), recent developments, along with descriptions of their synthetic lethality-based drug candidates.
  • An analysis of the prevalent and emerging trends in this domain, as represented on the social media platform, Twitter, posted during the period 2010-2019 (till May), highlighting the historical trend of tweets, most prolific contributors, frequently discussed synlet targets, popular disease indications and a multivariate tweet benchmark analysis.
  • An analysis of close to 700 peer-reviewed scientific articles related to synthetic lethality, published during the period 2017-2019 (till May), highlighting the research focus within this niche industry segment. It includes an informed opinion on the key trends observed across the aforementioned publications, including information on target disease indications, synlet targets, and analysis based on various relevant parameters, such as study type (review article, research article and case report), research objective, year of publication, key research hubs, most popular authors, provision of grant support, and most popular journals (in terms of number of articles published in the given time period and journal impact factor).
  • An analysis of various abstracts presented at the American Society of Clinical Oncology (ASCO) in the time period 2013-2019 (till May), highlighting several parameters, such as year of (abstract) publication, popular drugs, synlet targets, target cancer indications, popular authors, author designations, industry type (industry and academia) and most active organizations (in terms of number of published abstracts). In addition, this analysis features a multi-dimensional bubble chart analysis to assess the relative level of expertise of the key authors / researchers based on the number of publications, citation count and research gate score.
  • An in-depth analysis of close to 750 grants that have been awarded to research institutes engaged in projects related to synthetic lethality, between 2014 and 2019 (till May), highlighting various important parameters associated with grants, such as year of award, support period, amount awarded, funding institute, administration institute center, funding institute center, funding mechanism, spending categorization, grant type, responsible study section, focus area, type of recipient organization and prominent program officers. It also features a detailed analysis on most popular synlet targets and target indications, along with a multivariate grant attractiveness analysis based on parameters, such as amount awarded, support period, grant type, number of synlet targets and number of indications under study.
  • An analysis of the investments made into companies that have proprietary synthetic lethality-based drugs / screening platforms, including seed financing, venture capital financing, debt financing, grants, capital raised from IPOs and subsequent offerings.
  • An in-depth benchmark analysis of over 230 synlet targets identified from various credible sources (research publications, government fundings, clinical studies, recent news / tweets and abstracts presented in global conferences), highlighting targets that have already been validated in clinical studies, preclinical studies and early-stage research (cases where there is no lead (therapeutic) candidate being investigated). Further, it highlights the long-term opportunities (for drug developers) associated with individual targets, based on their popularity across different portals.
  • An analysis of the role of innovative companion diagnostics in synthetic lethality on the basis of several parameters, such as synlet target, drug candidate(s) being investigated, target biomarker(s), target disease indication(s) and assay technique used. It also includes case studies, highlighting those companion diagnostic tests that are available and are being used to evaluate the therapeutic efficiency of approved PARP inhibitors using the principle of synthetic lethality.
  • Informed estimates of the existing market size and the future opportunity for synthetic lethality-based drugs and targets, over the next decade. Based on multiple parameters, such as target consumer segments, region-specific disease prevalence, anticipated adoption of the marketed and late stage drugs and the likely selling price, we have provided informed estimates on the evolution of the market over the period 2019-2030.

 

The report also features the likely distribution of the current and forecasted opportunity across important market segments, mentioned below:

 

  • Type of Molecule
    • Small Molecule
    • Biologic

 

  • Target Indication
  • Breast Cancer
  • Cervical / Anogenital Cancer
  • Diabetic Macular Edema
  • Gastric Cancer
  • Lung Cancer
  • Ovarian Cancer
  • Renal Cell Cancer

 

  • Synlet Target
  • APE / REF-1
  • CHK1
  • GLS1
  • PARP
  • Polθ
  • WEE1

 

  • Route of Administration
  • Oral
  • Intravenous

 

  • Key Geographical Regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia-Pacific
  • Rest of the World

 

The report includes detailed transcripts of discussions held with the following experts:

 

To request sample pages, please visit this link

 

Key Questions Answered

  • What are the prevalent R&D trends related to synthetic lethality?
  • What type of clinical conditions can be treated using synthetic lethality-based drugs?
  • What are the key drug classes that leverage the concept of synthetic lethality?
  • Who are the leading industry and non-industry players in this market?
  • What are the most popular synlet targets and target indications?
  • What are the key geographies where research on synthetic lethality is being conducted?
  • Who are the key investors in this domain?
  • Who are the key opinion leaders / experts in this field?
  • How is the current and future market opportunity likely to be distributed across key market segments?

 

You may also be interested in the following titles:

  1. Global T-Cell (CAR-T, TCR, and TIL) Therapy Market (4th Edition), 2019 – 2030
  2. Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market, 2019-2030
  3. Cancer Biomarkers Market: Focus On TMB, MSI / MMR and TILS Testing, 2019 – 2030
  4. Companion Diagnostics Market (2nd Edition), 2019-2030

 

Contact Us

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

 

The synthetic lethality-based drugs and targets market is projected to grow at an annualized rate of ~18%, till 2030


Submitted 14 day(s) ago by Harry sins

Roots Analysis has done a detailed study on “Synthetic Lethality-based Drugs and Targets Market, 2019-2030: Focus on DNA Repair (including PARP Inhibitors) and Other Novel Cellular Pathways” covering key aspects of the industry’s evolution and identifying potential future growth opportunities.

 

To order this 485+ page report, which features 195+ figures and 200+ tables, please visit this link

 

Key Market Insights

  • An analysis of recent activity on Twitter confirms the rising interest in this domain as stakeholders attempt to harness the therapeutic potential of synthetic lethality
  • About 75 drug candidates based on synlet gene pairs are being evaluated for the treatment of various types of cancers; presently, there are over 20 screening platforms enabling therapy development efforts
  • The pipeline features both small molecules and biologic drugs based on different synlet targets for treating a variety of oncological and non-oncological indications
  • Innovation in this domain is evident across the plethora of scientific articles published in prestigious journals, highlighting key focus areas and prevalent / upcoming trends
  • Over time, several non-profit organizations have extended financial support to aid research efforts in this domain; the current focus appears to be on the identification of novel synlet targets across different clinical conditions
  • Significant advances in research have led to the discovery of a wide array of synlet targets; over time, substantial intellectual capital has been generated and validated by eminent scientists from renowned research institutes
  • To support innovation, several private and public investors have made substantial capital investments, totalling to approximately USD 5.1 billion, across 100 instances of funding
  • The personalized approach offered by companion diagnostics presents enormous opportunities for drug developers to partner with diagnostic test providers to improve patient / subject selection in clinical trials
  • Future growth of the market is likely to be driven by the success of clinical outcomes of late-stage molecules; industry stakeholders are optimistic about the vast potential of PARP inhibitors
  • In the mid to long term, the anticipated market opportunity is likely to be well distributed across advanced cancer indications, delivery routes and various global regions

 

For more information, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/synthetic-lethality-based-drugs-and-targets-market-2019-2030-focus-on-dna-repair-including-parp-inhibitors-and-other-novel-cellular-pathways/267.html

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. PREFACE

1.1.                  Scope of the Report

1.2.                  Research Methodology

1.3.                  Chapter Outlines

 

  1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

 

  1. INTRODUCTION TO DNA DAMAGE AND REPAIR SYSTEMS

3.1.                  Chapter Overview

3.2.                  Overview of Deoxyribonucleic Acid (DNA) Damage

3.3.                  DNA Damaging Agents

3.3.1.                Endogenous DNA Damaging Agents

3.3.2.                Exogenous DNA Damaging Agents

3.3.3.                Other DNA Damaging Agents

3.4.                  DNA Damage Response System

3.4.1.                Key Components of DNA Repair System

 

3.5.                  Types of DNA Repair Systems

3.5.1.                Direct Repair

3.5.1.1.             Photoreactivation

3.5.1.2.             Alkyl Transferase Mediated Direct DNA Repair

3.5.1.3.             AlkB Mediated Direct DNA Repair

3.5.1.4.             DNA Ligase Mediated Direct DNA Repair

 

3.5.2.                Excision Repair

3.5.2.1.             Base Excision Repair (BER)

3.5.2.1.1.          BER Pathway: Key Enzymes

3.5.2.1.1.1.       DNA Glycosylases

3.5.2.1.1.2.       Apurinic / Apyrimidinic (AP) Endonucleases

3.5.2.1.1.3.       Other Enzymes

3.5.2.1.2.          Short-Patch Base Excision Repair

3.5.2.1.3.          Long-Patch Base Excision Repair

3.5.2.2.             Nucleotide Excision Repair (NER)

3.5.2.3.             Mismatch Repair

 

3.5.3.                Indirect Repair

3.5.3.1.             Homologous Recombination Repair (HRR)

3.5.3.2.             Non-Homologous End-Joining

 

3.6.                  Mutations in DNA Repair Genes

 

  1. INTRODUCTION TO SYNTHETIC LETHALITY

4.1.                  Chapter Overview

4.2.                  Concept of Synthetic Lethality

4.2.1.                Historical Evolution of Synthetic Lethality

4.2.2.                HRR and Synthetic Lethality

4.2.3.                Other Synthetic Lethal Gene Interactions

4.2.4.                Advantages of Synthetic Lethality

4.2.5.                Limitations of Synthetic Lethality

 

4.3.                  Identification of Synlet Interactions

4.3.1.                Hypothesis-Driven Approach

4.3.2.                Screening-Based Approaches

4.3.2.1.             Chemical Library-Based Screening Approaches

4.3.2.1.1.          Non-Annotated Libraries

4.3.2.1.2.          Annotated Libraries

4.3.2.2.             Genome-Wide Interference-Based Screening Approaches

4.3.2.2.1.          Ribonucleic Acid Interference (RNAi) Based Synlet Target Identification

4.3.2.2.2.          Clustered Regularly Interspaced Short Palindromic Repeats (CRISPR) Based                                     Synlet Target Identification

4.3.3.                In Silico Approaches

 

4.4.                  Prevalent Trends Related to Synthetic Lethality

4.4.1.                Recent News on Google: Emerging Focus Areas

4.4.2.                Google Trends Analysis: Historical Timeline

4.4.3.                Google Trends Analysis: Geographical Activity

4.4.4.                Google Trends Analysis: Other Key Terms Related to Synthetic Lethality

 

4.5                   Concluding Remarks

 

  1. MARKET OVERVIEW

5.1.                  Chapter Overview

5.2.                  Synthetic Lethality-based Drugs: Marketed and Development Pipeline

5.2.1.                Analysis by Phase of Development

5.2.2.                Analysis by Type of Molecule

5.2.3.                Analysis by Type of Therapy

5.2.4.                Analysis by Type of Synlet Target

5.2.5.                Analysis by Therapeutic Area

5.2.6.                Analysis by Target Indication

5.2.7.                Analysis by Patient Segment

5.2.8.                Analysis by Route of Administration

 

5.3.                  Synthetic Lethality-based Drugs: List of Screening Platforms

5.4                   Synthetic Lethality-based Drugs: List of Drug Developers / Screening Platform Providers

5.4.1.                Analysis by Year of Establishment

5.4.2.                Analysis by Location of Headquarters

5.4.3.                Analysis by Company Size

5.4.4.                Analysis by Company Size and Location of Headquarters

5.4.5.                Leading Drug Developers

 

  1. COMPANY PROFILES

6.1.                  Chapter Overview

6.2.                  Profiles of Established Players

6.2.1.                AbbVie

6.2.1.1.             Company Overview

6.2.1.2.             Synthetic Lethality-based Drug Portfolio

6.2.1.2.1.          Veliparib (ABT-888)

6.2.1.3.             Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.2.2.                AstraZeneca

6.2.2.1.             Company Overview

6.2.2.2.             Synthetic Lethality-based Drug Portfolio

6.2.2.2.1.          Olaparib (Lynparza®)

6.2.2.2.2.          AZD6738

6.2.2.2.3.          AZD1775

6.2.2.3.             Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.2.3.                BeiGene

6.2.3.1.             Company Overview

6.2.3.2.             Synthetic Lethality-based Drug Portfolio

6.2.3.2.1.          Pamiparib (BGB-290)

6.2.3.3.             Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.2.4.                Clovis Oncology

6.2.4.1.             Company Overview

6.2.4.2.             Synthetic Lethality-based Drug Portfolio

6.2.4.2.1.          Rucaparib (Rubraca®)

6.2.4.3.             Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.2.5.                GlaxoSmithKline

6.2.5.1.             Company Overview

6.2.5.2.             Synthetic Lethality-based Drug Portfolio

6.2.5.2.1.          Niraparib (Zejula®)

6.2.5.3.             Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.2.6.                Pfizer

6.2.6.1.             Company Overview

6.2.6.2.             Synthetic Lethality-based Drug Portfolio

6.2.6.2.1.          Talazoparib (TALZENNA®)

6.2.6.3.             Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

6.3.                  Profiles of Small and Mid-Sized Players

6.3.1.                AtlasMedx

6.3.2.                Chordia Therapeutics

6.3.3.                IDEAYA Biosciences

6.3.4.                Mission Therapeutics

6.3.5.                Repare Therapeutics

6.3.6.                Sierra Oncology

6.3.7.                SyntheX Labs

 

  1. EMERGING TRENDS ON SOCIAL MEDIA

7.1.                  Chapter Overview

7.2.                  Scope and Methodology

7.3.                  Synthetic Lethality: Trends on Twitter

7.3.1.                Cumulative Year-Wise Activity

7.3.2.                Historical Trends in Volume of Tweets

7.3.3.                Evolutionary Trend Analysis

7.3.4.                Trending Words / Phrases on Twitter

7.3.5.                Most Prolific Contributors on Twitter

7.3.6.                Most Popular Synlet Targets / Patient Mutations on Twitter

7.3.7.                Most Popular Indications on Twitter

7.3.8.                Heat Map Analysis: Distribution by Synlet Targets / Patient Mutations and                                     Indications

 

7.4.                  Most Popular Tweets

7.5.                  Concluding Remarks

 

  1. PUBLICATION ANALYSIS

8.1.                  Chapter Overview

8.2.                  Scope and Methodology

 

8.3.                  Synthetic Lethality: List of Recent Publications, 2019

8.3.1.                Analysis by Type of Publication

8.3.2.                Analysis by Study Objective

 

8.4.                  Synthetic Lethality: Publication Analysis, 2017–2019

8.4.1.                Analysis by Year of Publication

 

8.4.2.                Emerging Focus Areas

8.4.3.                Analysis by Synlet Targets / Patient Mutations

8.4.3.1.             Most Popular Synlet Targets / Patient Mutations

8.4.3.2.             Year-Wise Trend in Activity for Popular Synlet Targets / Patient Mutations

8.4.4.                Analysis by Target Indications

8.4.4.1.             Most Popular Target Indications

8.4.4.2.             Year-Wise Trend in Activity for Popular Target Indications

 

8.4.5.                Analysis by Key Research Journals

8.4.5.1.             Key Journals Based on Number of Publications

8.4.5.2.             Analysis by Journal Impact Factor

8.4.5.3.             Key Journals Based on Journal Impact Factor

 

8.4.6.                Key Research Hubs

8.4.7.                Most Popular Authors

 

8.4.8.                Analysis of Publications with Grant Support

8.4.8.1.             Most Popular Grant Bodies

8.4.8.2.             Location of Grant Bodies

 

8.5.                  Publication Benchmark Analysis

 

  1. ABSTRACT ANALYSIS

9.1.                  Chapter Overview

9.2.                  Scope and Methodology

 

9.3.                  Synthetic Lethality: List of American Society of Clinical Oncology Abstracts

9.3.1.                Analysis by Year of Publication

9.3.2.                Emerging Focus Areas

9.3.3.                Most Popular Drugs

9.3.4.                Most Popular Synlet Targets / Patient Mutations

9.3.5.                Most Popular Target Indications

9.3.6.                Most Popular Principal Authors

9.3.6.1.             Analysis by Locations of Principal Authors

9.3.6.2.             Analysis by Type of Organization of Principal Authors

9.3.6.3.             Analysis by Active Organization

9.3.6.4.             Analysis by Author Designation

9.3.6.5.             Most Popular Authors

           

  1. ACADEMIC GRANTS ANALYSIS

10.1.                 Chapter Overview

10.2.                 Scope and Methodology

 

10.3.                 Synthetic Lethality: List of Grants Awarded by National Institutes of Health

10.3.1.              Analysis by Year of Award

10.3.2.              Analysis by Amount Awarded

10.3.3.              Analysis by Administering Institute Center

10.3.4.              Analysis by Funding Institute Center

10.3.5.              Analysis by Support Period

10.3.6.              Analysis by Funding Institute Center and Support Period

10.3.7.              Most Popular National Institute of Health (NIH) Funding Categorization

10.3.8.              Analysis by Funding Mechanism

10.3.9.              Analysis by Emerging Focus Areas

10.3.10.            Most Popular Synlet Targets / Patient Mutations

10.3.11.            Most Popular Target Indications

10.3.12.            Analysis by Type of Grant Application

10.3.13.            Most Popular NIH Departments

10.3.14.            Analysis by Study Section

10.3.15.            Analysis by Type of Recipient Organization

10.3.16.            Most Popular Recipient Organization

10.3.17.            Most Popular Recipient Organization and NIH Spending Sectors

10.3.18.            Analysis by Grant Activity

10.3.19.            Most Prominent Program Officers

10.3.20.            Regional Distribution of Recipient Organization

 

10.4.                 Grant Attractiveness Analysis

 

  1. FUNDING AND INVESTMENT ANALYSIS

11.1.                 Chapter Overview

11.2.                 Types of Funding

 

11.3.                 Synthetic Lethality: List of Funding and Investments

11.3.1.              Analysis by Number of Instances

11.3.2.              Analysis by Amount Invested

11.3.3.              Analysis by Type of Funding

11.3.4.              Analysis by Type of Company

11.3.5.              Analysis by Purpose of Funding

11.3.6.              Analysis by Type of Molecule

11.3.7.              Analysis by Synlet Target

11.3.8.              Analysis by Therapeutic Area

11.3.9.              Analysis by Target Indication

11.3.10.            Analysis by Geography

11.3.11.            Most Active Players

11.3.12.            Most Active Investors

 

11.4.                 Concluding Remarks

 

  1. TARGET BENCHMARK ANALYSIS

12.1.                 Chapter Overview

12.2.                 Scope and Methodology

12.3.                 Target Benchmark Analysis

12.3.1.              Clinically Validated Synlet Targets

12.3.2.              Preclinically Validated Synlet Targets

12.3.3.              Early Stage Research Validated Synlet Targets

12.4.                 Initiatives of Big Pharmaceutical Players

12.5.                 Concluding Remarks

 

  1. ROLE OF COMPANION DIAGNOSTICS IN SYNTHETIC LETHALITY

13.1.                 Chapter Overview

13.2.                 Concept of Companion Diagnostics

13.3.                 Development of Companion Diagnostics

13.3.1.              Co-development / Parallel Development Approach

13.3.2.              Development of Companion Diagnostics Post Drug Approval

13.3.3.              Development of already Approved Companion Diagnostics for New Drugs / Disease                        Indications

 

13.4.                 Advantages of Companion Diagnostics

13.5.                 Applications of Companion Diagnostics in Synthetic Lethality

 

13.6.                 Companion Diagnostics: List of Available / Under Development Tests

13.6.1.              Analysis by Synlet Target

13.6.2.              Analysis by Type of Biomarker

13.6.3.              Analysis by Type of Biomarker and Technology

13.6.4.              Analysis by Target Indication

13.6.5.              Analysis by Developer and Synlet Target

13.6.6.              Most Prominent Developers

 

13.7.                 Case-in-Point: Companion Diagnostics for Commercially Available Poly-ADP Ribose              Polymerase (PARP) Inhibitors

13.7.1.              Companion Diagnostics Test for Niraparib

13.7.1.1.           Product Overview

13.7.1.2.           Working Process

13.7.1.3.           Collaborations

 

13.7.2.              Companion Diagnostics Test for Olaparib

13.7.2.1.           Product Overview

13.7.2.2.           Working Process

13.7.2.3.           Collaborations

 

13.7.3.              Companion Diagnostics Test for Rucaparib

13.7.3.1.           Product Overview

13.7.3.2.           Collaborations

 

13.7.4.              Companion Diagnostics Test for Talazoparib

13.7.4.1.           Product Overview

13.7.4.2.           Collaborations

 

13.8.                 Future Perspective

 

  1. MARKET FORECAST

14.1.                 Chapter Overview

14.2.                 Scope and Limitations

14.3.                 Forecast Methodology and Key Assumptions

 

14.4.                 Overall Synthetic Lethality-based Drugs Market, 2019-2030

14.4.1.              Synthetic Lethality-based Drugs Market: Distribution by Type of Molecule, 2019 and 2030

14.4.1.1.           Synthetic Lethality-based Drugs Market for Small Molecule, 2019-2030

14.4.1.2.           Synthetic Lethality-based Drugs Market for Biologic, 2019-2030

 

14.4.2.              Synthetic Lethality-based Drugs Market: Distribution by Synlet Target, 2019 and 2030

14.4.2.1.           Synthetic Lethality-based Drugs Market for APE1 / REF-1, 2019-2030

14.4.2.2.           Synthetic Lethality-based Drugs Market for CHK1, 2019-2030

14.4.2.3.           Synthetic Lethality-based Drugs Market for GLS1, 2019-2030

14.4.2.4.           Synthetic Lethality-based Drugs Market for PARP, 2019-2030

14.4.2.5.           Synthetic Lethality-based Drugs Market for Polθ, 2019-2030

14.4.2.6.           Synthetic Lethality-based Drugs Market for WEE1, 2019-2030

 

14.4.3.              Synthetic Lethality-based Drugs Market: Distribution by Target Indication, 2019 and 2030

14.4.3.1.           Synthetic Lethality-based Drugs Market for Breast Cancer, 2019-2030

14.4.3.2.           Synthetic Lethality-based Drugs Market for Cervical / Anogenital Cancer, 2019-2030

14.4.3.3.           Synthetic Lethality-based Drugs Market for Diabetic Macular Edema, 2019-2030

14.4.3.4.           Synthetic Lethality-based Drugs Market for Gastric Cancer, 2019-2030

14.4.3.5.           Synthetic Lethality-based Drugs Market for Lung Cancer, 2019-2030

14.4.3.5.           Synthetic Lethality-based Drugs Market for Ovarian Cancer, 2019-2030

14.4.3.7.           Synthetic Lethality-based Drugs Market for Renal Cell Cancer, 2019-2030

 

14.4.4.              Synthetic Lethality-based Drugs Market: Distribution by Route of Administration, 2019                  and 2030

14.4.4.1.           Synthetic Lethality-based Drugs Market for Oral Therapies, 2019-2030

14.4.4.2.           Synthetic Lethality-based Drugs Market for Intravenous Therapies, 2019-2030

 

14.4.5.              Synthetic Lethality-based Drugs Market: Distribution by Geography, 2019 and 2030

14.4.5.1.           Synthetic Lethality-based Drugs Market in the US, 2019-2030

14.4.5.2.           Synthetic Lethality-based Drugs Market in France, 2019-2030

14.4.5.3.           Synthetic Lethality-based Drugs Market in Germany, 2019-2030

14.4.5.4.           Synthetic Lethality-based Drugs Market in Italy, 2019-2030

14.4.5.5.           Synthetic Lethality-based Drugs Market in Spain, 2019-2030

14.4.5.6.           Synthetic Lethality-based Drugs Market in the UK, 2019-2030

14.4.5.8.           Synthetic Lethality-based Drugs Market in Australia, 2019-2030

14.4.5.7.           Synthetic Lethality-based Drugs Market in China, 2019-2030

14.4.5.8.           Synthetic Lethality-based Drugs Market in Japan, 2019-2030

 

14.4.6.              Product-wise Sales Forecast

14.4.6.1            Niraparib (GlaxoSmithKline)

14.4.6.1.1.        Target Patient Population

14.4.6.1.2.        Sales Forecast (USD Million)

14.4.6.1.3.        Net Present Value (USD Million)

14.4.6.1.4.        Value Creation Analysis

 

14.4.6.2.           Olaparib (AstraZeneca)

14.4.6.2.1.        Target Patient Population

14.4.6.2.2.        Sales Forecast (USD Million)

14.4.6.2.3.        Net Present Value (USD Million)

14.4.6.2.4.        Value Creation Analysis

 

14.4.6.3.           Rucaparib (Clovis Oncology)

14.4.6.3.1.        Target Patient Population

14.4.6.3.2.        Sales Forecast (USD Million)

14.4.6.3.3.        Net Present Value (USD Million)

14.4.6.3.4.        Value Creation Analysis

 

14.4.6.4.           Talazoparib (Pfizer)

14.4.6.4.1.        Target Patient Population

14.4.6.4.2.        Sales Forecast (USD Million)

14.4.6.4.3.        Net Present Value (USD Million)

14.4.6.4.4.        Value Creation Analysis

 

14.4.6.5.           Pamiparib (BeiGene)

14.4.6.5.1.        Target Patient Population

14.4.6.5.2.        Sales Forecast (USD Million)

14.4.6.5.3.        Net Present Value (USD Million)

14.4.6.5.4.        Value Creation Analysis

 

14.4.6.6.           Veliparib (AbbVie)

14.4.6.6.1.        Target Patient Population

14.4.6.6.2.        Sales Forecast (USD Million)

14.4.6.6.3.        Net Present Value (USD Million)

14.4.6.6.4.        Value Creation Analysis

 

14.4.6.7.           Adavosertib (AstraZeneca)

14.4.6.7.1.        Target Patient Population

14.4.6.7.2.        Sales Forecast (USD Million)

14.4.6.7.3.        Net Present Value (USD Million)

14.4.6.7.4.        Value Creation Analysis

 

14.4.6.8.           APX3330 (Apexian Pharmaceuticals)

14.4.6.8.1.        Target Patient Population

14.4.6.8.2.        Sales Forecast (USD Million)

14.4.6.8.3.        Net Present Value (USD Million)

14.4.6.8.4.        Value Creation Analysis

 

14.4.6.9.           CX-5461 (Senhwa Biosciences)

14.4.6.9.1.        Target Patient Population

14.4.6.9.2.        Sales Forecast (USD Million)

14.4.6.9.3.        Net Present Value (USD Million)

14.4.6.9.4.        Value Creation Analysis

 

14.4.6.10.         SRA737-01 (Sierra Oncology)

14.4.6.10.1.      Target Patient Population

14.4.6.10.2.      Sales Forecast (USD Million)

14.4.6.10.3.      Net Present Value (USD Million)

14.4.6.10.4.      Value Creation Analysis

 

14.4.6.11.         SRA737-02 (Sierra Oncology)

14.4.6.11.1.      Target Patient Population

14.4.6.11.2.      Sales Forecast (USD Million)

14.4.6.11.3.      Net Present Value (USD Million)

14.4.6.11.4.      Value Creation Analysis

 

14.4.6.12.         Telaglenastat (Calithera Biosciences)

14.4.6.12.1.      Target Patient Population

14.4.6.12.2.      Sales Forecast (USD Million)

14.4.6.12.3.      Net Present Value (USD Million)

14.4.6.12.4.      Value Creation Analysis

 

14.4.7.              Concluding Remarks

 

  1. CONCLUDING REMARKS

 

  1. EXECUTIVE INSIGHTS

16.1.                 Chapter Overview

16.2.                 Artios Pharma

16.2.1.              Company / Organization Snapshot

16.2.2.              Interview Transcript: Simon Boulton, Vice President, Science Strategy

 

16.3.                 IMPACT Therapeutics

16.3.1.              Company / Organization Snapshot

16.3.2.              Interview Transcript: Yi Xu, Associate Director

 

16.4.                 Harvard Medical School

16.4.1.              Company / Organization Snapshot

16.4.2.              Interview Transcript: Norbert Perrimon, Professor, Department of Genetics

 

16.5.                 Panjab University

16.5.1.              Company / Organization Snapshot

16.5.2.              Interview Transcript: Vivek Dharwal, Professor, Department of Biochemistry

 

16.6.                 UbiQ

16.6.1.              Company / Organization Snapshot

16.6.2.              Interview Transcript: Alfred Nijkerk, Chief Executive Officer

 

  1. APPENDIX 1: TABULATED DATA

 

  1. APPENDIX 2: LIST OF COMPANIES AND ORGANIZATIONS

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

The synthetic lethality-based drugs and targets market is estimated to be worth USD 8 billion in 2030, predicts Roots Analysis


Submitted 14 day(s) ago by Harry sins

Advances in molecular screening technology have enabled the identification of novel synthetic lethal gene combinations, enabling the development of lead candidates that leverage the aforementioned phenomenon to offer therapeutic benefit.

 

Roots Analysis is pleased to announce the publication of its recent study, titled, “Synthetic Lethality-based Drugs and Targets Market, 2019-2030: Focus on DNA Repair (including PARP Inhibitors) and Other Novel Cellular Pathways”.

 

The  report features an extensive study of the current market landscape, offering an informed opinion on the likely adoption of such compact diagnostic devices, over the next decade. The report features an in-depth analysis, highlighting the capabilities of various stakeholders engaged in this domain. In addition to other elements, the study includes:

  • A detailed assessment of the current market landscape, providing information on drug developer(s) phase of development, type of molecule, type of therapy, type of synlet target, target patient segment, key therapeutic area(s), target indication(s), and route of administration. In addition, the chapter includes a list of screening platforms that are being used by industry players to study synlet interactions between gene pairs.
  • Detailed profiles of players that are engaged in the development of synthetic lethality-based drugs, featuring a brief overview of the company, its financial information (if available), detailed profiles of their respective lead drug candidates, and an informed future outlook.
  • An analysis of the prevalent and emerging trends in this domain, as represented on the social media platform, Twitter, posted during the period 2010-2019 (till May), highlighting the historical trend of tweets, most prolific contributors, frequently discussed synlet targets, popular disease indications and a multivariate tweet benchmark analysis.
  • An analysis of close to 700 peer-reviewed scientific articles related to synthetic lethality, published during the period 2017-2019 (till May), highlighting the research focus within this niche industry segment.
  • An analysis of various abstracts presented at the American Society of Clinical Oncology (ASCO) in the time period 2013-2019 (till May), highlighting several parameters, such as year of (abstract) publication, popular drugs, synlet targets, target cancer indications, popular authors, author designations, industry type (industry and academia) and most active organizations (in terms of number of published abstracts).
  • An in-depth analysis of close to 750 grants that have been awarded to research institutes engaged in projects related to synthetic lethality, between 2014 and 2019 (till May), highlighting various important parameters associated with grants, such as year of award, support period, amount awarded, funding institute, administration institute center, funding institute center, funding mechanism, spending categorization, grant type, responsible study section, focus area, type of recipient organization and prominent program officers.
  • An analysis of the investments made into companies that have proprietary synthetic lethality-based drugs / screening platforms, including seed financing, venture capital financing, debt financing, grants, capital raised from IPOs and subsequent offerings.
  • An in-depth benchmark analysis of over 230 synlet targets identified from various credible sources (research publications, government fundings, clinical studies, recent news / tweets and abstracts presented in global conferences), highlighting targets that have already been validated in clinical studies, preclinical studies and early-stage research (cases where there is no lead (therapeutic) candidate being investigated). Further, it highlights the long-term opportunities (for drug developers) associated with individual targets, based on their popularity across different portals.
  • An analysis of the role of innovative companion diagnostics in synthetic lethality on the basis of several parameters, such as synlet target, drug candidate(s) being investigated, target biomarker(s), target disease indication(s) and assay technique used. It also includes case studies, highlighting those companion diagnostic tests that are available and are being used to evaluate the therapeutic efficiency of approved PARP inhibitors using the principle of synthetic lethality.
  • A detailed market forecast, featuring analysis of the current and projected future opportunity across key market segments (listed below)
  • Type of Molecule
  • Small Molecule
  • Biologic

 

  • Target Indication
  • Breast Cancer
  • Cervical / Anogenital Cancer
  • Diabetic Macular Edema
  • Gastric Cancer
  • Lung Cancer
  • Ovarian Cancer
  • Renal Cell Cancer

 

  • Synlet Target
  • APE / REF-1
  • CHK1
  • GLS1
  • PARP
  • Polθ
  • WEE1

 

  • Route of Administration
  • Oral
  • Intravenous

 

  • Key Geographical Regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia-Pacific
  • Rest of the World

 

  • Transcripts of interviews held with the following senior level representatives of stakeholder companies
  • Simon Boulton (Vice President, Science Strategy, Artios Pharma)
  • Yi Xu (Associate Director, Business Development, IMPACT Therapeutics)
  • Norbert Perrimon (Professor, Department of Genetics, Harvard Medical School)
  • Vivek Dharwal (Professor, Department of Biochemistry, Panjab University)
  • Alfred Nijkerk (Chief Executive Officer, UbiQ)

 

Key companies covered in the report

  • AbbVie
  • AstraZeneca
  • AtlasMedx
  • BeiGene
  • Chordia Therapeutics
  • Clovis Oncology
  • GlaxoSmithKline
  • IDEAYA Biosciences
  • Mission Therapeutics
  • Pfizer
  • Repare Therapeutics
  • Sierra Oncology
  • SyntheX Labs

 

For more information please click on the following link:

https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/synthetic-lethality-based-drugs-and-targets-market-2019-2030-focus-on-dna-repair-including-parp-inhibitors-and-other-novel-cellular-pathways/267.html

 

Other Recent Offerings

  1. Global T-Cell (CAR-T, TCR, and TIL) Therapy Market (4th Edition), 2019 – 2030
  2. Neoantigen Targeted Therapies Market, 2019-2030
  3. Cancer Biomarkers Market: Focus On TMB, MSI / MMR and TILS Testing, 2019 – 2030
  4. Companion Diagnostics Market (2nd Edition), 2019-2030

 

About Roots Analysis

Roots Analysis is one of the fastest growing market research companies, sharing fresh and independent perspectives in the bio-pharmaceutical industry. The in-depth research, analysis and insights are driven by an experienced leadership team which has gained many years of significant experience in this sector. If you’d like help with your growing business needs, get in touch at info@rootsanalysis.com

 

Contact Information

Roots Analysis Private Limited

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com   

More than 100 subcutaneous biologics have been approved and over 350 such drug candidates are being evaluated in the clinical stages of development, for the treatment of a wide variety of disease indications, claims Roots Analysis


Submitted 15 day(s) ago by Harry sins

Several approved therapeutic products, which are currently available as intravenous dosage forms, are being reformulated and evaluated for subcutaneous administration. Further, many existing drug delivery devices, including prefilled syringes, pen injectors, autoinjectors, needle-free injectors and large volume wearable injectors, have been / are being designed for subcutaneous administration of biologics.

 

To order this 530+ page report, which features 160+ figures and 190+ tables, please visit this link

 

The USD 180+ billion (by 2030) financial opportunity associated with subcutaneous biologics, affiliated drug delivery systems and subcutaneous formulation technology licensing deals, has been analyzed across the following segments:

  • Phase of development
  • Approved
  • Pre-registration & Phase III
  • Phase II & Phase II/III

 

  • Type of molecule
  • Cell and gene therapies
  • Monoclonal antibodies
  • Proteins
  • Peptides (recombinant)
  • Vaccines
  • Others

 

  • Target therapeutic area
  • Autoimmune disorders
  • Blood disorders
  • Bone disorders
  • Genetic disorders
  • Metabolic disorders
  • Neurological disorders
  • Oncological disorders
  • Respiratory disorders
  • Others

 

  • Type of drug delivery system
  • Large volume wearable injectors
  • Autoinjectors
  • Prefilled syringes
  • Needle-free injectors
  • Drug reconstitution systems

 

  • Revenues from licensing deals
  • Upfront payments
  • Milestone payments

 

  • Key geographical regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Rest of the World

 

The Subcutaneous Biologics, Technologies and Drug Delivery Systems (3rd Edition), 2020-2030 report features the following companies, which we identified to be key players in this domain:

  • Adocia
  • Ajinomoto Bio-Pharma Services
  • Arecor
  • Alteogen
  • Ascendis Pharma
  • Avadel Pharmaceuticals
  • Camurus
  • Creative BioMart
  • Creative Biolabs
  • DURECT
  • Eagle Pharmaceuticals
  • Halozyme Therapeutics
  • MedinCell
  • Xeris Pharmaceuticals
  • Serina Therapeutics

 

Table of Contents

  1. Preface

 

  1. Executive Summary

 

  1. Introduction

 

  1. Subcutaneous Biologics: Current Market Landscape

 

  1. Case Study: Leading Subcutaneous Biologics

 

  1. Subcutaneous Formulation Technologies: Current Market Landscape

 

  1. Subcutaneous Formulation Technology Developers: Company Competitiveness Analysis

 

  1. Subcutaneous Formulation Technology Developers: Company Profiles

 

  1. Partnerships and Collaborations

 

  1. Subcutaneous Drug Delivery Systems: Current Market Landscape

 

  1. Swot Analysis

 

  1. Market Forecast and Opportunity Analysis

 

  1. Concluding Remarks

 

  1. Executive Insights

 

  1. Appendix 1: Tabulated Data

 

  1. Appendix 2: List Of Companies And Organization

 

 

To purchase a copy, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/subcutaneous-biologics-delivery/314.html

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

+44 (122) 391 1091

Gaurav.Chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

The subcutaneous biologic drugs and affiliated technologies market is projected to be worth over USD 180 billion by 2030


Submitted 15 day(s) ago by Harry sins

Roots Analysis has done a detailed report on Subcutaneous Biologics, Technologies and Drug Delivery Systems (3rd Edition), 2020-2030 covering key aspects of the industry and identifying future growth opportunities

 

To order this 530+ page report, which features 160+ figures and 190+ tables, please visit this link

 

Key Market Insights

  • Eminent representatives from biopharmaceutical companies confirm the rising interest in the concept of subcutaneous drug delivery, highlighting some of the key drivers and upcoming trends in this domain
  • More than 100 subcutaneous biologics have been approved and over 350 such drug candidates are being evaluated in the clinical stages of development, for the treatment of a wide variety of disease indications
  • Antibodies and protein therapeutics represent the majority of subcutaneous biologics that are available / under investigation, designed for use against various therapeutic areas and having different dosing regimens
  • Advances in drug delivery have led to the development of novel technology platforms, enabling the administration of highly viscous formulations, and supporting the development of subcutaneous dosage forms
  • Several technology developers have out-licensed their proprietary platforms to pharmaceutical companies in order to enable them to develop subcutaneous formulations of their approved / pipeline products
  • The increasing interest in this field is reflected in the yearly growth in partnership activity, including a number of licensing and product development deals related to subcutaneous formulations of various drug candidates
  • There are several new and innovative drug delivery systems that facilitate subcutaneous administration; we identified over 300 such systems that are presently available / under development
  • With several self-medication enabling devices, such as wearable injectors and autoinjectors, available in the market, developers are actively differentiating their offerings by incorporating advanced, patient-friendly features
  • The market is anticipated to be worth over USD 180 billion in 2030; the projected opportunity is likely to be distributed across various types of molecules that are developed / being developed for different disease indications
  • Pre-filled syringes continue to dominate the current market of subcutaneous drug delivery systems; technology developers are expected to continue relying on licensing agreements as their primary source of revenues333

 

For more information, please visit https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/subcutaneous-biologics-delivery/314.html or email sales@rootsanalysis.com

 

Table of Contents

 

  1. PREFACE

1.1.                  Scope of the Report

1.2.                  Research Methodology

1.3.                  Chapter Outlines

 

  1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

 

  1. INTRODUCTION

3.1.                  Chapter Overview

3.2.                  Types of Therapeutic Molecules

3.3.                  Biologically Derived Therapeutics

3.3.1.                Types of Products

3.3.2.                Routes of Administration and Formulations

3.3.3.                Subcutaneous Formulations

3.3.3.1.             Approaches in Subcutaneous Delivery of Biologics

3.3.3.1.1.          Reformulation

3.3.3.1.2.          Differing Potencies

3.3.3.1.3.          Novel Technologies

           

3.3.3.2.             Method of Subcutaneous Administration

3.3.3.3.             Advantages of Subcutaneous Administration

3.3.3.4.             Limitations of Subcutaneous Administration

 

3.4.                  Regulatory Considerations

3.4.1.                Medical Devices

3.4.2.                Drug Device Combination Products

 

3.5.                  Future Perspectives

 

  1. SUBCUTANEOUS BIOLOGICS: CURRENT MARKET LANDSCAPE

4.1.                  Chapter Overview

4.2.                  Subcutaneous Administration of Biologics

4.3.                  Subcutaneous Biologics: List of Approved Drugs

4.3.1.                Analysis by Approval Year

4.3.2.                Analysis by Type of Pharmacological Molecule

4.3.3.                Analysis by Target Therapeutic Area

4.3.4.                Analysis by Type of Formulation

4.3.5.                Analysis by Dosing Frequency

4.3.6.                Analysis by Dosage Form

4.3.7.                Key Players: Analysis by Number of Drugs Approved

 

4.4.                  Subcutaneous Biologics: List of Clinical-Stage Drug Candidates

4.4.1.                Analysis by Phase of Development

4.4.2.                Analysis by Type of Pharmacological Molecule

4.4.3.                Analysis by Target Therapeutic Area

4.4.4.                Analysis by Dosing Frequency

4.4.5.                Key Players: Analysis by Number of Drug Candidates in Trials

 

  1. CASE STUDY: LEADING SUBCUTANEOUS BIOLOGICS

5.1.                  Chapter Overview

5.2.                  Subcutaneous Biologics: Leading Drugs by Annual Sales

 

5.3.                  Case Studies

5.3.1.                HUMIRA® (AbbVie, Eisai)

5.3.1.1.             Drug Overview

  1. 3.1.2. Development History
  2. 3.1.3. Target Indications and Dosage Forms
  3. 3.1.4. Historical Sales

 

5.3.2.                Enbrel® (Amgen, Pfizer, Takeda Pharmaceutical)

5.3.2.1.             Overview

  1. 3.2.2. Development History
  2. 3.2.3. Target Indications and Dosage Forms
  3. 3.2.4. Historical Sales

 

5.3.3.                RITUXAN® / MabThera® (Biogen, Roche, Chugai Pharmaceutical)

5.3.3.1.             Overview

  1. 3.3.2. Development History
  2. 3.3.3. Target Indications and Dosage Forms
  3. 3.3.4. Historical Sales
  4. 3.3.5. ENHANZE™ Technology (Halozyme Therapeutics)
  5. 3.3.6. Advantages of Subcutaneous RITUXAN® / MabThera® Over Intravenous RITUXAN® / MabThera®

 

5.3.4.                Herceptin® (Roche, Chugai Pharmaceutical)

5.3.4.1.             Overview

  1. 3.4.2. Development History
  2. 3.4.3. Target Indications and Dosage Forms
  3. 3.4.4. Historical Sales
  4. 3.4.5. ENHANZE™ Technology (Halozyme Therapeutics)
  5. 3.4.6. Advantages of Subcutaneous Herceptin® Over Intravenous Herceptin®
  6. 3.4.7. Herceptin® - Large Volume Wearable Injector Combination Product

 

5.3.5.                Neulasta® (Amgen, Kyowa Hakko Kirin)

5.3.5.1.             Overview

5.3.5.2.             Development History

5.3.5.3.             Target Indications and Dosage Forms

5.3.5.4.             Historical Sales

 

  1. SUBCUTANEOUS FORMULATION TECHNOLOGIES: CURRENT MARKET LANDSCAPE

6.1.                  Chapter Overview

6.2.                  Subcutaneous Formulation Technologies: List of Technology Developers

6.2.1.                Analysis by Year of Establishment

6.2.2.                Analysis by Company Size

6.2.3.                Analysis by Geographical Location

6.3.                  Subcutaneous Formulation Technologies: List of Technologies

6.3.1.                Analysis by Type of Pharmacological Molecule

6.3.2.                Analysis by Route of Administration

6.3.3.                Analysis by Advantage(s) Offered

 

  1. SUBCUTANEOUS FORMULATION TECHNOLOGY DEVELOPERS: COMPANY COMPETITIVENESS ANALYSIS

7.1.                  Chapter Overview

7.2.                  Subcutaneous Formulation Technology Developers: Competitive Landscape

7.2.1.                Methodology

7.2.2.                Three-Dimensional Bubble Analysis based on Supplier Power, Pipeline Strength and Primary Advantage(s)

 

7.3.                  Subcutaneous Formulation Technology Developers: Benchmark Analysis

7.3.1.                Methodology

7.3.2.                North America

7.3.3.                Europe

 

  1. SUBCUTANEOUS FORMULATION TECHNOLOGY DEVELOPERS: COMPANY PROFILES

8.1.                  Chapter Overview

8.2.                  Adocia

8.2.1.                Company Overview

8.2.2.                Technology Overview

8.2.2.1.             BioChaperone® Technology

8.2.3.                Product Portfolio

8.2.4.                Financial Performance

8.2.5.                Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

8.3.                  Ajinomoto Althea

8.3.1.                Company Overview

8.3.2.                Technology Overview

8.3.2.1.             Crystalomics® Formulation Technology

8.3.3.                Product Portfolio

8.3.4.                Financial Performance

8.3.5.                Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

8.4.                  Arecor

8.4.1.                Company Overview

8.4.2.                Technology Overview

8.4.2.1.             Arestat™ Technology

8.4.3.                Product Portfolio

8.4.4.                Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

8.5.                  Alteogen

8.5.1.                Company Overview

8.5.2.                Technology Overview

8.5.2.1.             Hybrozyme Technology

8.5.3.                Product Portfolio

8.5.4.                Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

8.6.                  Ascendis Pharma

8.6.1.                Company Overview

8.6.2.                Technology Overview

8.6.2.1.             TransCon Technology

8.6.3.                Product Portfolio

8.6.4.                Financial Performance

8.6.5.                Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

8.7.                  Avadel Pharmaceuticals

8.7.1.                Company Overview

8.7.2.                Technology Overview

8.7.2.1.             Medusa™ Technology

8.7.3.                Product Portfolio

8.7.4.                Financial Performance

8.7.5.                Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

8.8.                  Camurus

8.8.1.                Company Overview

8.8.2.                Technology Overview

8.8.2.1.             FluidCrystal® Injection Depot Technology

8.8.3.                Product Portfolio

8.8.4.                Financial Performance

8.8.5.                Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

8.9.                  Creative BioMart

8.9.1.                Company Overview

8.9.2.                Technology Overview

8.9.2.1.             High Concentration Formulation Technology

8.9.3.                Product Portfolio

8.9.4.                Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

8.10.                 Creative Biolabs

8.10.1.              Company Overview

8.10.2.              Technology Overview

8.10.2.1.           Long-Acting Injectable Technology

8.10.3.              Product Portfolio

8.10.4.              Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

8.11.                 DURECT

8.11.1.              Company Overview

8.11.2.              Technology Overview

8.11.2.1.           SABER® Platform

8.11.2.2.           CLOUD™ PLATFORM

8.11.3.              Product Portfolio

8.11.4.              Financial Performance

8.11.5.              Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

8.12.                 Eagle Pharmaceuticals

8.12.1.              Company Overview

8.12.2.              Technology Overview

8.12.2.1.           Unnamed Technology

8.12.3.              Product Portfolio

8.12.4.              Financial Performance

8.12.5.              Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

8.13.                 Halozyme Therapeutics

8.13.1.              Company Overview

8.13.2.              Technology Overview

8.13.2.1.           ENHANZE® Technology

8.13.3.              Product Portfolio

8.13.4.              Financial Performance

8.13.5.              Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

8.14.                 MedinCell

8.14.1.              Company Overview

8.14.2.              Technology Overview

8.14.2.1.           BEPO® Technology

8.14.3.              Product Portfolio

8.14.4.              Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

8.15.                 Xeris Pharmaceuticals

8.15.1.              Company Overview

8.15.2.              Technology Overview

8.15.2.1.           XeriJect™ Technology

8.15.2.2.           XeriSol™ Technology

8.15.3.              Product Portfolio

8.15.4.              Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

8.16.                 Serina Therapeutics

8.16.1.              Company Overview

8.16.2.              Technology Overview

8.16.2.1.           POZ™ Drug Delivery Technology

8.16.3.              Product Portfolio

8.16.4.              Recent Developments and Future Outlook

 

  1. PARTNERSHIPS AND COLLABORATIONS

9.1.                  Chapter Overview

9.2.                  Partnership Models

9.3.                  Subcutaneous Formulation Technologies: Partnerships and Collaborations

9.3.1.                Analysis by Year of Partnership

9.3.2.                Analysis by Type of Partnership

9.3.3.                Most Active Players: Analysis by Number of Partnerships

9.3.4.                Regional Analysis

9.3.5.                Intercontinental and Intracontinental Agreements

 

  1. SUBCUTANEOUS DRUG DELIVERY SYSTEMS: CURRENT MARKET LANDSCAPE

10.1.                 Chapter Overview

10.2.                 Different Types of Subcutaneous Drug Delivery Systems

10.3.                 Subcutaneous Drug Delivery Systems: Overall Market Landscape

10.3.1.              Large Volume Wearable Injectors

10.3.1.1.           Overview

10.3.1.2.           Current Market Landscape of Devices for Non-insulin Biologics

10.3.1.2.1.        Analysis by Stage of Development

10.3.1.2.2.        Analysis by Type of Device

10.3.1.2.3.        Analysis by Type of Dose Administered

10.3.1.2.4.        Analysis by Volume / Storage Capacity

10.3.1.2.5.        Analysis by Usability

10.3.1.2.6.        Analysis by Mode of Injection

10.3.1.2.7.        Analysis by Mechanism of Action

10.3.1.2.8.        Most Active Players: Analysis by Number of Devices

10.3.1.2.9.        Product Competitiveness Analysis

 

10.3.1.3.           Current Market Landscape of Devices for Insulin

10.3.1.3.1.        Analysis by Stage of Development

10.3.1.3.2.        Analysis by Type of  Device

10.3.1.3.3.        Analysis by Volume / Storage Capacity

10.3.1.3.4.        Analysis by Usability

10.3.1.3.5.        Analysis by Availability of Integrated CGM / BGM System

10.3.1.3.6.        Most Active Players: Analysis by Number of Devices

10.3.1.3.7         Product Competitiveness Analysis

 

10.3.2.              Autoinjectors

10.3.2.1.           Overview

10.3.2.2.           Current Market Landscape

10.3.2.2.1.        Analysis by Usability

10.3.2.2.2.        Analysis by Type of Primary Container

10.3.2.2.3.        Analysis by Volume / Storage Capacity

10.3.2.2.4.        Analysis by Type of Dose

10.3.2.2.5.        Analysis by Actuation Mechanism

10.3.2.2.6.        Most Active Players: Analysis by Number of Devices

10.3.2.2.7.        Product Competitiveness Analysis

10.3.2.3.           Drug Device Combination Products

 

10.3.3.              Pen Injectors

10.3.3.1.           Overview

10.3.3.2.           Current Market Landscape

10.3.3.2.1.        Analysis by Usability

10.3.3.2.2.        Analysis by Volume / Storage Capacity

10.3.3.2.3.        Analysis by Type of Dose

10.3.3.2.4.        Most Active Players: Analysis by Number of Devices

10.3.3.3.           Drug Device Combination Products

 

10.3.4.              Needle-Free Injection Systems

10.3.4.1.           Overview

10.3.4.2.           Current Market Landscape

10.3.4.2.1.        Analysis by Stage of Development

10.3.4.2.2.        Analysis by Volume / Storage Capacity

10.3.4.2.3.        Analysis by Usability

10.3.4.2.4.        Analysis by Actuation Mechanism

10.3.4.2.5.        Most Active Players: Analysis by Number of Devices

10.3.4.2.6.        Product Competitiveness Analysis

 

10.3.5.              Drug Reconstitution Delivery Systems

10.3.5.1.           Overview

10.3.5.2.           Current Market Landscape

10.3.5.2.1.        Analysis by Usability

10.3.5.2.2.        Analysis by Type of  Device

10.3.5.2.3.        Analysis by Type of Drug Container

10.3.5.2.4.        Most Active Players: Analysis by Number of Devices

 

10.3.6.              Prefilled Syringes

10.3.6.1.           Overview

10.3.6.2.           Current Market Landscape

10.3.6.2.1.        Analysis by Barrel Fabrication Material

10.3.6.2.2.        Analysis by Number of Barrel Chambers

10.3.6.2.3.        Analysis by Type of Needle System

10.3.6.2.4.        Analysis by Volume / Storage Capacity

10.3.6.3.5.        Most Active Players: Analysis by Number of Devices

10.3.6.3.           Product Competitiveness Analysis

10.3.6.4.           Drug Device Combination Products

 

10.3.7.              Implants

10.3.7.1.           Overview

10.3.7.2.           Current Market Landscape

10.3.7.2.1.        Analysis by Stage of Development

10.3.7.2.2.        Analysis by Target Therapeutic Area

10.3.7.2.3.        Analysis by Implant Material

10.3.7.2.4.        Analysis by Treatment Duration

10.3.7.2.5.        Most Active Players: Analysis by Number of Devices

 

  1. SWOT ANALYSIS

11.1.                 Chapter Overview

11.2.                 Comparison of SWOT Factors

11.2.1.              Strengths

11.2.2.              Weaknesses

11.2.3.              Opportunities

11.2.4.              Threats

 

  1. MARKET FORECAST AND OPPORTUNITY ANALYSIS

12.1.                 Chapter Overview

12.2.                 Subcutaneous Biologics Market

12.2.1.              Forecast Methodology and Key Assumptions

12.2.2.              Overall Subcutaneous Biologics Market, 2020-2030

12.2.2.1.           Subcutaneous Biologics Market, 2020-2030:Distribution by Phase of Development

12.2.2.2.           Subcutaneous Biologics Market, 2020-2030:Distribution by Type of Pharmacological Molecule

12.2.2.3.           Subcutaneous Biologics Market, 2020-2030:Distribution by Target Therapeutic                                     Area

12.2.2.4.           Subcutaneous Biologics Market, 2020-2030:Distribution by Key Geographical                                     Regions

 

12.3.                 Subcutaneous Drug Delivery Systems Market

12.3.1.              Device Type 1: Large Volume Wearable Injectors

12.3.1.1.           Forecast Methodology and Key Assumptions

12.3.1.2.           Global Large Volume Wearable Injectors Market for Non-Insulin Drugs, 2020-2030

12.3.1.2.1.        Global Large Volume Wearable Injectors Market for Non-Insulin Drugs: Distribution by Type of Device, 2020-2030

12.3.1.2.2.        Global Large Volume Wearable Injectors Market for Non-Insulin Drugs: Distribution by Usability, 2020-2030

12.3.1.2.3.        Global Large Volume Wearable Injectors Market for Non-Insulin Drugs: Distribution by Target Therapeutic Area, 2020-2030

12.3.1.2.4.        Global Large Volume Wearable Injectors Market for Non-Insulin Drugs: Distribution by Key Geographical Regions, 2020-2030

 

12.3.1.3.           Global Large Volume Wearable Injectors Market for Insulin , 2020-2030

12.3.1.3.1.        Global Large Volume Wearable Injectors Market for Insulin: Distribution by Type of Device, 2020-2030

12.3.1.3.2.        Global Large Volume Wearable Injectors Market for Insulin: Distribution by Usability, 2020-2030

12.3.1.3.3.        Global Large Volume Wearable Injectors Market for Insulin: Distribution by Key Geographical Regions, 2020-2030

 

12.3.2.              Device Type 2: Autoinjectors

12.3.2.1.           Forecast Methodology and Key Assumptions

12.3.2.2.           Global Autoinjectors Market, 2020-2030

12.3.2.2.1.        Global Autoinjectors Market: Distribution by Usability, 2020-2030

12.3.2.2.2.        Global Autoinjectors Market: Distribution by Type of Pharmacological Molecule, 2020-2030

12.3.2.2.3.        Global Autoinjectors Market: Distribution by Key Geographical Regions, 2020-2030

 

12.3.3.              Device Type 3: Prefilled Syringes

12.3.3.1.           Forecast Methodology and Key Assumptions

12.3.3.2.           Global Prefilled Syringes Market, 2020-2030

12.3.3.2.1.        Global Prefilled Syringes Market: Distribution by Type of Syringe Barrel Material, 2020-2030

12.3.3.2.2.        Global Prefilled Syringes Market: Distribution by Type of Chamber System, 2020-2030

12.3.3.2.3.        Global Prefilled Syringes Market: Distribution by Type of Pharmacological Molecule, 2020-2030

12.3.3.2.4.        Global Prefilled Syringes Market: Distribution by Target Therapeutic Area, 2020-2030

12.3.3.2.5.        Global Prefilled Syringes Market: Distribution by Key Geographical Regions, 2020-2030

 

12.3.4.              Device Type 4: Needle-Free Injection Systems

12.3.4.1.           Forecast Methodology and Key Assumptions

12.3.4.2.           Global Needle-Free Injection Systems Market, 2020-2030

12.3.4.2.1.        Global Needle-Free Injection Systems Market: Distribution by Usability, 2020-2030

12.3.4.2.2.        Global Needle-Free Injection Systems Market: Distribution by Actuation Mechanism, 2020-2030

12.3.4.2.3.        Global Needle-Free Injection Systems Market: Distribution by Target Therapeutic Area, 2020-2030

12.3.4.2.4.        Global Needle-Free Injection Systems Market: Distribution by Key Geographical Regions, 2020-2030

 

12.3.5.              Device Type 5: Novel Drug Reconstitution Systems

12.3.5.1.           Forecast Methodology and Key Assumptions

12.3.5.2.           Global Novel Drug Reconstitution Systems Market, 2020-2030

 

12.4.                 Subcutaneous Formulation Technologies Market

12.4.1.              Subcutaneous Formulation Technologies Market: Distribution by Upfront and Milestone Payments, 2020-2030

 

  1. CONCLUDING REMARKS

 

  1. EXECUTIVE INSIGHTS

14.1.                 Chapter Overview

 

14.2.                 Lindy Biosciences

14.2.1.              Company Snapshot

14.2.2.              Interview Transcript: Deborah Bitterfield, Chief Executive Officer and Founder

 

14.3.                 Oval Medical Technologies

14.3.1.              Company Snapshot

14.3.2.              Interview Transcript: Matthew Young, Chief Technology Officer and Founder

 

14.4.                 Xeris Pharmaceuticals

14.4.1.              Company Snapshot

14.4.2.              Interview Transcript: Steve Prestrelski, Chief Scientific Officer and Founder; Hong Qi, Vice President, Product Development; and Scott Coleman, Sr. Scientist Formulation)

 

14.5.                 DALI Medical Devices

14.5.1.              Company Snapshot

14.5.2.              Interview Transcript: David Daily, Chief Executive Officer and Co-Founder

 

14.6.                 Excelse Bio

14.6.1.              Company Snapshot

14.6.2.              Interview Transcript: Michael Reilly, Chief Executive Officer and Co-Founder

 

14.7.                 i-novion

14.7.1.              Company Snapshot

14.7.2.              Interview Transcript: Poonam R Velagaleti, Co-Founder

 

14.8.                 Enable Injections

14.8.1.              Company Snapshot

14.8.2.              Interview Transcript: Michael Hooven, Chief Executive Officer

 

14.9.                 Immunovaccine Technologies

14.9.1.              Company Snapshot

14.9.2.              Interview Transcript: Frederic Ors, Chief Executive Officer

 

14.10.               Portal Instruments

14.10.1.            Company Snapshot

14.10.2.            Interview Transcript: Patrick Anquetil, Chief Executive Officer

 

14.11.               Elcam Medical

14.11.1.            Company Snapshot

14.11.2.            Interview Transcript: Menachem Zucker, Vice President and Chief Scientist

 

14.12.               West Pharmaceutical Services

14.12.1.            Company Snapshot

14.12.2.            Interview Transcript: Tiffany H Burke, Director, Global Communications and Graham Reynolds, Vice President and General Manager, Global Biologics

 

14.13.               MedinCell

14.13.1.            Company Snapshot

14.13.2.            Interview Transcript: David Heuzé, Communication Leader

 

  1. APPENDIX 1: TABULATED DATA

 

  1. APPENDIX 2: LIST OF COMPANIES AND ORGANIZATION

 

 

Contact Details

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

 

The subcutaneous biologic drugs and affiliated technologies market is projected to be worth over USD 180 billion by 2030, predicts Roots Analysis


Submitted 15 day(s) ago by Harry sins

Subcutaneous drug delivery, given the use of tailored formulation development solutions, has brought about a paradigm shift in at-home healthcare, enabling users to administer (life-saving) medications without having to rely on medical professionals

 

Roots Analysis is pleased to announce the publication of its recent study, titled “Subcutaneous Biologics, Technologies and Drug Delivery Systems (3rd Edition), 2020-2030” report to its list of offerings.

 

The report provides a detailed study on the current market landscape and future potential of biologics designed for subcutaneous administration. In addition, the study provides an in-depth analysis of the formulation technologies and drug delivery systems (focusing on large volume wearable injectors, autoinjectors, pen injectors, needle-free injectors, drug reconstitution systems, prefilled syringes and implants) that enable subcutaneous delivery of the biologic drugs. Amongst other elements, the report features the following:

  • A detailed assessment of the current market landscape of commercially available and clinical-stage biologics that are designed for delivery via the subcutaneous route
  • A case study on leading subcutaneous biologics (in terms of revenues generated), featuring details on mechanism of action, development history, annual sales, technology platform (if available), and a comparison of their intravenous and subcutaneous formulations (if applicable).
  • An assessment of the various subcutaneous formulation technologies along with information on developers, type of pharmacological molecule, route of administration, mechanisms of action and primary advantage(s).
  • An insightful three-dimensional comparison of the subcutaneous formulation technology developers, based on pipeline strength, supplier power of the developer and primary advantages offered by their respective technologies.
  • Elaborate profiles of key technology developers, featuring a brief overview of the company, its technology portfolio, product portfolio, financial information (if available), recent developments and an informed future outlook.
  • An analysis of collaborations and partnership agreements inked by the subcutaneous formulation technology developers since 2011
  • An in-depth review of the most advanced and popular subcutaneous drug delivery systems, including large volume wearable injectors, autoinjectors, pen injectors, needle-free injectors, drug reconstitution systems, prefilled syringes and implants
  • A comprehensive product competitiveness analysis of subcutaneous large volume wearable injectors, subcutaneous autoinjectors, subcutaneous needle-free injectors and pre-filled syringes
  • A discussion on affiliated trends, key drivers and challenges, which are likely to impact the industry's evolution, under a comprehensive SWOT framework
  • A detailed market forecast, featuring analysis of the current and projected future opportunity across key market segments (listed below):
  • Phase of development
  • Approved
  • Pre-registration & Phase III
  • Phase II & Phase II/III

 

  • Type of molecule
  • Cell and gene therapies
  • Monoclonal antibodies
  • Proteins
  • Peptides (recombinant)
  • Vaccines
  • Others

 

  • Target therapeutic area
  • Autoimmune disorders
  • Blood disorders
  • Bone disorders
  • Genetic disorders
  • Metabolic disorders
  • Neurological disorders
  • Oncological disorders
  • Respiratory disorders
  • Others

 

  • Type of drug delivery system
  • Large volume wearable injectors
  • Autoinjectors
  • Prefilled syringes
  • Needle-free injectors
  • Drug reconstitution systems

 

  • Revenues from licensing deals
  • Upfront payments
  • Milestone payments

 

  • Key geographical regions
  • North America
  • Europe
  • Asia Pacific
  • Rest of the World

 

 

Key companies covered in the report

  • Adocia
  • Ajinomoto Bio-Pharma Services
  • Arecor
  • Alteogen
  • Ascendis Pharma
  • Avadel Pharmaceuticals
  • Camurus
  • Creative BioMart
  • Creative Biolabs
  • DURECT
  • Eagle Pharmaceuticals
  • Halozyme Therapeutics
  • MedinCell
  • Xeris Pharmaceuticals
  • Serina Therapeutics

 

For additional details, please visit 

https://www.rootsanalysis.com/reports/view_document/subcutaneous-biologics-delivery/314.html

 

Other Recent Offerings

  1. Global Autoinjectors Market (3rd Edition), 2020-2030
  2. Prefilled Syringes Market (5th Edition), 2020-2030
  3. Microneedles and Needle-Free Injection Systems / Jet Injectors (Devices based on Spring, Gas and Other Mechanisms) Market, 2019-2030
  4. Large Volume Wearable Injectors Market (4th Edition), 2018-2030

 

 

About Roots Analysis

Roots Analysis is one of the fastest growing market research companies, sharing fresh and independent perspectives in the bio-pharmaceutical industry. The in-depth research, analysis and insights are driven by an experienced leadership team which has gained many years of significant experience in this sector. If you’d like help with your growing business needs, get in touch at info@rootsanalysis.com

 

Contact Information

Roots Analysis Private Limited

Gaurav Chaudhary

+1 (415) 800 3415

gaurav.chaudhary@rootsanalysis.com

 

 

Submit your article?

Submit your articles for more traffic to your website!

Submit
© 2019 posts123.com. Imprint, All rights reserved.
Friend sites: